Reference Manual (Foswiki-1.0.9, Sun, 17 Jan 2010, build 6075)
This page contains all documentation topics as one long, complete reference sheet.
Related Topics: UserDocumentationCategory,
AdminDocumentationCategory
System Requirements
Server and client requirements
Low client and server base requirements are core features that keep Foswiki widely deployable, particularly across a range of browser platforms and versions. Many extensions exist which enhance and expand Foswiki's capabilities; they may have additional requirements.
Server Requirements
The code is written in Perl 5, and uses a number of shell commands from perl.
The default package requires
RCS (Revision Control System), a GNU Free Software package. Foswiki is developed in a basic Linux/Apache environment. It also works with Microsoft Windows, and should have no problem on any other platform that meets the requirements.
Resource |
Required Server Environment * |
Perl |
5.6.1 or higher (5.8.4 or higher is recommended) |
RCS |
5.7 or higher (including GNU diff ) Optional, Foswiki includes a pure perl implementation of RCS that can be used instead (although it's slower) |
GNU diff |
GNU diff 2.7 or higher is required when not using the all-Perl RcsLite. Install on PATH if not included with RCS (check version with diff -v ) Must be the version used by RCS, to avoid problems with binary attachments - RCS may have hard-coded path to diff |
GNU patch |
For upgrades only: GNU patch is required when patching the code using patches in diff format submitted by the community. |
GNU fgrep , egrep |
Modify command line parameters in configure if you use non-GNU grep programs |
Cron/scheduler |
• Unix: cron • Windows: cron equivalents |
Web server |
Apache is well supported; see Foswiki:Support.InstallingOnSpecificPlatforms for alternative options. |
Perl Modules
A complete list of the required and optional Perl modules can be found in
lib/DEPENDENCIES
.
Most of them will probably already be available in your installation. You can check version numbers with the
configure
script, or if you're still trying to get to that point, check from the command line like this:
perl -e 'use FileHandle; print $FileHandle::VERSION."\n"'
Client Requirements
The
standard installation has relatively low browser requirements:
- HTML 4 compliant
- Cookies, if persistent sessions are required
CSS and Javascript are used in most skins. Some skins will require more recent releases of browsers. The default skin is tested on IE 6, 7, Safari 3.0, and recent Mozilla based browsers (such as Firefox).
You can easily select a balance of browser capability versus look and feel. Try the installed skins at
SkinBrowser and more at
Foswiki:Extensions.SkinPackage.
Important note about Plugins
- Plugins can require just about anything - browser-specific functions, stylesheets (CSS), Java applets, cookies, specific Perl modules,... - check the individual Plugin specs.
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory
Back to top
Installation Guide
This guide describes the steps for manually installing Foswiki, with specific steps for installations on Linux with the Apache web server. If you are using a different web server or operating system, in addition to reviewing this document, check any additional information specific to your platform at
Foswiki:Support.SupplementalDocuments.
Foswiki:Support.SupplementalDocuments also has information for other scenarios, such as shared web hosting environments.
These installation instructions are also available online at
Foswiki:System.InstallationGuide, and are available within your Foswiki installation at
System.InstallationGuide
(the InstallationGuide topic in the System web).
For information on upgrades, please also refer to
Foswiki:System.UpgradeGuide. A static HTML version of this document,
UpgradeGuide.html
, is included in the root of your Foswiki distribution.
System Requirements
Please see the section "
Foswiki system requirements" for the server and client requirements to run Foswiki, including the Perl modules required on the server. If you need to install any Perl libraries from CPAN for use by Foswiki, see
Foswiki:Support.HowToInstallCpanModules for more information.
Preparing to install
Before attempting to install Foswiki, you are encouraged to review the
Foswiki:System.AdminSkillsAssumptions. This guide assumes the person installing Foswiki has a basic knowledge of server administration on the system on which Foswiki is to be installed. While it is possible to install Foswiki with FTP access alone (for example, on a hosted site), it is tricky and may require additional support from your hosting service (for example, in setting file ownership and installing missing perl CPAN libraries).
If you are upgrading from a previous Foswiki version or from a TWiki installation, please refer to
Foswiki:System.UpgradeGuide. A static HTML version of this document,
UpgradeGuide.html
, is included in the root of your Foswiki distribution.
Verify that your server meets the
Foswiki system requirements, including having the minimum required Perl version and all required Perl modules installed. If you need to install any Perl libraries from CPAN for use by Foswiki, see
Foswiki:Support.HowToInstallCpanModules for more information.
If you need help, feel free to ask a question in the
Foswiki:Support web or on
Foswiki:Community.InternetRelayChat (irc.freenode.net, channel #foswiki).
Basic installation: getting Foswiki up and running
To install Foswiki, complete the following steps:
- Download and unpack the Foswiki distribution.
- Set the file and directory permissions for the installation.
- Configure the locations of the Perl executable and the Foswiki modules.
- Configure the web server.
- Configure Foswiki.
- Enable authentication of users (if desired).
- Define the administrator users.
Download and unpack the Foswiki distribution
Download the Foswiki distribution from
http://foswiki.org/Download
Unpack the distribution file: Change to the directory where you want to place the Foswiki directory. Unzip or untar and gunzip the distribution; a new subdirectory called Foswiki-VERSION will be created. You can rename this subdirectory to a shorter name. For the rest of this document, this subdirectory is assumed to be at
/path/to/foswiki
.
- Note: Foswiki does not support directory paths that contain spaces, so ensure that all of its directory paths do not contain any spaces (particularly on Windows).
If you do not have shell access to your web server host, see the section "
Uploading the Foswiki distribution to your web server host".
Set the file and directory permissions for the installation
Set up access file and directory rights, as well as file ownership, as required by your web server configuration so that the web server user (the user used by the web server to run CGI programs) can read and write within the
foswiki
directory tree.
Note: for more information on the appropriate permissions to ensure security for your Foswiki data, see
Foswiki:Support.SecuringYourSite.
The default file and directory access permissions as set by the distribution define a reasonable security level that will work for many types of installations, including shared hosting. Nonetheless, you should verify that the web server user has read access to all files and directories beneath the
foswiki
directory, and execute access for all directories. Also verify that the
data
and
pub
directories and all the subdirectories and files beneath them allow write access for the web server user.
- Warning: Do not just run a
chmod -R 770 foswiki
. Providing execute access to all files is potentially dangerous. This is a common mistake made by Foswiki installers. See Foswiki:Support.SettingFileAccessRightsLinuxUnix for a sample set of Unix commands to set the file and directory permissions.
It is possible to define tighter access permissions than the default ones; how tight they should be depends on your web server environment and local needs. Typically you should limit all access from others if the web server machine has login access for users other than root and the web server administrator. For a dedicated web server that just runs Foswiki and has limited login access, the default access permissions have a good safety level.
If you have root user permissions, then for additional security, you can change the ownership of the
foswiki
directory tree to the web server user, using the command
chown -R user:group /path/to/foswiki
. The web server username varies in different installations; here are some sample commands for various Linux distributions:
- RedHat, Fedora, CentOS, Gentoo, Mandriva :
chown -R apache:apache /path/to/foswiki
- debian/Ubuntu/Kubuntu :
chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/foswiki
- Suse :
chown -R wwwrun:www /path/to/foswiki
If Foswiki stops working after you applied a change in access permissions and you wish to restore the original permissions, run the Unix commands located at
Foswiki:Support.SettingFileAccessRightsLinuxUnix.
Configure the locations of the Perl executable and the Foswiki modules
Make sure the Foswiki scripts can be executed by the web server. The default location of Perl is
/usr/bin/perl
.
If it's somewhere else, change the path to Perl in the first line of each script (you may have to give yourself write permission first) in the
bin
and
tools
directories. You can use the
tools/rewriteshbang.pl
script to do this; for example:
cd /path/to/foswiki/bin
/path/to/perl ../tools/rewriteshbang.pl
# At the prompt, enter the full path to the perl executable, including
# the full filename of the executable. You will be prompted twice for
# this information in order to confirm it.
cd /path/to/foswiki/tools
/path/to/perl rewriteshbang.pl
Some web servers require a special extension on perl script files (e.g.
.cgi
or
.pl
). This is not normally required with the Apache web server, though some hosted web servers are configured to require it. If the documentation for your web server indicates that a special extension is necessary, rename all the executable scripts in
bin
; that is, rename
bin/view
to
bin/view.pl
, and so on. When configuring Foswiki (see the section "
Configure Foswiki"), set the
ScriptSuffix
option to the special extension.
Create the file LocalLib.cfg located at
bin/LocalLib.cfg
- In the
bin
directory, copy the template file LocalLib.cfg.txt
to LocalLib.cfg
. Make sure the ownership and access rights of the copy are the same as LocalLib.cfg.txt.
- Edit
bin/LocalLib.cfg
so that $foswikiLibPath
is set to the absolute file path of your lib
directory. For example: /path/to/foswiki/lib
.
- If you need to install additional CPAN modules, but can't update the main Perl installation files on the server, you can set
$CPANBASE
to point to your personal CPAN install. Don't forget that the web server user has to be able to read those files as well.
Configure the web server
First choose the best configuration method for your web server. With Apache, there are two ways to configure it: a config file included from httpd.conf or .htaccess files.
- Apache config file: The recommended method is using a config file. With a config file you can put the entire Foswiki configuration in ONE file (typically named
foswiki.conf
). Performance is much better with a config file, and one file gives the best overview and ensures that you get a safe installation . However to use a config file you need root or sudo access to stop and start Apache. The Foswiki apache config file is included from the main Apache config file http.conf. Most distributions have a directory from which any file that ends with .conf
gets included when you restart Apache (Example RedHat/Fedora/Centos: /etc/httpd/conf.d
). If you use a virtual host setup in Apache you should include the foswiki.conf
file from inside the desired virtual host config in your Apache configuration.
- .htaccess files: This method should only be used when you cannot use a config file. Performance is slower as Apache must search through all applicable directories for any
.htaccess
files on each page access. Normally this is the only way to control Apache in a shared host environment where you have no root or sudo privileges.
If you are using a config file:
- The easiest and best way is to use the Foswiki:Support.ApacheConfigGenerator tool to generate a safe, working config file for your Foswiki installation, based on the options you choose in the tool.
- If you can't use the online configuration generator, a sample config file called
foswiki_httpd_conf.txt
can be found in the root of the foswiki installation.
- Ensure that web access is denied to all Foswiki subdirectories other than
bin
and pub
. The Foswiki:Support.ApacheConfigGenerator tool will generate the appropriate settings; the foswiki_httpd_conf.txt
file also has examples of configuring Apache appropriately.
- Ensure there is either a
ScriptAlias
directive for the bin
subdirectory, or an Alias
directive with SetHandler cgi-script
and Options ExecCGI
directives for the bin
subdirectory, so that the bin
scripts will be executed by Apache.
- Note: you must restart Apache after making changes to your config files for the changes to take effect.
If you are using a .htaccess file:
- In the root of the foswiki installation and in the
bin
directory, there are sample .htaccess
files for various subdirectories in your installation. Each file has help text explaining how to modify it for your configuration. For more information, see Foswiki:Support.SupplementalDocuments.
- Ensure that web access is denied to all Foswiki subdirectories other than
bin
and pub
. The sample .htaccess
files show how to configure Apache appropriately.
- Ensure that the
foswiki/bin/.htaccess
files contains the line SetHandler cgi-script
so that all scripts in the bin
directory will be executed by Apache.
Turn off any kind of PHP, Perl, Python, Server Side Includes, or other software execution mechanisms supported by your web server in the pub
directory. For example, most Linux distributions have a default Apache installation with PHP and server side include (SSI) enabled. This would allow PHP scripts uploaded as attachments to be executed, which is a security risk, so it should be disabled in the Apache configuration with
php_admin_flag engine off
.
Different script execution mechanisms are disabled in different ways; see your web server configuration and documentation for more details.
Protect the configure script: You should never leave the
configure
script open to the public. Limit access to the
bin/configure
script to either localhost, an IP address or a specific user using basic Apache authentication. The
Foswiki:Support.ApacheConfigGenerator lets you setup who has access to the
configure
script. Also see the
foswiki-httpd-conf.txt
or
bin/.htaccess.txt
file for an example of the setting required to protect the
configure
script.
To limit access to a particular user, set up a
.htpasswd
file that contains the user name and password that Apache will use to authenticate the user:
- Change to the
foswiki/data
directory.
- Issue the command
htpasswd -c .htpasswd <username>
, where <username> is the name of the user you will use to access the configure
script. Choose the username with care: the username cannot be an existing login name for your Foswiki installation, nor can it be used later on to register in Foswiki. Enter a password when prompted.
The
Foswiki:Support.ApacheConfigGenerator tool and the sample config files and .htaccess files show how to configure Apache so that the
configure
web page will be protected using the user and password held in the
data/.htpasswd
file. The Apache config file or .htaccess file will have a
Require user <username>
directive to restrict access to the
configure
script. Ensure the user specified in the directive matches the <username> you used when creating the .htpasswd file.
Note: In addition to any web server security protection that you have set up, when saving any configuration settings for the first time on the
configure
web page, you will be prompted to set a configuration password. This password must be entered on all subsequent configuration changes, and is also used to log in via the internal admin link (see the section "
Define the administrator user(s)"). Even after a
configure
password has been set, access to the
configure
page should still be restricted by the web server, in order to avoid revealing internal information to potential attackers.
For more information, refer to
Foswiki:Support.ProtectingYourConfiguration.
Configure Foswiki
Run the configure
script from your browser: enter
http://yourdomain/foswiki/bin/configure
into your browser address bar.
- When you access the
configure
web page for the first time, you can only edit the section General Path Settings
. Make any required changes, and save the settings, whether or not you needed to make any changes. You will be prompted to set a password for the configure
page: this password must be entered for all subsequent configuration changes, and is also used to log in via the internal admin link (see the section "Define the administrator user(s)"). Note the configuration password is separate from any web server security you have set up for the configure
web page (see "Protect the configure script").
- Continue configuring Foswiki. Resolve any errors or warnings highlighted on the configure page.
- If your web server can be accessed by more than one domain name make sure to add the additional alternative URLs to
{PermittedRedirectHostUrls}
- Setup the Mail and Proxies section. The
{WebMasterEmail}
and {SMTP}{MAILHOST}
settings must be defined so Foswiki can send registration emails. Many ISPs have introduced authentication when sending emails to fight spam so you may also have to set {SMTP}{Username}
and {SMTP}{Password}
. If you do not want to enable sending registration emails or want to enable it later you can uncheck {EnableEmail}
. If your server is behind a firewall with a proxy, and you wish to install extensions via configure
, you may have to set {PROXY}{HOST}
and {PROXY}{PORT}
.
If there is a problem with your setup that prevents you from accessing the
configure
page, you can
configure Foswiki manually.
Enable authentication of users
By enabling authentication, you can control access to your site and track the activity of your users.
This is particularly important for sites that are publicly accessible on the web. You are strongly encouraged to read
System.UserAuthentication and
Foswiki:Support.UserAuthenticationSupplement for further information about managing users and access controls for your Foswiki site.
The most common authentication methods used for public Foswiki installations are Template Login and Apache Login. They have the following relative advantages:
- Template Login can be set up without any web server configuration, and users can log off without restarting the browser. As the login page is just a Wiki page, you can customize it to suit your needs.
- Apache Login allows you to use any Apache-module based authentication scheme, such as
mod_auth_ldap
or mod_auth_mysql
. However, as your browser is caching your login, you must restart the browser to log out.
Note that the password databases for both of these authentication mechanisms are compatible, so you can switch between them at a later date.
To make it easier to follow the instructions in this section, you can view this installation guide using your Foswiki site by entering
System.InstallationGuide
into the "Jump" text box. By doing this instead of using the
INSTALL.html
file from the distribution, you will be able to use the embedded hyperlinks to jump directly to the referenced pages.
Template Login authentication
With Template Login enabled, when Foswiki needs to authenticate the user, it will redirect to a login web page. A list of all users is shown in the
Main.WikiUsers
topic.
To setup Template Login, perform the following steps:
- Configure Template Login. Under the
Security Settings
pane of the configure
page:
- Select
Foswiki::LoginManager::TemplateLogin
for {LoginManager}
.
- Select
Foswiki::Users::HtPasswdUser
for {PasswordManager}
.
- Select
Foswiki::Users::TopicUserMapping
for {UserMappingManager}
.
- Save your settings.
- Verify that registration works. Register yourself using the
System.UserRegistration
topic in your Foswiki installation. Note if you are viewing this page via the INSTALL.html
file, then you can access the user registration page by entering System.UserRegistration
into the "Jump" text box at the top right of any Foswiki page in your installation.
Check that the password manager recognizes the new user by verifying that a new line is added to the foswiki/data/.htpassswd
file, with the username and encrypted password. If the user and password information was not added, you probably got a path wrong, or the directory permissions on foswiki/data
or foswiki/data/.htpasswd
may not be set to allow the web server user to modify the file.
- Check that authentication works. Edit a topic by clicking on the
Edit
link at the top or bottom of a topic. If you have been authenticated, then you will see the edit page; otherwise, you will see an error message.
As Template Login uses a wiki page for its login prompt, there is a great deal of flexibility in customizing the login page for your purposes.
Apache Login authentication
With Apache Login enabled, when Foswiki needs to authenticate the user, the standard HTTP authentication mechanism is used: the browser itself will prompt for a user name and password.
Note: Apache Login is required for Apache-based login methods such as mod_ldap.
To setup Apache Login, perform the following steps:
- Configure Apache Login. Under the
Security Settings
pane of the configure
page:
- Select
Foswiki::LoginManager::ApacheLogin
for {LoginManager}
.
- Select
Foswiki::Users::HtPasswdUser
for {PasswordManager}
.
- Select
Foswiki::Users::TopicUserMapping
for {UserMappingManager}
.
- Save your settings.
- Configure your Apache settings for HTTP authentication. Use the Foswiki:Support.ApacheConfigGenerator tool or the
foswiki/bin/.htaccess
file to set the following Apache directives on the bin
scripts:
<FilesMatch "(attach|edit|manage|rename|save|upload|mail|logon|rest|.*auth).*">
require valid-user
</FilesMatch>
You can also refer to the sample foswiki_httpd_conf.txt
and bin/.htaccess.txt
files to see how the appropriate Apache directives are specified.
- Verify that registration works. Register yourself using the
System.UserRegistration
topic in your Foswiki installation. Note if you are viewing this page via the INSTALL.html
file, then you can access the user registration page by entering System.UserRegistration
into the "Jump" text box at the top right of any Foswiki page in your installation.
Check that the password manager recognizes the new user by verifying that a new line is added to the foswiki/data/.htpassswd
file, with the username and encrypted password. If the user and password information was not added, you probably got a path wrong, or the directory permissions on foswiki/data
or foswiki/data/.htpasswd
may not be set to allow the web server user to modify the file.
- Check that authentication works. Edit a topic by clicking on the
Edit
link at the top or bottom of a topic. If you have been authenticated, then you will see the edit page; otherwise, you will see an error message.
Choose search algorithm based on your platform
Under Store Settings in configure you will find the setting {RCS}{SearchAlgorithm}.
By default it is set to Foswiki::Store::SearchAlgorithms::Forking which is what you should keep if you install Foswiki in Linux or any other Unix type operating system.
If you install Foswiki on a Windows server, using an external grep program can create problems because of limitations in the length of command lines. You may be able to run with Forking in Windows if your directory path to Foswiki is kept short (short directory names and few levels). The safe setting for Windows is Foswiki::Store::SearchAlgorithms::PurePerl.
Define the administrator user(s)
Administrators have read and write access to any topic, regardless of any access controls that have been applied to the topic or its web. After installing Foswiki, you should register a user that you will use to administer Foswiki. To make this user an administrator, add the WikiName for the user to the
AdminGroup
, defined in the
Main.AdminGroup
topic in your Foswiki installation.
To make it easier to follow the instructions in this section, you can view this installation guide using your Foswiki site by entering
System.InstallationGuide
into the "Jump" text box. By doing this instead of using the
INSTALL.html
file from the distribution, you will be able to use the embedded hyperlinks to jump directly to the referenced pages.
To add an initial administrator to the
AdminGroup
, perform the following steps:
- If you are not already logged in with your WikiName, then login.
- Go to the
Main.AdminGroup
topic and select the "internal admin login" link. Login using the password you set on the configure
page.
- After logging as the internal admin, edit the
Main.AdminGroup
topic. Follow the instructions on the page carefully and add your WikiName to the group.
- Test that you have been added successfully: On the
Main.AdminGroup
page, select the "Logout link" and logout from being the internal admin. Select the "Edit" link for the Main.AdminGroup
page. If you successfully added yourself as an admin user, you should see the edit page.
Once the
AdminGroup
is no longer empty, then any member of the group can add subsequent members — you do not have to use the internal admin login.
To more easily debug access control issues, you may want to have a regular Foswiki user account for daily use, and a special one that belongs to the
AdminGroup
that you use only for administering your Foswiki site. See
Foswiki:System.AccessControl for more information on access controls and user groups.
Congratulations!
You now have a basic installation running. At this point you can just point your Web browser at
http://yourdomain.com/foswiki/bin/view
and start using your Foswiki site.
In order to keep your user, group, and site configuration information separate from the actual content of your site, it is recommended that you create a new web in which your site's pages will reside. See
Foswiki:System.ManagingWebs for more information on Wiki webs and how to create one.
Beyond the basic installation
Once you have Foswiki installed and running, you can perform one or more of the following steps to tailor your installation to your needs. Many of the references in this section refer to topics within your Foswiki installation. For example,
System.Skins
refers to the
Skins
topic in your System web. To go directly to a topic, enter the full topic name, such as
System.Skins
, into the "Jump" text box at the top right of any Foswiki page.
To make it easier to follow the instructions in this section, you can view this installation guide using your Foswiki site by entering
System.InstallationGuide
into the "Jump" text box. By doing this instead of using the
INSTALL.html
file from the distribution, you will be able to use the embedded hyperlinks to jump directly to the referenced pages.
All of the Foswiki documentation can also be found online in the
Foswiki documentation section (the "System" web) of the Foswiki web site.
Note the
configure
page mentioned in this section is accessed by visiting
http://yourdomain/foswiki/bin/configure
your web browser.
Site configuration and maintenance
Set Foswiki Preferences
Preferences for customizing many aspects of Foswiki are set by editing
Main.SitePreferences
. If a given preference is not set in
Main.SitePreferences
, then a default value is picked up from
System.DefaultPreferences
, if present, or, for extensions, from the extension topics.
To simplify your upgrades, do not modify
System.DefaultPreferences
. Instead, copy any settings you want to change from
System.DefaultPreferences
to
Main.SitePreferences
.
To see the available preferences that can be set, look through
System.DefaultPreferences
.
If, for some reason, you wish to pick up default preferences from a different topic, you can set the location in the
Miscellaneous settings
pane of the
configure
page, in the
{SitePrefsTopicName}
setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled). It is recommended that you leave this setting to its default value,
DefaultPreferences
.
Select the desired security level
Foswiki has a many security features that can be enabled/disabled and adjusted to suit your needs.
In many cases enabling a security feature prevents other features. It is a balance that the administrator has to choose depending on the purpose of the Foswiki installation (confidential vs public knowledge), the type of installation (intranet vs internet), and your type of business.
A new administrator is encouraged to read
Foswiki:Support.SecurityFeatures which gives a walkthrough of the different security aspects and how to set the appropriate configuration settings. Note that that some security settings are only visible in configure in "expert mode" which you enter by clicking the "Yes, I've read all the documentation" button at the top of the configure screen.
Enable Email Notification
Each web has an automatic email notification service that sends you an email with links to all of the topics modified since the last alert. To enable this service:
- Confirm the Mail and Proxies settings on the
configure
page.
- Setup a cron job (or equivalent) to call the
tools/mailnotify
script, as described in the System.MailerContrib topic.
Automate removal of expired sessions and lease files
By default Foswiki cleans out expired session and lease files each time any topic is viewed, but this has a performance cost. Instead you may wish to schedule a cron job (or equivalent) to run the
tools/tick_foswiki.pl
script, and set a negative value on the
configure
page for
{Sessions}{ExpireAfter}
. For more details, read
System.CommandAndCGIScripts#tick_foswiki_pl.
Enable WebStatistics
You can manually or automatically generate a listing of the most popular pages for each web, based on number of visits. For information on setting up this feature, see the
System.SiteTools topic.
Enable Localisation
Foswiki supports displaying national (non-ASCII) characters, and using different languages for its basic interface elements. To configure localisation, modify the
Localisation
section of the
configure
page. For more information, see
Foswiki:Support.InternationalizationSupplement.
Customizing your site
Customize pages for managing personal information
If you are not using Foswiki to manage your users' passwords or email addresses, or would just like to enhance the default pages, then modify the following topics accordingly with information appropriate for your site:
Customize the user topic for new users
When a new user registers on your Foswiki site, a topic with a name corresponding to the user's WikiName is created in the Main web: this topic is the user's user topic. The user topic is based on the
Main.NewUserTemplate?
topic; if it is not present, then
System.NewUserTemplate
(and its associated
System.UserForm
) is used as a default. If you want to customize the user topic for your users, copy
System.NewUserTemplate
to
Main.NewUserTemplate?
, and
System.UserForm
to
Main.UserForm
, and make your changes to
Main.NewUserTemplate?
and
Main.UserForm
. (See
Foswiki:System.ManagingTopics#CopyTopic for instructions on copying a topic.)
You can edit these topics to suit your needs, such as the following:
- Customize the user topic for your site.
- Add an
ALLOWTOPICCHANGE
preference setting to Main.NewUserTemplate?
so only the user can edit their own user topic. In particular, on a public Foswiki site, restricting edit access will avoid vandalism and spam.
- Add and remove fields defined in the
Main.UserForm
.
If you added or removed fields from the user form you may also need to tailor
Main.UserRegistration?
to match (copy over the contents from
System.UserRegistration to
Main.UserRegistration
when creating it).
Customize the appearance of your Foswiki site
The real power of Foswiki lies in its flexibility to be customized to meet your needs. To change the look of the default skin, PatternSkin, please refer to
System.PatternSkin and
System.PatternSkinCustomization.
At the
Foswiki website you can find more resources. A good place to start exploring is the
Foswiki:Support.AdministratorsCookBook which offers tips and tricks for customizing your Foswiki site. Many of these are best done before any content has been added to your site, so immediately after installation is a good time to consider the possibilities.
Left, Top and Bottom Bars with PatternSkin
The top bar and bottom bar are common across all webs.
To customize the top bar, copy
System.WebTopBarExample
to
System.WebTopBar?
, and make your desired changes to
System.WebTopBar
.
To customize the bottom bar, copy
System.WebBottomBarExample
to
System.WebBottomBar?
, and make your desired changes to
System.WebBottomBar
.
The side bar can be customized on a per web basis. To customize the side bar, copy the
WebLeftBarExample
topic in the given web to
WebLeftBar
, and make your desired changes to
WebLeftBar
. If you would like to move the side bar to the right of the page, see
System.PatternSkin for more details.
Copyright, License and Classification Statements
At the bottom of each topic, there is a copyright statement that is set in the
WEBCOPYRIGHT
preference. Its default is the following:
Copyright © by the contributing authors. All material on this collaboration platform is the property of the contributing authors.
If your Foswiki site is used in an environment without public access you should replace this with your normal copyright notice. You should also consider adding a security classification (e.g., For Internal Use Only) so people do not have to add this manually to every new topic.
If your Foswiki site is publicly accessible, you need to decide which copyright and license you wish to apply to all contributions. For open source applications, licenses such as
the GNU Free Documentation License,
FreeBSD Documentation License, and one of the various
Creative Commons licenses are possible licenses to consider. Remember that once people have started contributing, you cannot retroactively change the license (unless it has a provision for this).
To change the copyright statement, perform the following steps:
- Copy the
WEBCOPYRIGHT
preference setting from System.DefaultPreferences
to Main.SitePreferences
. Change the value to your desired text. This value will be your new default across all webs.
- You can create a unique message for a specific web by setting the
WEBCOPYRIGHT
preference in the WebPreferences
topic for the given web. For example, you could add a confidential classification to a web that has restricted access.
- The
WEBCOPYRIGHT
preference setting in System.WebPreferences
covers the documentation that comes with Foswiki, and should not be changed.
WYSIWYG vs Raw Edit
In Foswiki, the WYSIWYG editor is used by default in edit mode. An
Edit Raw link is available for those who prefer to edit the raw topic text.
If you prefer to use the raw text editor by default and have a separate WYSIWYG button, as in TWiki 4.1, then you can modify the templates that define the edit screen as described in
Foswiki:Support.FaqHowToMakeRawEditDefault.
Installing extensions
Foswiki:Extensions is an extensive library of
plugins for Foswiki that enhance functionality in a huge number of ways. A few plugins are pre-installed in the Foswiki distribution.
In the
Extensions section of the
configure
page, you can select the
Find More Extensions button to download and install additional plugins from the foswiki.org website. If you are behind a firewall or your server has no access to the Internet, you can also install plugins manually. Installation instructions for each plugin are located in its corresponding topic on
http://foswiki.org/. Additional documentation on Foswiki plugins can be found at
Foswiki:Support.PluginsSupplement.
Plugins are activated in the
Plugins section of the
configure
page. In addition, some plugins are also configured in this section.
TWiki Compatibility
Foswiki is 100% backwards compatible with TWiki
® markup up to and including TWiki 4.2.4. Existing TWiki webs, topics and attachments can be used with Foswiki without requiring any changes.
To support a seamless upgrade from TWiki, Foswiki ships with a plugin called
TWikiCompatibilityPlugin
. This plugin enables most TWiki extensions to work with Foswiki, without modifications. It also maps requests for legacy TWiki web topics to their Foswiki equivalents, as defined in
Foswiki:Development.TopicNameMappingTable. The
TWIKIWEB
and
MAINWEB
TWiki variables are also mapped to the new Foswiki macros
SYSTEMWEB
and
USERSWEB
.
If you are not upgrading an existing TWiki installation and do not plan to install plugins from the TWiki web site, it is recommended that you disable the TWikiCompatibilityPlugin in the
Plugins Section on the
configure
page.
If a plugin exists both in a TWiki version and a Foswiki version, it is strongly recommended that you use the Foswiki version, as this is coded to work optimally with Foswiki. As part of the Foswiki project, the Foswiki community is evaluating all of the extensions that are available for TWiki, and porting them over to the Foswiki name space. Many of them are being enhanced through the removal of bugs and security vulnerabilities, resulting in better, more functional extensions for Foswiki.
Troubleshooting
Re-run the
configure
script and make sure you have resolved all errors and are satisfied that you understand any warnings.
Failing that, consult the topics at
Foswiki:Support.SupplementalDocuments and
Foswiki:Support.AskedQuestions.
If you need help, ask a question in the
Foswiki:Support web or on
Foswiki:Community.InternetRelayChat (irc.freenode.net, channel #foswiki).
Foswiki system requirements
Foswiki is capable of running on a variety of operating systems and supporting a wide range of browsers, due to its minimal client and server requirements.
Server requirements
Foswiki is written in Perl 5, which is supported on Microsoft Windows as well as Unix and Unix-like systems (including Linux and OSX), on which it uses a number of shell commands and
RCS (Revision Control System), a GNU Free Software package. It should be able to run on any server platform that meets the following requirements.
Resource |
Required Server Environment |
Perl |
5.8.4 or higher is recommended. Foswiki will run in perl 5.6.1 but only with Wysiwyg editor disabled. Wysiwyg requires Unicode support which is provided by perl 5.8.1 onwards. |
RCS |
5.7 or higher (including GNU diff ) Optional. Foswiki includes a pure perl implementation of RCS (RcsLite) that can be used instead, at the cost of performance |
GNU diff |
GNU diff 2.7 or higher is required when not using the all-Perl RcsLite. Install within the PATH if not included with RCS (check version with diff -v ) Must be the version used by RCS, to avoid problems with binary attachments - RCS may have hard-coded path to diff |
Other external programs |
fgrep, egrep |
Cron/scheduler |
• Unix: cron • Windows: cron equivalents |
Web server |
Apache is well supported; for information on other servers, see Foswiki:Support.InstallingOnSpecificPlatforms. |
Required CPAN modules
Most of the
CPAN libraries listed below are part of a standard Perl installation. See
Foswiki:Support.HowToInstallCpanModules for detailed information on how to install any CPAN libraries not present in your installation.
The following Perl CPAN modules are used by Foswiki:
Module |
Preferred version |
Algorithm::Diff (included with Foswiki) |
|
CGI |
Versions 2.89 and 3.37 must be avoided. Most version from 3.15 and onwards should work. |
CGI::Carp |
>=1.26 |
CGI::Session |
>=4.30 (included with Foswiki) Versions 4.20 and before have Foswikitask:Item1306 |
Config |
>=0 |
Cwd |
>=3.05 |
Data::Dumper |
>=2.121 |
Error (included) |
|
File::Copy |
>=2.06 |
File::Find |
>=1.05 |
File::Spec |
>=3.05 |
FileHandle |
>=2.01 |
IO::File |
>=1.10 |
Text::Diff (included with Foswiki) |
|
Time::Local |
>=1.11 |
You can check version numbers from the command line (replace "ModuleName" with the name of the module):
perl -le 'use ModuleName; print "ModuleName"->VERSION'
Optional CPAN modules
The following Perl modules may be used by Foswiki. See
Foswiki:Support.HowToInstallCpanModules for detailed information on how to install CPAN libraries.
Module |
Preferred version |
Description |
Archive::Tar |
|
May be required by the Extensions Installer in configure if command line tar or unzip is not available |
CGI::Cookie |
>=1.24 |
Used for session support |
Digest::base |
|
|
Digest::SHA1 |
|
|
Jcode |
|
Used for I18N support with perl 5.6 |
Locale::Maketext::Lexicon |
>=0 |
Used for I18N support |
Net::SMTP |
>=2.29 |
Used for sending mail |
Unicode::Map |
|
Used for I18N support with perl 5.6 |
Unicode::Map8 |
|
Used for I18N support with perl 5.6 |
Unicode::MapUTF8 |
|
Used for I18N support with perl 5.6 |
Unicode::String |
|
Used for I18N support with perl 5.6 |
URI |
|
Used for configure |
Most of these modules will probably already be present in your installation. You can check version numbers with the
configure
script, or if you're still trying to get to that point, check from the command line (replace "ModuleName" with the name of the module):
perl -e 'use ModuleName; print $ModuleName::VERSION."\n"'
Client requirements
Browser clients must support the following capabilities:
- HTML 3.2
- Cookie support enabled, if persistent sessions are required
Most skins also require CSS and Javascript support. There is a low-fat skin (
Plain) that minimises these requirements. Some skins require newer browser version. The default skin (
Pattern) is tested on IE 6, Safari, and Mozilla 5.0 based browsers (such as Firefox).
You can easily select a balance of browser capability versus look and feel. Try the installed skins in the
skin browser and more at
Foswiki:Extensions.SkinPackage.
Uploading the Foswiki distribution to your web server host
If you cannot unpack the Foswiki distribution directly in your installation directory, you can unpack the distribution on your local computer, manually create the directory structure on your host server and upload the files as follows:
- Using the table below, create a directory structure on your host server
- Upload the Foswiki files by FTP (transfer as text except for the image files in
pub
directory.)
- Note: Don't worry if you are not able to put the
lib
directory at the same level as the bin
directory. You can create this directory elsewhere and configure the bin/setlib.cfg
file. Foswiki dir: | What it is: | Where to copy: | Example: |
foswiki | start-up pages | root Foswiki dir | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/ |
foswiki/bin | CGI bin | CGI-enabled dir | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/bin |
foswiki/lib | library files | same level as bin | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/lib |
foswiki/locale | language files | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/locale |
foswiki/pub | public files | htdoc enabled dir | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/pub |
foswiki/data | topic data | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/data |
foswiki/templates | web templates | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/templates |
foswiki/tools | Foswiki utlilities | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/tools |
foswiki/working | Temporary and internal files | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/working |
Configuring Foswiki manually (without using the configure
page)
It is highly recommended that you configure Foswiki by using your browser to access the
configure
page. However, if you are unable to get the
configure
page to display (for example, if a dependency is missing), or for some reason you do not wish to use the
configure
page, then you can configure Foswiki manually
Perform the following steps to manually configure Foswiki:
- Copy the file
lib/Foswiki.spec
to lib/LocalSite.cfg
- Remove the # in front of the following settings, and ensure that they are set to the correct values:
$Foswiki::cfg{DefaultUrlHost}
$Foswiki::cfg{ScriptUrlPath}
$Foswiki::cfg{PubUrlPath}
$Foswiki::cfg{PubDir}
$Foswiki::cfg{TemplateDir}
$Foswiki::cfg{DataDir}
$Foswiki::cfg{LocalesDir}
$Foswiki::cfg{OS}
- Make sure the following settings are defined:
$Foswiki::cfg{LoginManager}
$Foswiki::cfg{WebMasterEmail}
$Foswiki::cfg{SMTP}{MAILHOST}
$Foswiki::cfg{SMTP}{SENDERHOST}
Back to top
Foswiki Upgrade Guide
This guide covers upgrading from a previous version of Foswiki or TWiki (such as Cairo or TWiki4.0) to Foswiki 1.0
Overview
Foswiki is a fork from TWiki 4.2.3. Upgrades from all TWiki versions and earlier Foswiki versions are supported. Foswiki is designed to be 100% compatible with the content of TWiki sites, using the same markup language and supporting the same plugin API (through the use of a
TWikiCompatibilityPlugin
), thereby enabling a smooth transition from TWiki to Foswiki.
Upgrade requirements
- Please review the Foswiki:System.AdminSkillsAssumptions before you upgrade your site.
- To upgrade from an old TWiki Release to the latest Foswiki production release, follow the instructions below.
- Before upgrading, you may wish to make a backup of your topics.
- Once the upgrade has been applied, an existing earlier installation will still be able to read all the topics, but should not be used to write.
- Some TWiki plugins are not compatible with Foswiki (usually ones that use a private API or execute helper scripts); you may need to migrate to the equivalent extension in the Foswiki:Extensions repository.
Upgrading from TWiki to Foswiki
You are strongly advised to read the
Foswiki:System.ReleaseNotes01x00 (also available in an HTML file in the root of your installation), which contains a list of changes from TWiki 4.2.3 to Foswiki 1.0. A number of system topics and macros (formerly known as TWiki variables) have been renamed, to better describe their purpose and, where appropriate, to rebrand to the Foswiki name.
Upgrading to a new patch release
To upgrade to a new patch release — for example, from Foswiki 1.0.0 to 1.0.3 — an upgrade package can be used that will not overwrite any of your customizations.
For patch releases you will find a brief upgrade procedure on the download page for the release. Follow this procedure to upgrade to the patch release. It may contain important steps that are unique to each patch release (for example, some configure settings may need to be changed).
Upgrade procedure: upgrading to a new major or minor version, or upgrading from TWiki
The following is a high level view of the upgrade procedure:
- Prepare for all upgrade steps.
- Install the new Foswiki version and configure it with the same settings as the old version.
- Install any additional extensions (Plugins) used by your old installation. Make sure to use the latest Foswiki versions.
- Copy all the non-default webs from the old installation to the new one.
- Copy the users, groups, and site customizations from the old installation to the
Main
web in the new installation, including all user topics.
- Apply preferences from the old installation.
- Apply your site customizations: skin, logos, menu bars, forms for personal information, and so forth.
- Validate your Wiki applications and other key functionality.
- Switch your production site from the old installation to the new installation.
More details for each step appear in the following sections. The steps may need to be modified or otherwise tailored with specifics for your installation. In particular, you must take care to preserve any special configuration or customizations you have made, especially if you have modified any of the default software files or system topics that are contained within the installation package.
For purposes of discussion, the following conventions are used:
-
<oldwiki>
refers to the directory in which the old installation is located
-
<newwiki>
refers to the directory in which the new installation is located; it is assumed to be immediately below the root directory of your web server
-
<old_users_web>
refers to the web in which the user topics are located in the old installation. The default value is the Main web. The web is specified in the Store settings
pane of the configure
page, in the {UsersWebName} setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled).
-
<old_system_web>
refers to the web used for documentation and default preferences in the old installation. In Foswiki, the default value is the System web; in TWiki, the default value is the TWiki web. The web is specified in the Store settings
pane of the configure
page, in the {SystemWebName} setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled).
After the upgrade, in the new installation, the Main web is used for user topics and site preferences, and the System web is used to hold documentation and default preferences.
The
configure
page mentioned in this document is accessible via your web browser at
http://yourdomain/<newwiki>/bin/configure .
Prepare for all upgrade steps
Read the Foswiki:System.ReleaseNotes01x00 and
learn about the differences between your old installation and the new release to which you are upgrading. Take note of any areas that affect your site and what special steps you may need to take.
Check that all the extensions (plugins, contribs, skins) used by your old installation are available with the new release. Familiarize yourself with any new behaviour that you will have to adapt to or any configuration changes you will have to perform.
If you are using authentication, prepare a test plan to verify that your authentication mechanism is working correctly. Make sure you are able to test logins by a sufficient sample of users to cover all categories of users of your site. For example, users of various groups may need to be tested. In particular, ensure you test that non-admin users cannot access topics restricted to admins.
Identify all essential Wiki topics and Wiki applications that must be fully functional upon completion of the upgrade. Prepare a test plan to verify their functionality. If you are using access controls, ensure that the test plan will adequately test all categories and groups of users of your site.
If your testing will require a test environment to be set up, ensure that it is ready, with any required support infrastructure (for example, testbed authentication servers). If you need to be able to login with different users in different categories and groups, ensure that you have the required login information ready, or you have testers from those groups available to perform the required test cases.
Download the Foswiki distribution from the following location:
http://foswiki.org/Download — if you are installing your extensions manually, also download them from the repository where they are stored.
Installation
Follow the installation instructions in INSTALL.html, located in the root of the new installation.
Install the new release in a new directory. Do not install on top of the old release.
- For public or otherwise sensitive installations, ensure that your web server configuration is set to deny access to the new Foswiki installation for anyone except you.
- Configure Foswiki using the
configure
page.
- If you are upgrading from an older Foswiki release, first copy your
<oldwiki>/lib/LocalSite.cfg
file to <newwiki>/lib/LocalSite.cfg
in order to preserve your existing configuration settings. Alternatively, you can reconfigure the new installation from scratch (you can use your old LocalSite.cfg
file as a reference).
- If you are upgrading from a TWiki site, you must reconfigure your Foswiki installation from scratch. You cannot copy over your old
LocalSite.cfg
file (though you can use it as a reference). Run configure
and set the configuration values in the new installation to match those of the old installation.
- Verify all of the configuration settings on the
configure
page, including any new settings added in the new version. Save the configuration after you have completed your changes.
- To wipe out all your settings and start configuring from a fresh installation, just delete the
<newwiki>/lib/LocalSite.cfg
file and run configure
.
- Additional resources
Test your newly-installed Foswiki site and ensure that its basic functionality works: viewing and editing topics (you can try creating and editing a topic in the Sandbox web).
To make it easier to follow the subsequent steps, you can view this upgrade guide using your new Foswiki site by entering
System.UpgradeGuide
into the "Jump" text box on the top right of any topic. By doing this instead of using the UpgradeGuide.html file from the distribution, you will be able to use the embedded hyperlinks to jump directly to the referenced pages.
Install extensions
Install all of the extensions that were installed in your old site. In particular, start with any extensions required for the authentication and authorization methods you use (if any). You can use the
Find more extensions button in the
Extensions section of the
configure
page to install and configure extensions from the
Foswiki:Extensions repository. You can also install extensions manually; see the instructions on the extension's web page from where you obtained the extension (for Foswiki extensions, on foswiki.org).
- Note: some TWiki extensions may not work with Foswiki. By default, the
TWikiCompatibilityPlugin
is installed to provide backwards compatible support for TWiki plugins. However if the TWiki plugin calls private APIs or invokes helper scripts, it may still not work correctly. Check for an upgraded Foswiki version of the extension in the Foswiki:Extensions repository and install it instead.
Check the plugin topics from your old TWiki/Foswiki installation and transfer the plugin settings to the
Main.SitePreferences
topic in your new Foswiki site, prefixing each setting with the name of the plugin in uppercase followed by an underscore. For example, to copy over the
DEFAULT_TYPE
setting from the
CommentPlugin
topic in the old site to the new site, copy the value to a
COMMENTPLUGIN_DEFAULT_TYPE
setting in the
Main.SitePreferences
topic in the new site.
Commonly-customized plugin settings include the following:
-
CommentPlugin
- DEFAULT_TYPE
-
EditTablePlugin
- CHANGEROWS, QUIETSAVE, EDITBUTTON
-
InterwikiPlugin
- RULESTOPIC
-
InterWikis
- If you added your own rules, make sure you copy over the rules to the new installation.
-
SlideShowPlugin
- If you changed the embedded 'Default Slide Template', then copy your customed template to the topic in the new installation. You should prefer creating your own slide show template in a separate topic, so you will not have to take special steps over upgrades to preserve your modifications to the default slide template.
-
SmiliesPlugin
- If you added your own smileys, make sure you copy over your customizations to the topic in the new installatin.
-
TablePlugin
- TABLEATTRIBUTES
Activate, and if required, configure the installed extensions in
configure
.
Copy content from non-default webs in old installation to the new installation
If you are upgrading from TWiki Cairo or earlier, it may be necessary to unlock the rcs files in data and pub directories from the old installation using the following shell commands:
-
find data -name '*,v' -exec rcs -u -M '{}' \;
-
find pub -name '*,v' -exec rcs -u -M '{}' \;
Copy your local webs over to the data and pub directories of the new installation. Do not copy the default webs: <old_system_web> (by default, either System or TWiki), Main, Trash, Sandbox, _default, and _empty.
- Make sure the data and pub directories, as well as the files within them, are readable and writeable by the web server user.
- Note: Foswiki's
WebChanges
topics depend on the file timestamp. If you touch the .txt files make sure to preserve the timestamp, or change them in the same chronological order as the old file timestamps.
Copy users, user topics, and site customizations to Main
web
Copy all topics and attachments from <old_users_web>: copy all files from
<oldwiki>/data/<old_users_web>/
to
<newwiki>/data/Main/
, and copy all files from
<oldwiki>/pub/<old_users_web>/
to
<newwiki>/pub/Main/
.
Do not overwrite any topics already present in the <newwiki>/data/Main/
directory.
- In addition to all the user topics, if you have created
<old_users_web>.NewUserTemplate
in the old installation, this step will copy over your template for user topics to the new installation.
- Ensure that the topic defining the admin group in your old installation is copied over. The admin group is defined in the
Security setup
pane of the configure
page, in the {SuperAdminGroup} setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled). You can do either of the following:
- Set the {SuperAdminGroup} setting in your new installation to the old admin group.
- Move the contents of the old admin group to the new admin group. To avoid having to change all references to the old admin group, you must still keep the old admin group defined: set it so its only member is the new admin group, and the new admin group is the only user who can change or rename the old admin group topic.
- The default admin group with Foswiki is AdminGroup and the default admin group with TWiki is TWikiAdminGroup. So if you are upgrading from TWiki and are using the default admin groups, then in the new installation, you must copy all members from TWikiAdminGroup to AdminGroup, and change TWikiAdminGroup so its only member is AdminGroup and so it can only be modified or renamed by AdminGroup.
- If your old installation did not customize {LocalSitePreferences} on the
configure
page, or if you did customize {LocalSitePreferences} but kept your site preferences within the <old_users_web> web, then this step will also copy over your site preferences to the new installation.
For upgrades from an older Foswiki installation:
- Manually merge all users from the
<old_users_web>.WikiUsers
topic in the old installation to the Main.WikiUsers
topic in the new installation. If the new installation does not yet have an initial Main.WikiUsers
topic, then copy <oldwiki>/data/<old_users_web>/WikiUsers.txt
to <newwiki>/data/Main/WikiUsers.txt
.
- Verify that the following default users are present in the
Main.WikiUsers
topic:
- ProjectContributor - the Foswiki documentation is attributed to this user
- RegistrationAgent - special user used during the new user registration process
- UnknownUser - used where the author of a previously stored piece of data can't be determined
- WikiGuest - guest user; used as a fallback if the user can't be identified
- If any of the default users are missing, then add them in manually to
Main.WikiUsers
, using the corresponding entries in Foswiki:System.UsersTemplate as an example.
- If you use
data/.htpasswd
for authentication, copy this file from the old installation to the new one.
- If you have customized
<old_system_web>.UserRegistration
, then either copy over <oldwiki>/data/<old_system_web>/UserRegistration.txt
and <oldwiki>/data/<old_system_web>/UserRegistration.txt,v
to the <newwiki>/data/System/
directory, or modify System.UserRegistration
in the new installation to contain your customizations.
For upgrades from a TWiki installation:
- Manually merge all users from the
<old_users_web>.TWikiUsers
topic in the old installation to the Main.WikiUsers
topic in the new installation. If the new installation does not yet have an initial Main.WikiUsers
topic, then copy <oldwiki>/data/<old_users_web>/TWikiUsers.txt
to <newwiki>/data/Main/WikiUsers.txt
, and manually add the required default users (see the next steps).
- Verify that the following default users are present in the
Main.WikiUsers
topic:
- ProjectContributor - the Foswiki documentation is attributed to this user
- RegistrationAgent - special user used during the new user registration process
- UnknownUser - used where the author of a previously stored piece of data can't be determined
- WikiGuest - guest user; used as a fallback if the user can't be identified
- If any of the default users are missing, then add them in manually to
Main.WikiUsers
, using the corresponding entries in Foswiki:System.UsersTemplate as an example.
- If you use
data/.htpasswd
for authentication, copy this file from the old installation to the new one.
- If you are upgrading from Cairo and are using the Htpasswd login manager, run the
tools/upgrade_emails.pl
script to move the user emails out of the user topics and into the password file.
- If you have customized
<old_system_web>.TWikiRegistration
, then modify System.UserRegistration
in the new installation to contain your customizations.
Copy over any topics and attachments you want to preserve from the Sandbox web in the old installation: copy the desired files from
<oldwiki>/data/Sandbox/
to
<newwiki>/data/Sandbox
and from
<oldwiki>/pub/Sandbox/
to
<newwiki>/pub/Sandbox
. Some pages you may wish to preserve are the
WebHome
topic and the
WebLeftBar
topic (if you had created it in the old wiki installation). The Sandbox web often contains work-in-progress topics that users will want to keep.
Make sure the data and pub directories, as well as the files within them, are readable and writeable by the web server user.
Execute your test plans for authentication and authorization. Test that users that you have transferred from the old installation can login with any problems, and that access controls work appropriately: check that users are able to view and edit pages for which they have access, and are denied permission to view or edit pages for which they do not have access. Also check that pages restricted to the admin group are not accessible by non-admin users, and that administrators continue to have access.
Apply preferences from old installation
If you have not already set your desired site-wide preferences, as described in the section "
Set Foswiki Preferences" in the System.InstallationGuide, then set your preferences. The location of your site preferences is specified in the
Miscellaneous settings
pane of the
configure
page, in the {LocalSitePreferences} setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled) — the default location is
Main.SitePreferences. Copy any customized preferences from the site preferences topic in your old installation to the site preferences topic in the new installation. (Note you may have already copied over your customized preferences when you transfered the contents of the <old_users_web> web.)
If, in your old installation, you customized the default preferences in
<old_system_web>.DefaultPreferences
, then transfer your customizations from this topic to the site preferences topic instead (i.e. the topic specified in your {LocalSitePreferences} setting), so that your customizations will not get overwritten on the next upgrade.
If you are upgrading from TWiki, note that the default location of the default preferences in TWiki is
<old_system_web>.TWikiPreferences
, and the default location of the site preferences is
Main.TWikiPreferences
. Transfer any customized preferences from these topics to the site preferences topic in your new installation.
Apply additional site customizations
Modify skin with customizations for your site
If you did not already customize the appearance of your new installation, as described in the section "
Customize the appearance of your Foswiki site" in the System.InstallationGuide, then reapply the customizations from your old installation to the new one. Ensure you transfer over any skin templates — .tmpl files, or topics referred to using VIEW_TEMPLATE or EDIT_TEMPLATE preferences — you need. Also ensure you transfer any style sheets or Javascript files required.
If you are upgrading from the Cairo version of TWiki: note that the skins from this release do not work well with Foswiki. Starting from TWiki 4.0.2, the default PatternSkin has been fairly stable and so your customizations should continue to work.
Customize pages for managing personal information
In your new installation, default copies of the following topics were installed:
If you customized these topics in your old installation, transfer the changes to these topics in the new installation. Use the corresponding files in the
<oldwiki>/<old_system_web>/
directory as a reference.
Validate your Wiki applications and other key functionality
Execute your test plan to validate the Wiki applications and other key functionality that need to be up and running after the upgrade.
Switch your production site from the old installation to the new installation
If you had been running your old installation in parallel with the new one during a test phase, then disable your old installation, and repeat the step "
Copy content from non-default webs in old installation to the new installation".
Change your web server configuration so that the new installation is accessible to all of your users, and so the old installation is no longer accessible.
Change your web server configuration so that the new installation is accessible using the same URL prefix as your old installation. For purposes of discussion, assume that your old installation is accessible from
http://yourdomain/wiki/
. You can use one of the following approaches to make the new installation accessible using the same URL prefix:
- You can rename your
<newwiki>/
directory to wiki/
(renaming the directory of your old installation if necessary).
- If your operating system supports links to other directories and your web server is configured to follow links, then you can create a link called
wiki/
that points to <newwiki>/
(renaming the directory of your old installation if necessary).
- You can configure your web server so that requests to
/wiki/
are served from your <newwiki>/
directory.
Re-execute your test plan to verify that your newly-upgraded site is accessible to your users, and that all authentication and authorization mechanisms work as expected (including denying access to those who are not authorized).
Re-execute your test plan to verify that your Wiki applications and other key functionality work as intended.
Additional steps when upgrading from TWiki Cairo
Favicon
The favicon is now configurable as a site preference or per-web preference. See
System.DefaultPreferences
for a description of the FAVICON preference. To set it for your site, add the FAVICON preference to your site preferences topic,
Main.SitePreferences
(or the topic you configured in your {LocalSitePreferences} setting in the
Miscellaneous settings
pane on the
configure
page). To set it for a web, add the FAVICON preference to the
WebPreferences
topic for that web.
Important changes since TWiki 4.0.5
Supported Perl version
To use Foswiki, you must use Perl 5.8 or higher. Foswiki no longer supports Perl version 5.6.x (the minimum version required for TWiki 4.0.5).
Template spec changed
Until TWiki 4.0.5, any text inside template definition blocks for SkinTemplates (formerly called TWikiTemplates) — that is, between %TMPL:DEF{"block"}% and %TMPL:END% — was stripped of leading and trailing white space, including newlines. This made it difficult for skin developers to include a newline before or after a block of text.
From TWiki 4.1.0 onwards, and in Foswiki 1.0, this has changed so that white space is no longer stripped. Skins like PatternSkin and NatSkin have been updated so that they work with the new behavior. If you use an older skin or have written your own you will most likely need to make some adjustments.
In general, if you get mysterious blank lines in your skin, the newline after the %TMPL:DEF{"block"}% needs to be removed: the content of the block must follow on the same line as the TMPL:DEF.
CommentPlugin templates also must be modified to remove extraneous newlines — in particular, any newline immediately after the TMPL:DEF. See the
System.CommentPluginTemplate
for examples of how comment template definitions should look like in TWiki 4.1.x.
Example: a CommentPlugin template that adds a row to a table. With versions of TWiki prior to 4.1, the following syntax can be used:
%TMPL:DEF{OUTPUT:tabletest}%%POS:BEFORE%
|%URLPARAM{"comment"}%| -- %WIKIUSERNAME% - %DATE% |
%TMPL:END%
Starting in TWiki 4.1 and continuing with Foswiki 1.0, the newline before the start of the table row must be removed:
%TMPL:DEF{OUTPUT:tabletest}%%POS:BEFORE%|%URLPARAM{"comment"}%| -- %WIKIUSERNAME% - %DATE% |
%TMPL:END%
Important changes for the upgrader - since TWiki 4.1.0
New location for session and other temporary files
The directory for passthrough and session files have been replaced by a common directory for temporary files used by Foswiki. Previously the two configure settings
{PassthroughDir}
and
{Sessions}{Dir}
were set by default to
/tmp
. These config settings have been eliminated: Foswiki creates a tmp directory and other temporary directories under the directory defined by the configure setting
{WorkingDir}
.
Important changes for the upgrader - since TWiki 4.1.2
New WYSIWYG editor
Foswiki now ships with a new WYSIWYG editor based on TinyMCE that replaces the Kupu-based editor. When TinyMCEPlugin is enabled, the Edit button will initiate WYSIWYG editing mode. A Raw Edit link has been added for users to edit the topic markup directly.
The WYSIWYG button has been removed.
NEWTOPICLINKSYMBOL removed
The NEWTOPICLINKSYMBOL preference that was deprecated in TWiki 4.1 is no longer supported. To control the appearance of new links, set the NEWLINKFORMAT preference in
Main.SitePreferences (see
System.DefaultPreferences for more information on NEWLINKFORMAT).
UserForm and NewUserTemplate customization
When a new user registers on Foswiki his user topic is created based on the
NewUserTemplate
and
UserForm
in the Main web, if they exist. If the topic does not exist in the Main web, then the default version from System is used. Thus on upgrades, any customizations you made to
NewUserTemplate
or
UserForm
in the Main web will be preserved.
In previous TWiki versions, only
System.NewUserTemplate
and
System.UserForm
are used; you cannot override them by creating your own version in the Main web.
WikiUsers no longer distributed
The
Main.WikiUsers
topic contains all the registered users. It is not included in the Foswiki distribution, so that your list of users will not be overwritten on upgrades. When the first user is registered in Foswiki, the
Main.WikiUsers
topic is created on demand.
New working
directory
The configuration setting
{WorkingDir}
in the
General path settings
pane on the
configure
page defines the location of a working directory for various subdirectories for use by Foswiki. The default value for this setting is the
working
subdirectory within the installation root directory for the Foswiki installation.
The subdirectories within the working directory include the following:
-
registration_approvals
— previously located in the data/ directory
-
tmp
— avoids security issues with using the /tmp directory
-
work_areas
— previously located in the pub/ directory.
Note: Remember to restrict access to this new directory when you upgrade.
If you have your own scheduled task to delete obsolete session files, note they are now located in the
working/tmp/
subdirectory.
New internal admin login
Foswiki has a new
internal admin login feature that lets you login as a temporary administrator, using "admin" as your user name and the password for the
configure
page. The internal admin username can be configured in the {AdminUserLogin} setting in the
Security setup
pane on the
configure
page.
In order to add an initial user to the default {SuperAdminGroup},
Main.AdminGroup, you must login as the internal admin user using the link on the
Main.AdminGroup page.
Important changes for the upgrader - since Foswiki 1.0.4
An additional security feature has been added to Foswiki 1.0.5 so that saving data now requires the http method POST. This means that it is no longer possible to store data via an "<a href=..." link or img tag. It also means that if you have an application with an HTML form that creates new topics you must specify in the form tag method="post". This change is done to further tighten the security of Foswiki.
<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{save}%/Sandbox/" method="post">
...
</form>
The template webs _default and _empty are frequent targets for spammers because these webs are normally not monitored very carefully by the community around a Foswiki installation. These webs are now write protected so on an administrator can edit topics in these webs. When an administrator creates a new web it is important to remember to remove the access restriction from the WebPreferences in the new web.
Important changes for the upgrader - since Foswiki 1.0.5
Foswiki 1.0.6 introduces a major security enhancement, protecting against Cross-Site Request Forgery. The extra safe "double submit" algorithm, as recommended by the
Open Web Application Security Project (OWASP) project has been used. This is the same algorithm used by several major banks and other security-conscious institutions, and requires that users have Javascript enabled.
See
Foswiki:Support.SecurityFeatures for more information on these, and other, Foswiki security features. This is recommended reading for all Foswiki administrators.
If these new countermeasures against CSRF creates problems for your users and your applications, you can alter the way the protection works or disable it. These are the configure parameters you need to visit (note that some are expert settings).
- {Validation}{Method} is by default "strikeone" which is the highest level of security and requires that users have Javascript enabled. You can lower this setting to "embedded" which uses a less safe validation method but does not require javascript. If you want to disable CSRF protection set it to "none". It is highly recommended to keep it at "strikeone".
- {Validation}{ValidForTime} is the time the validation key is valid. It is by default 1 hour. If your users often edit pages longer you can increase this time. Your users can still save pages with an expired validation key but they will be asked to confirm the saving.
- {Validation}{MaxKeysPerSession} is the maximum number of validation keys to store in a session. There is one key stored for each page rendered. If the number of keys exceeds this number, the oldest keys will be force-expired to bring the number down. If you have users that are very fast at editing pages and experience expired keys, you can increase this number. The default is 1000 and should be much higher than any normal person will experience.
- {Validation}{ExpireKeyOnUse} defines if validation keys expire when they are used for storing data. This prevents an attacker from evesdropping communication between server and browser and reuse keys. Unfortunately it also means that if a user edits a page, saves it, uses the back button of the browser, corrects his previous editing, and then saves again, he is asked to confirm that he intended to save the topic. Another use case is if you create an application with multiple forms and multiple submit buttons on a topic and you submit multiple times from this topic without navigating away from it, you will be asked to confirm the submission each time. If this is not acceptable to your use of Foswiki, you can turn off {Validation}{ExpireKeyOnUse}.
Back to top
User Authentication
Controlling who can access your site
Overview
Authentication, or "login", is the process by which a user lets Foswiki know who they are.
Authentication isn't just to do with
access control. Foswiki uses authentication to keep track of who made changes, and manage a wide range of personal settings. With authentication enabled, users can personalise Foswiki and contribute as recognised individuals, instead of shadows.
Foswiki authentication is very flexible, and can either stand alone or integrate with existing authentication schemes. You can set up Foswiki to require authentication for every access, or only for changes. Authentication is also essential for access control.
Quick Authentication Test - Use the %USERINFO% macro to return your current identity:
- You are guest, Main.WikiGuest,
Foswiki user authentication is split into four sections; password management, user mapping, user registration, and login management. Password management deals with how users personal data is stored. Registration deals with how new users are added to the wiki. Login management deals with how users log in.
Once a user is logged on, they can be remembered using a
Client Session stored in a cookie in the browser (or by other less elegant means if the user has disabled cookies). This avoids them having to log on again and again.
Foswiki user authentication is configured through the Security Settings pane in the
configure interface.
Please note FileAttachments are not protected by Foswiki User Authentication.
Password Management
As shipped, Foswiki supports the Apache 'htpasswd' password manager. This manager supports the use of
.htpasswd
files on the server. These files can be unique to Foswiki, or can be shared with other applications (such as an Apache webserver). A variety of password encodings are supported for flexibility when re-using existing files. See the descriptive comments in the Security Settings section of the
configure interface for more details.
You can easily plug in alternate password management modules to support interfaces to other third-party authentication databases.
The password manager is selected using the {PasswordManager} setting in
configure
.
User Mapping
Usually when you are using an external authentication method, you want to map from an unfriendly "login name" to a more friendly WikiName. Also, an external authentication database may well have user information you want to import to Foswiki, such as user groups.
By default, Foswiki supports mapping of usernames to wikinames, and supports Foswiki groups internal to Foswiki. If you want, you can plug in an alternate user mapping module to support import of groups etc.
The user mapping manager is selected using the {UserMappingManager} setting in
configure
.
User Registration
New user registration uses the password manager to set and change passwords and store email addresses. It is also responsible for the new user verification process. the registration process supports
single user registration via the UserRegistration page, and
bulk user registration via the BulkRegistration page (for admins only).
The registration process is also responsible for creating user topics, and setting up the mapping information used by the User Mapping support.
Login Management
Login management controls the way users have to log in. There are three basic options; no login, login via a Foswiki login page, and login using the webserver authentication support. the login manager is selected using the {LoginManager} setting in
configure
.
No Login (select none
)
Does exactly what it says on the tin. Forget about authentication to make your site completely public - anyone can browse and edit freely, in classic Wiki style. All visitors are given the Main.WikiGuest default identity, so you can't track individual user activity.
Note: This setup is
not recommended on public websites for security reasons; anyone would be able to change system settings and perform tasks usually restricted to administrators.
Template Login (select Foswiki::LoginManager::TemplateLogin
)
Template Login asks for a username and password in a web page, and processes them using whatever Password Manager you choose. Users can log in and log out. Client Sessions are used to remember users. Users can choose to have their session remembered so they will automatically be logged in the next time they start their browser.
Enabling Template Login
- Use the configure interface to
- select the
Foswiki::LoginManager::TemplateLogin
login manager (on the Security Settings pane).
- select the appropriate password manager for your system, or provide your own.
- there is also an EXPERT configure setting
{TemplateLogin}{PreventBrowserRememberingPassword}
that you can set to prevent Browsers from remembering username and passwords if you are concerned about public terminal usage.
- Register yourself in the UserRegistration topic.
Check that the password manager recognises the new user. If you are using .htpasswd
files, check that a new line with the username and encrypted password is added to the .htpasswd
file. If not, you probably got a path wrong, or the permissions may not allow the webserver user to write to that file.
- Create a new topic to check if authentication works.
- Edit the Main.AdminGroup topic in the Main web to include users with system administrator status.
This is a very important step, as users in this group can access all topics, independent of Foswiki access controls.
AccessControl has more information on setting up access controls.
At this time AccessControls cannot control access to files in the
pub
area, unless they are only accessed through the
viewfile
script. If your
pub
directory is set up in the webserver to allow open access you may want to add
.htaccess
files in there to restrict access.
You can create a custom version of the UserRegistration form by copying the topic, and then deleting or adding input tags in your copy. The
name=""
parameter of the input tags must start with:
"Twk0..."
(if this is an optional entry), or
"Twk1..."
(if this is a required entry). This ensures that the fields are carried over into the user home page correctly. Do
not modify the version of UserRegistration shipped with Foswiki, as your changes will be overwritten next time you upgrade.
The default new user template page is in
System.NewUserTemplate. The same macros get expanded as in the
template topics. You can create a custom new user home page by creating the
Main.NewUserTemplate? topic, which will then override the default.
Apache Login (select Foswiki::LoginManager::ApacheLogin
)
Using this method Foswiki does not authenticate users internally. Instead it depends on the
REMOTE_USER
environment variable, which is set when you enable authentication in the webserver.
The advantage of this scheme is that if you have an existing website authentication scheme using Apache modules such as
mod_auth_ldap
or
mod_auth_mysql
you can just plug in directly to them.
The disadvantage is that because the user identity is cached in the browser, you can log in, but you can't log out again unless you restart the browser.
Foswiki maps the
REMOTE_USER
that was used to log in to the webserver to a WikiName using the table in Main.WikiUsers. This table is updated whenever a user registers, so users can choose not to register (in which case their webserver login name is used for their signature) or register (in which case that login name is mapped to their WikiName).
The same private
.htpasswd
file used in Foswiki Template Login can be used to authenticate Apache users, using the Apache Basic Authentication support.
Warning: Do
not use the Apache
htpasswd
program with
.htpasswd
files generated by Foswiki!
htpasswd
wipes out email addresses that Foswiki plants in the info fields of this file.
Enabling Apache Login using mod_auth
You can use any other Apache authentication module that sets REMOTE_USER.
- Use configure to select the
Foswiki::LoginManager::ApacheLogin
login manager.
- Use configure to set up Foswiki to create the right kind of
.htpasswd
entries.
- Create a
.htaccess
file in the bin
directory.
There is an template for this file in bin/.htaccess.txt
that you can copy and change. The comments in the file explain what need to be done.
If you got it right, the browser should now ask for login name and password when you click on the Edit. If .htaccess
does not have the desired effect, you may need to "AllowOverride All" for the directory in httpd.conf
(if you have root access; otherwise, e-mail web server support)
At this time AccessControls do not control access to files in the pub
area, unless they are only accessed through the viewfile
script. If your pub
directory is set up to allow open access you may want to add .htaccess
files in there as well to restrict access
- You can create a custom version of the UserRegistration form by copying the default topic, and then deleting or adding input tags in your copy. The
name=""
parameter of the input tags must start with: "Twk0..."
(if this is an optional entry), or "Twk1..."
(if this is a required entry). This ensures that the fields are carried over into the user home page correctly. Do not modify the version of UserRegistration shipped with Foswiki, as your changes will be overwritten next time you upgrade.
The default new user template page is in System.NewUserTemplate. The same macros get expanded as in the template topics. You can create a custom new user home page by creating the Main.NewUserTemplate? topic, which will then override the default.
- Register yourself in the UserRegistration topic.
Check that a new line with the username and encrypted password is added to the .htpasswd
file. If not, you may have got a path wrong, or the permissions may not allow the webserver user to write to that file.
- Create a new topic to check if authentication works.
- Edit the Main.AdminGroup topic in the Main web to include users with system administrator status.
This is a very important step, as users in this group can access all topics, independent of Foswiki access controls.
AccessControl has more information on setting up access controls.
Logons via bin/logon
Any time a user requests a page that needs authentication, they will be forced to log on. It may be convenient to have a "logon" link as well, to give the system a chance to identify the user and retrieve their personal settings. It may be convenient to force them to log on.
The
bin/logon
script enables this. If you are using Apache Login, the
bin/logon
script must be setup in the
bin/.htaccess
file to be a script which requires a
valid user
. Once authenticated, it will redirect the user to the view URL for the page from which the
logon
script was linked.
Sessions
Foswiki uses the
CPAN:CGI::Session and
CPAN:CGI::Cookie modules to track sessions. These modules are de facto standards for session management among Perl programmers. If you can't use Cookies for any reason,
CPAN:CGI::Session also supports session tracking using the client IP address.
You don't
have to enable sessions to support logins in Foswiki. However it is
strongly recommended. Foswiki needs some way to remember the fact that you logged in from a particular browser, and it uses sessions to do this. If you don;t enable sessions, Foswiki will try hard to remember you, but due to limitations in the browsers it may also forget you (and then suddenly remember you again later!). So for the best user experience, you should enable sessions.
There are a number of
macros available that you can use to interrogate your current session. You can even add your own session variables to the Foswiki cookie. Session variables are referred to as "sticky" variables.
Getting, Setting, and Clearing Session Variables
You can get, set, and clear session variables from within Foswiki web pages or by using script parameters. This allows you to use the session as a personal "persistent memory space" that is not lost until the web browser is closed. Also note that if a session variable has the same name as a Foswiki preference, the session variables value takes precedence over the Foswiki preference.
This allows for per-session preferences.
To make use of these features, use the tags:
%SESSION_VARIABLE{ "varName" }%
%SESSION_VARIABLE{ "varName" set="varValue" }%
%SESSION_VARIABLE{ "varName" clear="" }%
Note that you
cannot override access controls preferences this way.
Cookies and Transparent Session IDs
Foswiki normally uses cookies to store session information on a client computer. Cookies are a common way to pass session information from client to server. Foswiki cookies simply hold a unique session identifier that is used to look up a database of session information on the Foswiki server.
For a number of reasons, it may not be possible to use cookies. In this case, Foswiki has a fallback mechanism; it will automatically rewrite every internal URL it sees on pages being generated to one that also passes session information.
Username vs. Login Username
This section applies only if you are using authentication with existing login names (i.e. mapping from login names to WikiNames).
Foswiki internally manages two usernames: Login Username and Foswiki Username.
- Login Username: When you login to the intranet, you use your existing login username. This name is normally passed to Foswiki by the
REMOTE_USER
environment variable, and used internally. Login Usernames are maintained by your system administrator.
- Foswiki Username: Your name in WikiNotation, ex:
JohnSmith
, is recorded when you register using UserRegistration; doing so also generates a personal home page in the Main web.
Foswiki can automatically map an Intranet (Login) Username to a Foswiki Username if the {AllowLoginName} is enabled in
configure. The default is to use your WikiName as a login name.
NOTE: To correctly enter a WikiName - your own or someone else's - be sure to include the Main web name in front of the Wiki username, followed by a period, and no spaces, for example Main.WikiUsername
or %USERSWEB%.WikiUsername
.
This points WikiUsername
to the Main web, where user home pages are located, no matter which web it's entered in. Without the web prefix, the name appears as a NewTopic everywhere but in the Main web.
Changing Passwords
If your {PasswordManager} supports password changing, you can change and reset passwords using forms on regular pages.
- The ChangePassword form (
Foswiki/ChangePassword
)
- The ResetPassword form (
Foswiki/ResetPassword
)
Changing E-mail Addresses
If the active {PasswordManager} supports storage and retrieval of user e-mail addresses, you can change your e-mail using a regular page. As shipped, this is true only for the Apache 'htpasswd' password manager.
- The ChangeEmailAddress form (
Foswiki/ChangeEmailAddress
)
Controlling access to individual scripts
You may want to add or remove scripts from the list of scripts that require authentication. The method for doing this is different for each of Template Login and Apache Login.
- For Template Login, update the {AuthScripts} list using configure
- For Apache Login, add/remove the script from
.htaccess
How to choose an authentication method
One of the key features of Foswiki is that it is possible to add HTML to topics. No authentication method is 100% secure on a website where end users can add HTML, as there is always a risk that a malicious user can add code to a topic that gathers user information, such as session IDs. The Foswiki developers have been forced to make certain tradeoffs, in the pursuit of efficiency, that may be exploited by a hacker.
This section discusses some of the known risks. You can be sure that any potential hackers have read this section as well!
At one extreme, the most secure method is to use Foswiki via SSL (Secure Sockets Layer), with a login manager installed and Client Sessions turned
off.
Using Foswiki with sessions turned off is a pain, though, as with all the login managers there are occasions where Foswiki will forget who you are. The best user experience is achieved with sessions turned
on.
As soon as you allow the server to maintain information about a logged-in user, you open a door to potential attacks. There are a variety of ways a malicious user can pervert Foswiki to obtain another users session ID, the most common of which is known as a
cross-site scripting attack. Once a hacker has an SID they can pretend to be that user.
To help prevent these sorts of attacks, Foswiki supports
IP matching, which ensures that the IP address of the user requesting a specific session is the same as the IP address of the user who created the session. This works well as long as IP addresses are unique to each client, and as long as the IP address of the client can't be faked.
Session IDs are usually stored by Foswiki in cookies, which are stored in the client browser. Cookies work well, but not all environments or users permit cookies to be stored in browsers. So Foswiki also supports two other methods of determining the session ID. The first method uses the client IP address to determine the session ID. The second uses a rewriting method that rewrites local URLs in Foswiki pages to include the session ID in the URL.
The first method works well as long as IP addresses are
unique to each individual client, and client IP addresses can't be faked by a hacker. If IP addresses are unique and can't be faked, it is almost as secure as cookies + IP matching, so it ranks as the
fourth most secure method.
If you have to turn IP matching off, and cookies can't be relied on, then you may have to rely on the second method, URL rewriting. This method exposes the session IDs very publicly, so should be regarded as "rather dodgy".
Most Foswiki sites don't use SSL, so, as is the case with
most sites that don't use SSL, there is always a possibility that a password could be picked out of the aether. Browsers do not encrypt passwords sent over non-SSL links, so using Apache Login is no more secure than Template Login.
Of the two shipped login managers, Apache Login is probably the most useful. It lets you do this sort of thing:
wget --http-user=RogerRabbit --http-password=i'mnottelling http://www.example.com/bin/save/Sandbox/StuffAUTOINC0?text=hohoho,%20this%20is%20interesting
i.e. pass in a user and password to a request from the command-line. However it doesn't let you log out.
Template Login degrades to url re-writing when you use a client like dillo that does not support cookies. However, you can log out and back in as a different user.
Finally, it would be really neat if someone was to work out how to use certificates to identify users.....
See
Foswiki:Support.SupplementalDocuments for more information.
Back to top
Access Control
Restricting read and write access to topics and webs, by users and groups
Access Control allows you restrict access to single topics and entire webs, by individual user and by user Groups. Access control, combined with UserAuthentication, lets you easily create and manage an extremely flexible, fine-grained privilege system.
An important control consideration
Open, freeform editing is the essence of WikiCulture - what makes Foswiki different and often more effective than other collaboration tools. For that reason, it is strongly recommended that decisions to restrict read or write access to a web or a topic are made with great care - the more restrictions, the less Wiki in the mix. Experience shows that
unrestricted write access works very well because:
- Peer influence is enough to ensure that only relevant content is posted.
- Peer editing - the ability for anyone to rearrange all content on a page - keeps topics focused.
- In Foswiki, content is transparently preserved under revision control:
- Edits can be undone by the administrator (per default a member of Main.AdminGroup; see #ManagingGroups).
- Users are encouraged to edit and refactor (condense a long topic), since there's a safety net.
As a
collaboration guideline:
- Create broad-based Groups (for more and varied input), and...
- Avoid creating view-only Users (if you can read it, you should be able to contribute to it).
Permissions settings of the webs on this Foswiki site
Web |
Sitemap |
VIEW |
CHANGE |
RENAME |
|
Listed |
DENY |
ALLOW |
DENY |
ALLOW |
DENY |
ALLOW |
Main |
on |
|
|
|
|
|
|
System |
on |
|
|
|
Main.AdminGroup |
|
Main.AdminGroup |
Home |
on |
|
|
|
Main.HomeGroup |
|
Main.HomeGroup |
Sandbox |
on |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please Note:
- A blank in the the above table may mean either the corresponding control is absent or commented out or that it has been set to a null value. The two conditions have dramatically different and possibly opposed semantics.
- Main.WikiGuest is the guest account - used by unauthenticated users.
- The web must not deny view to Main.WikiGuest; otherwise, people will not be able to register.
Above table comes from SitePermissions
Authentication vs. Access Control
Authentication: Identifies who a user is based on a login procedure. See UserAuthentication.
Access control: Restrict access to content based on users and groups once a user is identified.
Users and groups
Access control is based on the familiar concept of users and groups. Users are defined by their WikiNames. They can then be organized in unlimited combinations by inclusion in one or more user Groups. For convenience, Groups can also be included in other Groups.
Managing Users
A user can create an account in UserRegistration. The following actions are performed:
- WikiName and encrypted password are recorded using the password manager if authentication is enabled.
- A confirmation e-mail is sent to the user.
- A user home page with the WikiName of the user is created in the Main web.
- The user is added to the Main.WikiUsers topic.
The default visitor name is Main.WikiGuest. This is the non-authenticated user.
Managing Groups
The following describes the standard Foswiki support for groups. Your local Foswiki may have an alternate group mapping manager installed. Check with your Wiki administrator if you are in doubt.
Groups are defined by group topics located in the
Main
web. To create a new group, visit Main.WikiGroups and enter the name of the new group ending in
Group
into the "new group" form field. This will create a new group topic with two important settings:
-
Set GROUP = < list of users and/or groups >
-
Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = < list of users and/or groups >
The GROUP setting is a comma-separated list of users and/or other groups. Example:
-
Set GROUP = Main.SomeUser, Main.OtherUser, Main.SomeGroup
The ALLOWTOPICCHANGE setting defines who is allowed to change the group topic; it is a comma delimited list of users and groups. You typically want to restrict that to the members of the group itself, so it should contain the name of the topic. This prevents users not in the group from editing the topic to give themselves or others access. For example, for the KasabianGroup topic write:
-
Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = Main.KasabianGroup
Foswiki has strict formatting rules. Make sure you have three spaces, an asterisk, and an extra space in front of any access control rule.
The Super Admin Group
A number of Foswiki functions (for example, renaming webs) are only available to administrators. Administrators are simply users who belong to the
SuperAdminGroup. This is a standard user group, the name of which is defined by {SuperAdminGroup} setting in
configure. The default name of this group is the
AdminGroup
. The system administrator may have chosen a different name for this group if your local Foswiki uses an alternate group mapping manager but for simplicity we will use the default name AdminGroup in the rest of this topic.
You can create new administrators simply by adding them to the Main.AdminGroup topic. For example,
-
Set GROUP = Main.ElizabethWindsor, Main.TonyBlair
A member of the Super Admin Group has unrestricted access throughout the Foswiki, so only trusted staff should be added to this group.
Restricting Access
You can define who is allowed to read or write to a web or a topic. Note that some plugins may not respect access permissions.
- Restricting VIEW blocks viewing and searching of content. When you restric VIEW to a topic or web, this also restricts INCLUDE and Formatted SEARCH from showing the content of the topics.
- Restricting CHANGE blocks creating new topics, changing topics or attaching files.
- Restricting RENAME prevents renaming of topics within a web.
There is an important distinction between CHANGE access and RENAME access. A user can CHANGE a topic, but thanks to version control their changes cannot be lost (the history of the topic before the change is recorded). However if a topic or web is renamed, that history may be lost. Typically a site will only give RENAME access to administrators and content owners.
Controlling access to a Web
You can define restrictions on who is allowed to view a Foswiki web. You can restrict access to certain webs to selected users and groups, by:
- authenticating all webs and restricting selected webs: Topic access in all webs is authenticated, and selected webs have restricted access.
- authenticating and restricting selected webs only: Provide unrestricted viewing access to open webs, with authentication and restriction only on selected webs.
- You can define these settings in the WebPreferences topic, preferable towards the end of the topic:
-
Set DENYWEBVIEW = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set DENYWEBCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set ALLOWWEBCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set DENYWEBRENAME = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set ALLOWWEBRENAME = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
If your site allows hierarchical webs, then access to sub-webs is determined from the access controls of the parent web, plus the access controls in the sub-web. So, if the parent web has
ALLOWWEBVIEW
set, this will also apply to the subweb. Also note that you will need to ensure that the parent web's
FINALPREFERENCES
does not include the access control settings listed above. Otherwise you will not be able override the parent web's access control settings in sub-webs.
Creation and renaming of sub-webs is controlled by the WEBCHANGE setting on the parent web (or ROOTCHANGE for
root webs). Renaming is additionally restricted by the setting of WEBRENAME in the web itself.
Controlling access to a topic
- You can define these settings in any topic, preferable towards the end of the topic:
-
Set DENYTOPICVIEW = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set ALLOWTOPICVIEW = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set DENYTOPICCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set DENYTOPICRENAME = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set ALLOWTOPICRENAME = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Remember when opening up access to specific topics within a restricted web that other topics in the web - for example, the WebLeftBar - may also be accessed when viewing the topics. The message you get when you are denied access should tell you what topic you were not permitted to access.
Be careful with empty values for any of these.
-
Set ALLOWTOPICVIEW =
This means the same as not setting it at all. (This was documented wrong in versions 4.0.X, 4.1.0 and 4.1.1)
-
Set DENYTOPICVIEW =
This means do not deny anyone the right to view this topic. If DENYTOPICVIEW is set to an empty value anyone has access even if ALLOWTOPICVIEW or ALLOWWEBVIEW is defined. This allows you to have very restrictive default access rights to an entire web and still allow individual topics to have more open access.
The same rules apply to ALLOWTOPICCHANGE/DENYTOPICCHANGE and APPLYTOPICRENAME/DENYTOPICRENAME. Setting ALLOWTOPICCHANGE or ALLOWTOPICRENAME to en empty value means the same as not defining it. Setting DENYTOPICCHANGE or DENYTOPICRENAME to an empty value means that anyone can edit or rename the topic.
If the same setting is defined multiple times the last one overrides the previous. They are not OR'ed together.
The setting to an empty has caused confusion and great debate and it has been decided that the empty setting syntax will be replaced by something which is easier to understand in a later version of Foswiki. A method to upgrade will be provided. Please read the release notes carefully when you upgrade.
See "How Foswiki evaluates ALLOW/DENY settings" below for more on how ALLOW and DENY interacts.
Controlling access to attachments
Attachments are referred to directly, and are not normally indirected via Foswiki scripts. This means that the above instructions for access control will
not apply to attachments. It is possible that someone may inadvertently publicise a URL that they expected to be access-controlled.
The easiest way to apply the same access control rules for attachments as apply to topics is to use the Apache
mod_rewrite
module, and configure your webserver to redirect accesses to attachments to the Foswiki
viewfile
script. For example,
ScriptAlias /foswiki/bin/ /filesystem/path/to/bin/
Alias /foswiki/pub/ /filesystem/path/to/pub/
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} !^/+foswiki/+pub/+System/+.+
RewriteRule ^/+foswiki/+pub/+([^/]+)((/+([^/]+))+)/+(.+) /foswiki/bin/viewfile/$1/$2?filename=$5 [L,PT]
That way all the controls that apply to the topic also apply to attachments to the topic. Other types of webserver have similar support.
Images embedded in topics will load much slower since each image will be delivered by the
viewfile
script.
Controlling who can manage top-level webs
Top level webs are a special case, because they don't have a parent web with a WebPreferences. So there has to be a special control just for the root level.
- You can define these settings in the Main.DefaultPreferences topic, preferable towards the end of the topic:
-
Set DENYROOTCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
-
Set ALLOWROOTCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Note that you do
not require
ROOTCHANGE
access to rename an existing top-level web. You just need
WEBCHANGE
in the web itself.
How Foswiki evaluates ALLOW/DENY settings
When deciding whether to grant access, Foswiki evaluates the following rules in order (read from the top of the list; if the logic arrives at
PERMITTED or
DENIED that applies immediately and no more rules are applied). You need to read the rules bearing in mind that VIEW, CHANGE and RENAME access may be granted/denied separately.
- If the user is an administrator
- If DENYTOPIC is set to a list of wikinames
- people in the list will be DENIED.
- If DENYTOPIC is set to empty ( i.e. Set DENYTOPIC = )
- access is PERMITTED i.e no-one is denied access to this topic.
Attention: Use this with caution. This is deprecated and will likely change in the next release.
- If ALLOWTOPIC is set
- people in the list are PERMITTED
- everyone else is DENIED
- If DENYWEB is set to a list of wikinames
- people in the list are DENIED access
- If ALLOWWEB is set to a list of wikinames
- people in the list will be PERMITTED
- everyone else will be DENIED
- If you got this far, access is PERMITTED
Access control and INCLUDE
ALLOWTOPICVIEW and ALLOWTOPICCHANGE only applies to the topic in which the settings are defined. If a topic A includes another topic B, topic A does not inherit the access rights of the included topic B.
Examples: Topic A includes topic B
- If the included topic B has ALLOWTOPICCHANGE set to block editing for a user, it does not prevent editing the including topic A.
- If the included topic B has ALLOWTOPICVIEW set to block view for a user, the user can still view topic A but he cannot see the included topic B. He will see a message No permission to view B
Access control quick recipes
Obfuscating webs
Another way of hiding webs is to keep them hidden by not publishing the URL and by preventing the
all webs
search option from accessing obfuscated webs. Do so by enabling the
NOSEARCHALL
setting in WebPreferences:
This setup can be useful to hide a new web until content its ready for deployment, or to hide view access restricted webs.
Obfuscating a web without view access control is
very insecure, as anyone who knows the URL can access the web.
Restrict Access to a whole Foswiki site
For a firewalled Foswiki, e.g. an intranet wiki or extranet wiki, you want to allow only invited people to access your Foswiki. In this case, enable
user authentication with ApacheLogin and lock down access to the whole
bin
and
pub
directories to all but valid users. In the Apache
.htaccess
file or the appropriate
.conf
file, replace the
<FilesMatch "(attach|edit|...
section with this:
<FilesMatch ".*">
require valid-user
</FilesMatch>
If needed, you can further restrict access to selected webs with ALLOWWEBVIEW and other access control settings.
With this configuration, someone with access to the site needs to register new users.
Authenticate all webs and restrict selected webs
Use the following setup to authenticate users for topic viewing in all webs and to restrict access to selected webs. Requires UserAuthentication to be enabled.
- The simple way is to add this to
WebPreferences
in all webs.
-
Set DENYWEBVIEW = WikiGuest
- Restrict view access to selected users and groups. Set one or both of these settings in its WebPreferences topic:
-
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = < list of users and groups >
- Note:
DENYWEBVIEW
is evaluated before ALLOWWEBVIEW
. Access is denied if the authenticated person is in the DENYWEBVIEW
list, or not in the ALLOWWEBVIEW
list. Access is granted if DENYWEBVIEW
and ALLOWWEBVIEW
are not defined.
In rare cases it may be required to authenticate the view script. This can in some cases have a dramatic performance hit because the webserver must re-authenticate for every page view.
- Set
require valid-user
on your view
script in .htaccess or the appropriate Apache .conf file. This looks like: FilesMatch "(attach|edit|manage|rename|save|view|upload|mail|logon|.*auth).*"
(normally view
is not in that list).
Authenticate and restrict selected webs only
Use the following setup to provide unrestricted viewing access to open webs, with authentication only on selected webs. Requires UserAuthentication to be enabled.
- Restrict view access to selected users and groups. Set one or both of these settings in its WebPreferences topic:
-
Set DENYWEBVIEW = < list of users and groups >
-
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = < list of users and groups >
- Note:
DENYWEBVIEW
is evaluated before ALLOWWEBVIEW
. Access is denied if the authenticated person is in the DENYWEBVIEW
list, or not in the ALLOWWEBVIEW
list. Access is granted if DENYWEBVIEW
and ALLOWWEBVIEW
are not defined.
Hide control settings
To hide access control settings from normal browser viewing, you can put them into the
topic preference settings by clicking the link
Edit topic preference settings
under
More topic actions
menu. Preferences set in this manner are not visible in the topic text, but take effect nevertheless. Access control settings added as topic preference settings are stored in the topic meta data and they override settings defined in the topic text.
Alternatively, place them in HTML comment markers, but this exposes the access setting during ordinary editing.
<!--
* Set DENYTOPICCHANGE = Main.SomeGroup
-->
Back to top
Text Formatting
Working in Foswiki is as easy as typing in text. You don't need to know HTML, though you can use it if you prefer. Links to topics are created automatically when you enter WikiWords. And Foswiki shorthand gives you all the power of HTML with a simple coding system that takes no time to learn. It's all laid out below.
Editing Shorthand
Formatting Command:
|
You write:
|
You get:
|
Paragraphs:
Blank lines will create new paragraphs.
|
1st paragraph
2nd paragraph
|
1st paragraph
2nd paragraph
|
Headings:
Three or more dashes at the beginning of a line, followed by plus signs and the heading text. One plus creates a top level heading, two pluses a second level heading, etc. The maximum heading depth is 6.
You can create a table of contents with the %TOC% macro. If you want to exclude a heading from the TOC, put !! after the ---+ .
Empty headings are allowed, but won't appear in the table of contents.
|
---++ Sushi
---+++ Maguro
---+++!! Not in TOC
|
Sushi
Maguro
Not in TOC
|
Bold Text:
Words get shown in bold by enclosing them in * asterisks.
|
*Bold*
|
Bold
|
Italic Text:
Words get shown in italic by enclosing them in _ underscores.
|
_Italic_
|
Italic
|
Bold Italic:
Words get shown in bold italic by enclosing them in __ double-underscores.
|
__Bold italic__
|
Bold italic
|
Fixed Font:
Words get shown in fixed font by enclosing them in = equal signs.
|
=Fixed font=
|
Fixed font
|
Bold Fixed Font:
Words get shown in bold fixed font by enclosing them in double equal signs.
|
==Bold fixed==
|
Bold fixed
|
You can follow the closing bold, italic, or other (* _ __ = == ) indicator
with normal punctuation, such as commas and full stops.
Make sure there is no space between the text and the indicators.
|
_This works_,
_this does not _
|
This works,
_this does not _
|
Verbatim (Literal) Text:
Surround code excerpts and other formatted text with <verbatim> and </verbatim> tags.
verbatim tags disable HTML code. Use <pre> and </pre> tags instead if you want the HTML code within the tags to be interpreted.
Preferences settings (* Set NAME = value) are set within verbatim tags.
|
<verbatim>
class CatAnimal {
void purr() {
<code here>
}
}
</verbatim>
|
class CatAnimal {
void purr() {
<code here>
}
}
|
Separator (Horizontal Rule):
Three or more three dashes at the beginning of a line..
|
-------
|
|
Bulleted List:
Multiple of three spaces, an asterisk, and another space.
For all the list types, you can break a list item over several lines by indenting lines after the first one by at least 3 spaces.
|
* level 1
* level 2
* back on 1
* A bullet
broken over
three lines
* last bullet
|
- level 1
- back on 1
- A bullet broken over three lines
- last bullet
|
Numbered List:
Multiple of three spaces, a type character, a dot, and another space. Several types are available besides a number:
Type |
Generated Style |
Sample Sequence |
1. |
Arabic numerals |
1, 2, 3, 4... |
A. |
Uppercase letters |
A, B, C, D... |
a. |
Lowercase letters |
a, b, c, d... |
I. |
Uppercase Roman Numerals |
I, II, III, IV... |
i. |
Lowercase Roman Numerals |
i, ii, iii, iv... |
|
1. Sushi
1. Dim Sum
1. Fondue
A. Sushi
A. Dim Sum
A. Fondue
i. Sushi
i. Dim Sum
i. Fondue
|
- Sushi
- Dim Sum
- Fondue
- Sushi
- Dim Sum
- Fondue
- Sushi
- Dim Sum
- Fondue
|
Definition List:
Three spaces, a dollar sign, the term, a colon, a space, followed by the definition.
|
$ Sushi: Japan
$ Dim Sum: S.F.
|
- Sushi
- Japan
- Dim Sum
- S.F.
|
Table:
Each row of the table is a line containing of one or more cells. Each cell starts and ends with a vertical bar '|'. Any spaces at the beginning of a line are ignored.
-
| *bold* | header cell with text in asterisks
-
| center-aligned | cell with at least two, and equal number of spaces on either side
-
| right-aligned | cell with more spaces on the left
-
| 2 colspan || and multi-span columns with multiple |'s right next to each other
-
|^| cell with caret indicating follow-up row of multi-span rows
- You can split rows over multiple lines by putting a backslash
'\' at the end of each line
- Contents of table cells wrap automatically as determined by the browser
- Use
%VBAR% or | to add | characters in tables.
- Use
%CARET% or ^ to add ^ characters in tables.
The System.TablePlugin provides the |^| multiple-span row functionality and additional rendering features
|
| *L* | *C* | *R* |
| A2 | B2 | C2 |
| A3 | B3 | C3 |
| multi span |||
| A5-7 | 5 | 5 |
|^| six | six |
|^| seven | seven |
| split\
| over\
| 3 lines |
| A9 | B9 | C9 |
|
L |
C |
R |
A2 |
B2 |
C2 |
A3 |
B3 |
C3 |
multi span |
A5-7 |
5 |
5 |
six |
six |
seven |
seven |
split |
over |
3 lines |
A9 |
B9 |
C9 |
|
WikiWord Links:
CapitalizedWordsStuckTogether (or WikiWords) will produce a link automatically if preceded by whitespace or parenthesis.
If you want to link to a topic in a different web write Otherweb.TopicName .
To link to a topic in a subweb write Otherweb.Subweb.TopicName .
The link label excludes the name of the web, e.g. only the topic name is shown. As an exception, the name of the web is shown for the WebHome topic.
Dots '.' are used to separate webs and subwebs from topic names and therefore cannot be used in topic names.
It's generally a good idea to use the macros %SYSTEMWEB% and %USERSWEB% instead of System and Main.
|
WebStatistics
Sandbox.WebNotify
Sandbox.WebHome
Sandbox.Subweb.TopicName
|
WebStatistics
Sandbox.WebNotify
Sandbox.WebHome
TopicName
|
Anchors:
You can define a reference inside a topic (called an anchor name) and link to that. To define an anchor write #AnchorName at the beginning of a line. The anchor name must be a WikiWord of no more than 32 characters. To link to an anchor name use the [[MyTopic#MyAnchor]] syntax. You can omit the topic name if you want to link within the same topic.
|
[[WikiWord#NotThere]]
[[#MyAnchor][Jump]]
#MyAnchor To here
|
WikiWord#NotThere
Jump
To here
|
Forced Links:
You can create a forced internal link by enclosing words in double square brackets.
Text within the brackets may contain optional spaces; the topic name is formed by capitalizing the initial letter and by removing the spaces; for example, [[wiki syntax]] links to topic WikiSyntax. You can also refer to a different web and use anchors.
To "escape" double square brackets that would otherwise make a link, prefix the leading left square bracket with an exclamation point.
|
[[wiki syntax]]
[[Sandbox.My unspaced topic]]
escaped:
![[wiki syntax]]
|
wiki syntax
Main.Wiki groups
escaped:
[[wiki syntax]]
|
Specific Links:
You can create a link where you specify the link text and the URL separately using nested square brackets [[reference][text]] . Internal link references (e.g. WikiSyntax) and URLs (e.g. http://foswiki.org/) are both supported.
The rules described under Forced Links apply for internal link references.
Anchor names can be added as well, to create a link to a specific place in a topic.
|
[[WikiSyntax][wiki syntax]]
[[http://gnu.org][GNU]]
|
wiki syntax
GNU
|
Prevent a Link:
Prevent a WikiWord from being linked by prepending it with an exclamation point.
|
!SunOS
|
SunOS
|
Disable Links:
You can disable automatic linking of WikiWords by surrounding text with <noautolink> and </noautolink> tags.
It is possible to turn off all auto-linking with a NOAUTOLINK preferences setting.
|
<noautolink>
RedHat & SuSE
</noautolink>
|
RedHat & SuSE
|
Mailto Links:
E-mail addresses are linked automatically. To create e-mail links that have more descriptive link text, specify subject lines or message bodies, or omit the e-mail address, you can write [[mailto:user@domain][descriptive text]] .
|
a@b.com
[[mailto:a@b.com]\
[Mail]]
[[mailto:?subject=\
Hi][Hi]]
|
a@b.com
Mail
Hi
|
Literal content:
Foswiki generates HTML code from TML shorthand.
Experts surround anything that must be output literally in the HTML code, without the application of
shorthand rules, with <literal>..</literal> tags. any HTML
within literal tags must be well formed i.e. all tags must be properly closed before
the end of the literal block. Macros are expanded within literal blocks.
|
<literal>
| Not | A | Table |
</literal>
|
| Not | A | Table |
|
Protected content:
Experts protect text from mangling by WYSIWYG editors using
<sticky>..</sticky> tags. Sticky tags don't have any effect on normal
topic display; they are only relevant when content has to be
protected from a WYSIWYG editor (usually because it isn't well-formed HTML, or because it
is HTML that WYSIWYG would normally filter out or modify). Protected
content appears as plain text in the WYSIWYG editor.
|
<sticky>
<div>
This div is required
</div>
</sticky>
|
This div is required
|
Using HTML
You can use most HTML tags in topics without a problem. This is useful where you want to
add some content that is formatted in a way that is not supported using
shorthand, for example,
you can write
<strike>deleted text</strike>
to get
deleted text.
There are a few usability and technical considerations to keep in mind:
- On collaboration pages, it's better not to use HTML, but to use shorthand instead - this keeps the text uncluttered and easy to edit using the plaintext editor.
- If you must use HTML, use XHTML 1.0 Transitional syntax.
- Use
<literal>..</literal>
tags around blocks of HTML to avoid accidental interpretation of shorthand within the HTML.
- Script tags may be filtered out, at the discretion of your Wiki administrator.
Recommendations when pasting HTML from other sources (using the plain-text editor):
- Copy only text between
<body>
and </body>
tags.
- Remove all empty lines. Foswiki inserts
<p />
paragraph tags on empty lines, which causes problems if done between HTML tags that do not allow paragraph tags, like for example between table tags.
- Remove leading spaces. Foswiki might interpret some text as lists.
- Do not span a tag over more than one line. Foswiki requires that the opening and closing angle brackets -
<...>
- of a HTML tag are on the same line, or the tag will be broken.
- In your HTML editing program, save without hard line breaks on text wrap.
When using a WYSIWYG editor, you can just copy-paste directly into the editor, and the content will
be converted to
shorthand automatically when you save.
Hyperlinks
Being able to create links without any special formatting is a core Foswiki feature, made possible with WikiWords and inline URLs.
Internal Links
- GoodStyle is a WikiWord that links to the GoodStyle topic located in the current web.
- NotExistingYet is a topic waiting to be written. Create the topic by clicking on the ?. (Try clicking, but then, Cancel - creating the topic would wreck this example!)
External Links
- Protocols matching the configuration parameter
LinkProtocolPattern
, which by default is set to (file|ftp|gopher|https|http|irc|mailto|news|nntp|telnet)
, are linked automatically. You might change this setting to add more protocols (such as smb). Thus, all lines containing:
-
file://...
-
ftp://...
-
gopher://...
-
https://...
-
http://...
-
irc://...
-
mailto:...@...
-
news://...
-
nntp://...
-
telnet://...
are linked automatically.
- E-mail addresses like
name@domain.com
are linked automatically.
-
[[Square bracket rules]]
let you easily create non-WikiWord links.
- You can also write
[[http://yahoo.com Yahoo home page]]
as an easier way of doing external links with descriptive text for the link, such as Yahoo home page.
Macros
Macros are names enclosed in percent signs that are that are expanded to some other text when the topic is displayed. For example,
%TOPIC%
is expanded to MacrosQuickStart, the title of this topic.
Some macros can take arguments in curly braces - for example,
%INCLUDE{"OtherTopic" ARG="arg"}%
.
Many macro definitions are built-in, and others (
preference settings) are predefined for your convenience. You can also define your own
preference settings at the entire site, individual web, or individual topic level. For more information, see
Macros
Macros are fully expanded
before any of the text formatting rules are applied.
Documentation Graphics: There are many graphics available to use in your topics. Use
%ICON{"help"}%
,
%ICON{"tip"}%
, and
%ICON{"warning"}%
to get:
,
, and
, respectively. DocumentGraphics lists them all.
To "escape" a macro, prefix it with an exclamation mark. Write:
!%SOMEMACRO%
to get: %SOMEMACRO%.
Plugin Formatting Extensions
Plugins can extend the functionality of Foswiki into many other areas. There are a huge number of plugins available from the
foswiki site?.
Currently enabled plugins on this installation, as listed by
%PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS%
:
- System.TWikiCompatibilityPlugin (Foswiki-1.0.9, $Rev: 6017 (2010-01-11) $): add TWiki personality to Foswiki
- System.SpreadSheetPlugin (10 Nov 2009, $Rev: 5484 (2009-11-10) $): Add spreadsheet calculations like "$SUM($ABOVE())" to Foswiki tables and other topic text
- System.CommentPlugin (12 Sep 2009, $Rev: 4843 (2009-09-11) $): Quickly post comments to a page without an edit/preview/save cycle
- System.EditTablePlugin (4.34, $Rev: 5854 (2009-12-23) $): Edit tables using edit fields, date pickers and drop down boxes
- System.InterwikiPlugin (20 Sep 2009, $Rev: 5022 (2009-09-20) $): Link ExternalSite:Page text to external sites based on aliases defined in a rules topic
- System.PreferencesPlugin (20 Sep 2009, $Rev: 5037 (2009-09-20) $): Allows editing of preferences using fields predefined in a form
- System.SlideShowPlugin (02 Aug 2008, $Rev: 2742 (2009-02-26) $): Create web based presentations based on topics with headings.
- System.SmiliesPlugin (20 Sep 2009, $Rev: 5046 (2009-09-20) $): Render smilies like as icons
- System.TablePlugin (1.044, $Rev: 5755 (2009-12-08) $): Control attributes of tables and sorting of table columns
- System.TinyMCEPlugin (29 Dec 2009, $Rev: 5860 (2009-12-28) $): Integration of the Tiny MCE WYSIWYG Editor
- System.TwistyPlugin (1.5.3, $Rev: 4751 (2009-09-02) $): Twisty section Javascript library to open/close content dynamically
- System.WysiwygPlugin (17 Jan 2010, $Rev: 6068 (2010-01-17) $): Translator framework for Wysiwyg editors
Check on current Plugin status and settings for this site in
System.Plugins.
Common Editing Errors
Foswiki formatting rules are fairly simple to use and quick to type. However, there are some things to watch out for:
- Q: Text enclosed in angle brackets like
<filename>
is not displayed. How can I show it as it is?
- A: The
'<'
and '>'
characters have a special meaning in HTML, they define HTML tags. You need to escape them, so write '<'
instead of '<'
, and '>'
instead of '>'
.
Example: Type 'prog <filename>'
to get 'prog <filename>'
.
- Q: Why is the
'&'
character sometimes not displayed?
- A: The
'&'
character has a special meaning in HTML, it starts a so called character entity, i.e. '©'
is the ©
copyright character. You need to escape '&'
to see it as it is, so write '&'
instead of '&'
.
Example: Type 'This & that'
to get 'This & that'
.
Back to top
Macros
Special text strings expand on the fly to display user data or system info
Macros are text strings -
%MACRONAME%
or
%MACRONAME{ parameter="value" }%
- that expand into content whenever a topic is rendered for viewing. There are two types of macros:
- Preference settings: Can be defined and changed by the user
- Predefined macros: Defined by the system or by Plugins (for example, the SpreadSheetPlugin introduces a
%CALC{}%
macro)
Using Macros
To use a macro type its name. For example,
- type
%T%
to get (a preference settings)
- type
%TOPIC%
to get Macros
(a predefined macro?)
- type
%CALC{ "$UPPER(Text)" }%
to get TEXT
(a macro? defined by a Plugin)
Note:
- To leave a macro unexpanded, precede it with an exclamation point, e.g. type
!%TOPIC%
to get %TOPIC%
- Macros are expanded relative to the topic they are used in, not the topic they are defined in
- Type
%ALLVARIABLES%
to get a full listing of all macros defined for a particular topic
Macro Names
Macro names must start with a letter. The following characters can be letters, numbers and the underscore '_'. You can use both upper-case and lower-case letters and you can mix the characters. E.g.
%MYVAR%
,
%MyVar%
,
%My2ndVar%
, and
%My_Var%
are all valid macro names. Macros are case sensitive.
%MyVAR%
and
%MYVAR%
are not the same macro.
By convention all settings, predefined macros and macros used by plugins are always UPPER-CASE.
Preferences
Preferences settings are simple macros that do
not accept parameters, and are
defined in topics. A lot of the macros you will encounter are of this type.
Preferences can be defined by the user in various places.
Setting Preferences
You can set macros in all the following places:
- default level in System.DefaultPreferences (not recommended)
- plugin topics (see Plugins)
- local site level in Main.SitePreferences
- user level in individual user topics in Main web
- web level in WebPreferences of a parent web
- web level in WebPreferences of the web
- topic level in topics in webs
- session macros (if sessions are enabled)
Settings at higher-numbered levels override settings of the same macro at lower numbered levels, unless the macro was included in the setting of FINALPREFERENCES at a lower-numbered level, in which case it is locked at the value it has at that level.
If you are setting a preference and using it in the same topic, note that Foswiki reads all the
preference settings from the saved version of the topic before it displays anything. This means you can use a macro anywhere in the topic, even if you set it somewhere inconspicuous near the end.
But beware: it also means that if you change the setting of a macro you are using in the same topic,
Preview
will show the wrong thing, and you must
Save
the topic to see it correctly.
The syntax for setting macros is the same anywhere:
[multiple of 3 spaces] * [space] Set [space] MACRONAME [space] = [space] value
Examples:
Spaces between the = sign and the value will be ignored. You can split a value over several lines by indenting following lines with spaces - as long as you don't try to use * as the first character on the following line.
Example:
* Set MACRONAME = value starts here
and continues here
Whatever you include in your Macro will be expanded on display, exactly as if it had been entered directly.
Example: Create a custom logo macro
- To place a logo anywhere in a web by typing
%MYLOGO%
, define the preference settings on the web's WebPreferences topic, and upload a logo file, ex: mylogo.gif
. You can upload by attaching the file to WebPreferences, or, to avoid clutter, to any other topic in the same web, e.g. LogoTopic
. Sample preference setting in WebPreferences:
-
Set MYLOGO = %PUBURL%/%WEB%/LogoTopic/mylogo.gif
You can also set
preference settings in a topic by clicking the link
Edit topic preference settings
under
More topic actions
. Preferences set in this manner are not visible in the topic text, but take effect nevertheless.
Access Control Settings
These are special types of preference settings to control access to content. AccessControl explains these security settings in detail.
Local values for preferences
Certain topics (a users home topic, web site and default preferences topics) have a problem; macros defined in those topics can have two meanings. For example, consider a user topic. A user may want to use a double-height edit box when they are editing their home topic - but
only when editing their home topic. The rest of the time, they want to have a normal edit box. This separation is achieved using
Local
in place of
Set
in the macro definition. For example, if the user sets the following in their home topic:
* Set EDITBOXHEIGHT = 10
* Local EDITBOXHEIGHT = 20
Then when they are editing any other topic, they will get a 10 high edit box. However when they are editing their home topic, they will get a 20 high edit box.
Local
can be used wherever a preference needs to take a different value depending on where the current operation is being performed.
Use this powerful feature with great care!
%ALLVARIABLES%
can be used to get a listing of the values of all macros in their evaluation order, so you can see macro scope if you get confused.
Predefined Macros
Most predefined macros return values that were either set in the configuration when Foswiki was installed, or taken from server info (such as current username, or date and time). Some, like
%SEARCH%
, are powerful and general tools.
- Predefined macros can be overridden by preference settings (except TOPIC and WEB)
- Plugins may extend the set of predefined macros (see individual Plugins topics for details)
- Take the time to thoroughly read through ALL preference macros. If you actively configure your site, review macros periodically. They cover a wide range of functions, and it can be easy to miss the one perfect macro for something you have in mind. For example, see
%BASETOPIC%
, %INCLUDE%
, and the mighty %SEARCH%
.
This version of Foswiki - Foswiki-1.0.9, Sun, 17 Jan 2010, build 6075 - predefines the following macros:
ACTIVATEDPLUGINS -- list of currently activated plugins
- Syntax:
%ACTIVATEDPLUGINS%
- Expands to: System.TWikiCompatibilityPlugin, System.SpreadSheetPlugin, System.CommentPlugin, System.EditTablePlugin, System.InterwikiPlugin, System.PreferencesPlugin, System.SlideShowPlugin, System.SmiliesPlugin, System.TablePlugin, System.TinyMCEPlugin, System.TwistyPlugin, System.WysiwygPlugin
- Related: PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS, FAILEDPLUGINS, PLUGINVERSION
ADDTOHEAD
You can write
%ADDTOHEAD{...}%
in a topic or template. This variable accepts the following parameters:
-
_DEFAULT
optional, id of the head block. Used to generate a comment in the output HTML.
-
text
optional, text to use for the head block. Mutually exclusive with topic
.
-
topic
optional, full Foswiki path name of a topic that contains the full text to use for the head block. Mutually exclusive with text
. Example: topic="System.MyTopic"
.
-
requires
optional, comma-separated list of id's of other head blocks this one depends on.
%ADDTOHEAD%
expands in-place to the empty string, unless there is an error in which case the variable expands to an error string.
Use
%RENDERHEAD%
to generate the sorted head tags.
ALLVARIABLES -- list of currently defined macros
- Syntax:
%ALLVARIABLES%
- Expands to: a table showing all defined macros in the current context
AQUA -- start aqua colored text
-
AQUA
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%AQUA% aqua text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: aqua text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
ATTACHURL -- full URL for attachments in the current topic
ATTACHURLPATH -- path of the attachment URL of the current topic
AUTHREALM -- authentication realm
- String defined as {AuthRealm} in configure. This is used in certain password encodings, and in login templates as part of the login prompt.
- Syntax:
%AUTHREALM%
- Expands to: Enter your System.LoginName. (Typically First name and last name, no space, no dots, capitalized, e.g. JohnSmith, unless you chose otherwise). Visit System.UserRegistration if you do not have one.
- Related: UserAuthentication, SESSIONID, SESSIONVAR, LOGIN, LOGOUT, SESSION_VARIABLE
BASETOPIC -- base topic where an INCLUDE started
- The name of the topic where a single or nested INCLUDE started - same as
%TOPIC%
if there is no INCLUDE
- This is the name of the topic requested by the user.
- Syntax:
%BASETOPIC%
- Related: BASEWEB, INCLUDINGTOPIC, INCLUDE, TOPIC
BASEWEB -- base web where an INCLUDE started
- The web name where the includes started, e.g. the web of the first topic of nested includes. Same as
%WEB%
in case there is no include.
- This is the name of the web requested by the user.
- Syntax:
%BASEWEB%
- Related: BASETOPIC, INCLUDINGWEB, INCLUDE, WEB
BB -- bullet with line break
BB2 -- level 2 bullet with line break
BB3 -- level 3 bullet with line break
BB4 -- level 4 bullet with line break
BLACK -- start black colored text
-
BLACK
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%BLACK% black text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: black text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
BLUE -- start blue colored text
-
BLUE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%BLUE% blue text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: blue text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
BR -- line break
BROWN -- start brown colored text
-
BROWN
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%BROWN% brown text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: brown text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
BULLET -- bullet character
CALC{"formula"} -- add spreadsheet calculations to tables and outside tables
- The
%CALC{"formula"}%
macro is handled by the SpreadSheetPlugin. There are around 90 formulae, such as $ABS()
, $EXACT()
, $EXISTS()
, $GET()/$SET()
, $IF()
, $LOG()
, $LOWER()
, $PERCENTILE()
, $TIME()
, $VALUE()
.
- Syntax:
%CALC{"formula"}%
- Examples:
-
%CALC{"$SUM($ABOVE())"}%
returns the sum of all cells above the current cell
-
%CALC{"$EXISTS(Web.SomeTopic)"}%
returns 1
if the topic exists
-
%CALC{"$UPPER(Collaboration)"}%
returns COLLABORATION
- Related: IF, SpreadSheetPlugin
CARET -- caret symbol
COMMENT{ attributes } -- insert an edit box into the topic to easily add comments.
- A
%COMMENT%
without parameters shows a simple text box.
- The following standard attributes are recognized
Name | Description | Default |
type | This is the name of the template to use for this comment. Comment templates are defined in a Foswiki template - see Customisation, below. If this attribute is not defined, the type is whatever is defined by COMMENTPLUGIN_DEFAULT_TYPE, either in this topic or in your WebPreferences. | below |
default | Default text to put into the textarea of the prompt. | |
target | Name of the topic to add the comment to | the current topic |
location | Regular expression specifying the comment location in the target topic. Read carefully the CommentPlugin documentation! | |
mode | For compatibility with older versions only, synonymous with type | |
nonotify | Set to "on" to disable change notification for target topics | off |
noform | Set to "on" to disable the automatic form that encloses your comment block - remember to insert <form> tags yourself! See CommentPluginExamples#noform for an example. | off |
nopost | Set to "on" to disable insertion of the posted text into the topic. | off |
remove | Set to "on" to remove the comment prompt after the first time it is clicked. | off |
button | Button label text | Add comment |
- See CommentPlugin for more information
DATE -- signature format date
- Syntax:
%DATE%
- Expands to:
31 Oct 2024
- Date format defined as {DefaultDateFormat} in configure
- When used in a template topic, this variable will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details.
- Related: DISPLAYTIME, GMTIME{"format"}, SERVERTIME
DISPLAYTIME{"format"} -- formatted display time
- Formatted time - either GMT or Local server time, depending on {DisplayTimeValues} setting in configure. Same format qualifiers as
%GMTIME%
- Syntax:
%DISPLAYTIME%
OR %DISPLAYTIME{"format"}%
-
%DISPLAYTIME%
The time is shown as hh:mm (24 hour clock)
- Expands to:
31 Oct 2024 - 23:54
- Example:
%DISPLAYTIME{"$hou:$min"}%
expands to 23:54
- Related: GMTIME, SERVERTIME
EDITACTION -- Selects an edit template
- The EDITACTION preference setting lets you define the use of an editaction template instead of the standard edit. If EDITACTION is defined as
text
, then hide the form. If EDITACTION is defined as form
hide the normal text area and only edit the form.
- Syntax: Set EDITACTION = text|form
- Expands to: %EDITACTION%
- Related: CommandAndCGIScripts#edit
- When EDITACTION is defined as text or form the Edit and Edit Raw buttons simply add
;action=text
or ;action=form
to the URL for the edit script. If you have defined an EDITACTION preference setting you can still edit the topic content or the form by removing the ;action=form
or ;action=text
from the edit URL in the browser and reload.
EDITTABLE{ attributes } -- edit tables using edit fields and other input fields
- The
%EDITTABLE{}%
macro is handled by the EditTablePlugin
- Syntax:
%EDITTABLE{ attributes }%
- Supported attributes:
Attribute | Comment | Default |
header | Specify the header format of a new table like "|*Food*|*Drink*|" . Useful to start a table with only a button | (no header) |
format | The format of one column when editing the table. A cell can be a text input field, or any of these edit field types: • Text input field (1 line): | text, <size>, <initial value> | • Textarea input field: | textarea, <rows>x<columns>, <initial value> | • Drop down box: | select, <size>, <option 1>, <option 2>, etc* | * only one item can be selected • Radio buttons: | radio, <size*>, <option 1>, <option 2>, etc | * size indicates the number of buttons per line in edit mode • Checkboxes: | checkbox, <size*>, <option 1>, <option 2>, etc | * size indicates the number of checkboxes per line in edit mode • Fixed label: | label, 0, <label text> | • Row number: | row, <offset> | • Date: | date, <size>, <initial value>, <DHTML date format> | (see Date Field Type) | "text, 16" for all cells |
changerows | Rows can be added and removed if "on" Rows can be added but not removed if "add" Rows cannot be added or removed if "off" | CHANGEROWS plugin setting |
quietsave | Quiet Save button is shown if "on" , hidden if "off" | QUIETSAVE plugin setting |
include | Other topic defining the EDITTABLE parameters. The first %EDITTABLE% in the topic is used. This is useful if you have many topics with the same table format and you want to update the format in one place. Use topic or web.topic notation. | (none) |
helptopic | Topic name containing help text shown below the table when editing a table. The %STARTINCLUDE% and %STOPINCLUDE% macros can be used in the topic to specify what is shown. | (no help text) |
headerislabel | Table header cells are read-only (labels) if "on" ; header cells can be edited if "off" or "0" | "on" |
editbutton | Set edit button text, e.g. "Edit this table" ; set button image with alt text, e.g. "Edit table, %PUBURL%/%SYSTEMWEB%/DocumentGraphics/edittopic.gif" ; hide edit button at the end of the table with "hide" (Note: Button is automatically hidden if an edit button is present in a cell) | EDITBUTTON plugin setting |
buttonrow | Set to top to put the edit buttons above the table. | bottom |
javascriptinterface | Use javascript to directly move and delete row without page refresh. Enable with "on" , disable with "off" . | JAVASCRIPTINTERFACE plugin setting |
- Example:
%EDITTABLE{ format="| text, 20 | select, 1, one, two, three |" changerows="on" }%
| *Name* | *Type* |
| Foo | two |
- Related: See EditTablePlugin for more details
ENCODE{"string"} -- encodes a string to HTML entities
- Encode "special" characters to HTML numeric entities. Encoded characters are:
- all non-printable ASCII characters below space, except newline (
"\n"
) and linefeed ("\r"
)
- HTML special characters
"<"
, ">"
, "&"
, single quote ('
) and double quote ("
)
- TML special characters
"%"
, "["
, "]"
, "@"
, "_"
, "*"
, "="
and "|"
- Syntax:
%ENCODE{"string"}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
"string" | String to encode | required (can be empty) |
type="entity" type="safe" type="html" type="quotes" type="url" | Control how special characters are encoded entity : Encode special characters into HTML entities, like a double quote into " . Does not encode \n or \r . safe : Encode characters '"<>% into HTML entities. html : As type="entity" except it also encodes \n and \r quotes : Escape double quotes with backslashes (\" ), does not change other characters url : Encode special characters for URL parameter use, like a double quote into %22 (this is the default) | type="url" |
- Example:
%ENCODE{"spaced name"}%
expands to spaced%20name
- Values of HTML input fields must be entity encoded.
Example: <input type="text" name="address" value="%ENCODE{ "any text" type="entity" }%" />
- Double quotes in strings must be escaped when passed into other macros.
Example: %SEARCH{ "%ENCODE{ "string with "quotes"" type="quotes" }%" noheader="on" }%
- ENCODE can be used to filter user input from URL parameters and similer to protect against cross-site scripting. The safest approach is to use
type="entity"
. This can however prevent an application from fully working. You can then use type="safe"
which encodes only the characters '"<>%
into HTML entities (same as encode="safe"). When ENCODE is passing a string inside another macro always use double quotes ("") type="quote". For maximum security against cross-site scripting you are adviced to install the Foswiki:Extensions.SafeWikiPlugin.
ENDCOLOR -- end colored text
-
ENDCOLOR
is a shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%RED% red text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: red text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: VarAQUA, VarBLACK, VarBLUE, VarBROWN, VarGRAY, VarGREEN, VarLIME, VarMAROON, VarNAVY, VarOLIVE, VarORANGE, VarPINK, VarPURPLE, VarRED, VarSILVER, VarTEAL, VarWHITE, VarYELLOW, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
ENDSECTION{"name"} -- marks the end of a named section within a topic
- Syntax:
%ENDSECTION{"name"}%
- Syntax:
%ENDSECTION{type="include"}%
- Supported parameter:
Parameter: | Description: |
"name" | Name of the section. |
type="..." | Type of the section being terminated; supported types "section" , "include" , "expandvariables" , "templateonly" . |
- If the
STARTSECTION
is named, the corresponding ENDSECTION
must also be named with the same name. If the STARTSECTION
specifies a type, then the corresponding ENDSECTION
must also specify the same type. If the section is unnamed, ENDSECTION
will match with the nearest unnamed %STARTSECTION%
of the same type above it.
- Related: STARTSECTION
ENV{"varname"} -- inspect the value of an environment variable
- Returns the current value of the environment variable in the CGI (Common Gateway Interface) environment. This is the environment that the CommandAndCGIScripts are running in.
- Note: For security reasons, only those environment variables whose names match the regular expression in
{AccessibleENV}
in the Security Settings/Miscellaneous section of configure
can be displayed. Any other variable will just be shown as an empty string, irrespective of its real value.
- Example:
%ENV{MOD_PERL}%
displays as: not set
- If an environment variable is undefined (as against being set to the empty string) it will be returned as
not set
.
- Related: HTTP_HOST, REMOTE_ADDR, REMOTE_PORT, REMOTE_USER
FAILEDPLUGINS -- debugging for plugins that failed to load, and handler list
FORMFIELD{"fieldname"} -- renders a field in the form attached to some topic
- Syntax:
%FORMFIELD{"fieldname"}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
"fieldname" | The name of a Data form field | required |
topic="..." | Topic where form data is located. May be of the form Web.TopicName | Current topic |
format="..." | Format string. $value expands to the field value, and $name expands to the field name, $title to the field title, $form to the name of the form the field is in. The standard format tokens are also expanded. | "$value" |
default="..." | Text shown if the field is defined in the topic, but the field value is empty. For example, a text field for which all the content has been deleted. | "" |
alttext="..." | Text shown if the field is not defined in the topic (even if it is specified in the form definition). For example, this is used when a field exists in the form definition, but the referring topic hasn't been edited since it was added. | "" |
- Example:
%FORMFIELD{"ProjectName" topic="Projects.SushiProject" default="(no project name given)" alttext="ProjectName field not found in form"}%
- Related: SEARCH
GMTIME{"format"} -- formatted GM time
- Syntax:
%GMTIME%
OR %GMTIME{"format"}%
-
%GMTIME%
uses the default date format defined by the {DefaultDateFormat} setting in configure
- expands to 31 Oct 2024 - 23:54
- Supported special format tokens:
Token: | Unit: | Example |
$seconds | seconds | 59 |
$minutes | minutes | 59 |
$hours | hours | 23 |
$day | day of month | 31 |
$wday | day of the Week (Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat) | Thu |
$dow | day of the week (Sun = 0) | 2 |
$week | number of week in year (ISO 8601) | 34 |
$month | short name of month | Dec |
$mo | 2 digit month | 12 |
$year | 4 digit year | 1999 |
$ye | 2 digit year | 99 |
$tz | either "GMT" (if set to gmtime), or "Local" (if set to servertime) | GMT |
$iso | ISO format timestamp | 2024-10-31T23:54:40Z |
$rcs | RCS format timestamp | 2024/10/31 23:54:40 |
$http | E-mail & http format timestamp | Thu, 31 Oct 2024 23:54:40 GMT |
$epoch | Number of seconds since 00:00 on 1st January, 1970 | 1730418880 |
- Tokens can be shortened to 3 characters
- Example:
%GMTIME{"$day $month, $year - $hour:$min:$sec"}%
expands to 31 Oct, 2024 - 23:54:40
- When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details.
- Related: GMTIME, REVINFO, SERVERTIME
GRAY -- start gray colored text
-
GRAY
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%GRAY% gray text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: gray text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
GREEN -- start green colored text
-
GREEN
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%GREEN% green text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: green text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
GROUPS -- a formatted list of groups
H -- help icon
- Current value: H =
- Related: I, ICON, M, N, P, Q, S, T, U, X, Y
HOMETOPIC -- home topic in each web
HTTP -- get HTTP headers
HTTP_HOST -- environment variable
HTTPS -- get HTTPS headers
- The same as
%HTTP%
but operates on the HTTPS environment variables present when the SSL protocol is in effect. Can be used to determine whether SSL is turned on.
- Syntax:
%HTTPS%
- Syntax:
%HTTPS{"Header-name"}%
- Related: HTTP, REMOTE_ADDR, REMOTE_PORT, REMOTE_USER
I -- idea icon
- Current value: I =
- Related: H, ICON, M, N, P, Q, S, T, U, X, Y
ICON{"name"} -- small documentation graphic or icon of common attachment types
- Generates the HTML img tag of a small graphic image attached to DocumentGraphics. Images typically have a 16x16 pixel size. You can select a specific image by name, or you can give a full filename, in which case the type of the file will be used to select one of a collection of common file type icons.
- Syntax:
%ICON{"name"}%
- Examples:
-
%ICON{"flag-gray"}%
returns
-
%ICON{"pdf"}%
returns
-
%ICON{"smile.pdf"}%
returns
-
%ICON{"/dont/you/dare/smile.pdf"}%
returns
-
%ICON{"http://trunk.foswiki.org/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/xsl.gif"}%
returns
- Graphic samples:
arrowbright
, bubble
, choice-yes
, hand
- File type samples:
bmp
, doc
, gif
, hlp
, html
, mp3
, pdf
, ppt
, txt
, xls
, xml
, zip
- Related: ICONURL, ICONURLPATH, DefaultPreferences, FileAttachments, DocumentGraphics
ICONURL{"name"} -- URL of small documentation graphic or icon
- Generates the full URL of a DocumentGraphics image, which Foswiki renders as an image. The related
%ICON{"name"}%
generates the full HTML img tag. Specify image name or full filename (see ICON for details on filenames.)
- Syntax:
%ICONURL{"name"}%
- Examples:
-
%ICONURL{"arrowbright"}%
returns http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/arrowbright.gif
-
%ICONURL{"novel.pdf"}%
returns http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/pdf.gif
-
%ICONURL{"/queen/boheme.mp3"}%
returns http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/mp3.gif
- Related: ICONURLPATH, ICON, DefaultPreferences, FileAttachments, DocumentGraphics
ICONURLPATH{"name"} -- URL path of small documentation graphic or icon
- Generates the URL path of a DocumentGraphics image, typically used in an HTML img tag. Specify image name or full filename (see ICON for details on filenames.)
- Syntax:
%ICONURLPATH{"name"}%
- Examples:
-
%ICONURLPATH{"locktopic"}%
returns /wiki/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/locktopic.gif
-
%ICONURLPATH{"eggysmell.xml"}%
returns /wiki/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/xml.gif
-
%ICONURLPATH{"/doc/xhtml.xsl"}%
returns /wiki/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/xsl.gif
- Related: ICONURL, ICON, DefaultPreferences, FileAttachments, DocumentGraphics
IF{"condition" ...} -- simple conditionals
- Evaluate a condition and show one text or another based on the result. See details in IfStatements
- Syntax:
%IF{"CONDITION" then="THEN" else="ELSE"}%
shows "THEN"
if "CONDITION"
evaluates to TRUE
, otherwise "ELSE"
will be shown
- Example:
%IF{"defined FUNFACTOR" then="FUNFACTOR is defined" else="FUNFACTOR is not defined"}%
renders as FUNFACTOR is not defined
- Related: $IF() of SpreadSheetPlugin
INCLUDE{"page"} -- include other topic or web page
- Syntax:
%INCLUDE{"page" ...}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
"SomeTopic" | The name of a topic located in the current web, i.e. %INCLUDE{"WebNotify"}% | |
"Web.Topic" | A topic in another web, i.e. %INCLUDE{"System.SiteMap"}% | |
"http://..." | A full qualified URL, i.e. %INCLUDE{"http://foswiki.org:80/index.html"}% . Supported content types are text/html and text/plain . if the URL resolves to an attachment file on the server this will automatically translate to a server-side include. | |
"doc:Foswiki::..." level="3" | Generates the embedded documentation in the given perl module. The optional =level parameter lets you define the base level for headings in the included text. |
pattern="..." | Include a subset of a topic or a web page. Specify a RegularExpression that scans from start ('^' ) to end and contains the text you want to keep in parenthesis, e.g., pattern="^.*?(from here.*?to here).*" . IncludeTopicsAndWebPages has more. | none |
rev="2" | Include a previous topic revision; N/A for URLs | top revision |
raw="on" | When a page is included, normally Foswiki will process it, doing the following: 1) Alter relative links to point back to originating host, 2) Remove some basic HTML tags (html, head, body, script) and finally 3) Remove newlines from HTML tags spanning multiple lines. If you prefer to include exactly what is in the source of the originating page set this to on . raw="on" is short for disableremoveheaders="on" , disableremovescript="on" , disableremovebody="on" , disablecompresstags="on" and disablerewriteurls="on" . | disabled |
literal="on" | While using the raw option will indeed include the raw content, the included content will still be processed and rendered like regular topic content. To disable parsing of the included content, set the literal option to "on" . | disabled |
disableremoveheaders="on" | Bypass stripping headers from included HTML (everything until first </head> tag) | disabled |
disableremovescript="on" | Bypass stripping all <script> tags from included HTML | disabled |
disableremovebody="on" | Bypass stripping the </body> tag and everything around over and below it | disabled |
disablecompresstags="on" | Bypass replacing newlines in HTML tags with spaces. This compression step rewrites unmatched <'s into < entities unless bypassed | disabled |
disablerewriteurls="on" | Bypass rewriting relative URLs into absolute ones | disabled |
warn="off" | Warn if topic include fails: Fail silently (if off ); output default warning (if set to on ); else, output specific text (use $topic for topic name) | %INCLUDEWARNING% preferences setting |
section="name" | Includes only the specified named section, as defined in the included topic by the STARTSECTION and ENDSECTION macros. Nothing is shown if the named section does not exists. section="" is equivalent to not specifying a section | |
PARONE="val 1" PARTWO="val 2" | Any other parameter will be defined as a macro within the scope of the included topic. The example parameters on the left will result in %PARONE% and %PARTWO% being defined within the included topic. | |
- JavaScript in included webpages is filtered out as a security precaution per default (disable filter with
disableremovescript
parameter)
- Examples: See IncludeTopicsAndWebPages
- Related: BASETOPIC, BASEWEB, INCLUDINGTOPIC, INCLUDINGWEB, STARTINCLUDE, STOPINCLUDE, STARTSECTION, ENDSECTION
INCLUDINGTOPIC -- name of topic that includes current topic
- The name of the topic that includes the current topic - same as
%TOPIC%
in case there is no include
- If a topic is used in a chain of INCLUDEs, INCLUDINGTOPIC is set to the topic directly INCLUDing this one, NOT the topic that has been requested by the user (which is set in BASETOPIC)
- WARNING: While this Macro may appear to work, unless you require the subtle difference between INCLUDINGTOPIC and BASETOPIC, you probably should use BASETOPIC.
- Syntax:
%INCLUDINGTOPIC%
- Related: BASETOPIC, INCLUDINGWEB, INCLUDE, TOPIC
INCLUDINGWEB -- web that includes current topic
- The web name of the topic that includes the current topic - same as
%WEB%
if there is no INCLUDE.
- If a topic is used in a chain of INCLUDEs, INCLUDINGWEB is set to the topic directly INCLUDing this one, NOT the web that has been requested by the user (which is set in BASEWEB)
- WARNING: While this Macro may appear to work, unless you require the subtle difference between INCLUDINGWEB and BASEWEB, you probably should use BASEWEB.
- Syntax:
%INCLUDINGWEB%
- Related: BASEWEB, INCLUDINGTOPIC, INCLUDE, WEB
LANGUAGE -- current user's language
- Returns the language code for the language used as the current user. This is the language actually used by Foswiki (e.g. in user interface).
- The language is detected from the user's browser, unless some site/web/user/session-defined setting overrides it:
- If the
LANGUAGE
preference is set, it's used as user's language instead of any language detected from the browser.
- Avoid defining
LANGUAGE
at a non per-user way, so each user can choose his/her preferred language.
- Related: LANGUAGES
LANGUAGES -- list available languages
- List the languages available (as
PO
files). These are the languages in which the user interface is available.
- Syntax:
%LANGUAGES{...}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
format | format for each item. See below for format tokens available in the format string. | " * $langname" |
separator | separator between items. | "\n" (newline) |
marker="selected" | Text for $marker if the item matches selection | "selected" |
selection="%LANGUAGE%" | Current language to be selected in list | (none) |
-
format
tokens: Token | Meaning |
$langname | language's name, as informed by the translators |
$langtag | language's tag. Ex: en , pt-br , etc. |
- Example:
<select>%LANGUAGES{format="<option $marker value='$langtag'>$langname</option>" selection="%LANGUAGE%"}%</select>
creates an option list of the available languages with the current language selected
LIME -- start lime colored text
-
LIME
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%LIME% lime text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: lime text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
LOCALSITEPREFS -- web.topicname of site preferences topic
- The full name of the local site preferences topic. These local site preferences overload the system level preferences defined in System.DefaultPreferences.
- Syntax:
%LOCALSITEPREFS%
- Expands to:
Main.SitePreferences
, renders as Main.SitePreferences
LOGIN -- present a full login link
LOGOUT -- present a full logout link
M -- moved to... icon
- Current value: M =
- Related: H, I, ICON, N, P, Q, S, T, U, X, Y
MAINWEB -- synonym for USERSWEB
- Deprecated. Please use %USERSWEB% instead.
MAKETEXT -- creates text using Foswiki's I18N infrastructure
- Syntax:
%MAKETEXT{"string" args="..."}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter | Description | Default |
"text" or string="text" | The text to be displayed. | none |
args="param1, param2" | a comma-separated list of arguments to be interpolated in the string, replacing the [_N] placeholders in it. | none |
- Examples:
-
%MAKETEXT{string="Notes:"}%
expands to
Notes:
-
%MAKETEXT{"If you have any questions, please contact [_1]." args="%WIKIWEBMASTER%"}%
expands to
If you have any questions, please contact martin@wetherby.me.
-
%MAKETEXT{"Did you want to [[[_1]][reset [_2]'s password]]?" args="%SYSTEMWEB%.ResetPassword,%WIKIUSERNAME%"}%
expands to
Did you want to reset Main.WikiGuest's password?
- Notes:
- Foswiki will translate the
string
to the current user's language only if it has such string in its translation table for that language.
- Amperstands (
&
) followed by one letter (one of a...z, A...Z) (say, X
) in the translatable string will be translated to <span class='foswikiAccessKey'>X</span>
. This is used to implement access keys. If you want to write an actual amperstand that stays just before a letter, write two consecutive amperstands (&&
): they will be transformed in just one.
- translatable string starting with underscores (
_
) are reserved. You cannot use translatable phrases starting with an underscore.
- Make sure that the translatable string is constant. Specially, do not include
%MACROS%
inside the translatable strings (since they will get expanded before the %MAKETEXT{...}%
itself is handled).
MAROON -- start maroon colored text
-
MAROON
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%MAROON% maroon text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: maroon text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
META -- displays meta-data
- Provided mainly for use in templates, this macro generates the parts of the topic view that relate to meta-data (attachments, forms etc.) The
formfield
item is the most likely to be useful to casual users.
- Syntax:
%META{ "item" ...}%
- Parameters:
Item | Options | Description |
"formfield" | name="..." : name of the field. The field value can be shortened as described in System.FormattedSearch for $formfield newline="..." : by default, each newline character will be rewritten to <br /> to allow metadata that contains newlines to be used in tables, etc. $n indicates a newline character. bar="..." : by default, each vertical bar is rewritten to an HTML entity so as to not be mistaken for a table separator. | Show a single form field |
"form" | none | Generates the table showing the form fields. See Form Definition |
"attachments" | all="on" to show hidden attachments. title="..." to show a title - only if attachments are displayed. template="..." to use a custom template for the rendering of attachments; default attachtables is used. | Generates the list of attachments |
"moved" | none | Details of any topic moves |
"parent" | dontrecurse="on" : By default recurses up tree, this has some cost. Equivalent to depth=1 depth="..." : Return only the specified ancestor. nowebhome="on" : Suppress WebHome. prefix="..." : Prefix that goes before parents, but only if there are parents, default "" . format="..." : Format string used to display each parent topic where $web expands to the web name, and $topic expands to the topic name; default: "[[$web.$topic][$topic]]" suffix="..." : Suffix, only appears if there are parents; default "" . separator="..." : Separator between parents; default " > " . | Generates the parent link |
- Related: METASEARCH
METASEARCH -- special search of meta data
- Syntax:
%METASEARCH{...}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
type="topicmoved" | What sort of search is required? "topicmoved" if search for a topic that may have been moved "parent" if searching for topics that have a specific parent i.e. its children "field" if searching for topics that have a particular form field value (use the name and value parameters to specify which field to search) | Required |
web="%WEB%" | Wiki web to search: A web, a list of webs separated by whitespace, or all webs. | Current web |
topic="%TOPIC%" | The topic the search relates to, for topicmoved and parent searches | All topics in a web |
name | form field to search, for field type searches. May be a regular expression (see SEARCH). | |
value | form field value, for field type searches. May be a regular expression (see SEARCH). | |
title="Title" | Text that is prefixed to any search results | empty |
format="..." | Custom format results. Supports same format strings as SEARCH. See FormattedSearch for usage & examples | Results in table |
default="none" | Default text shown if no search hit | Empty |
- Example:
%METASEARCH{type="topicmoved" web="%WEB%" topic="%TOPIC%" title="This topic used to exist and was moved to: "}%
- Example: You may want to use this in WebTopicViewTemplate and WebTopicNonWikiTemplate:
%METASEARCH{type="parent" web="%WEB%" topic="%TOPIC%" title="Children: "}%
- Example:
%METASEARCH{type="field" name="Country" value="China"}%
- Related: SEARCH, META
- METASEARCH is deprecated in favour of the new and much more powerful query type search. See SEARCH and QuerySearch.
N -- "new" icon
- Current value: N =
- Related: H, I, ICON, M, P, Q, S, T, U, X, Y
NAVY -- start navy blue colored text
-
NAVY
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%NAVY% navy text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: navy text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
NOP -- template text not to be expanded in instantiated topics
- Syntax:
%NOP%
- In normal topic text, expands to <nop>, which prevents expansion of adjacent macros and wikiwords
- When the topic containing this is used as a template for another topic, it is removed.
- Syntax:
%NOP{...}%
deprecated
- In normal topic text, expands to whatever is in the curly braces (if anything).
- This is deprecated. Do not use it. Use
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
.. %ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
instead (see TemplateTopics for more details).
- Related: STARTSECTION, TemplateTopics
NOTIFYTOPIC -- name of the notify topic
OLIVE -- start olive green colored text
-
OLIVE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%OLIVE% olive text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: olive text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
ORANGE -- start orange colored text
-
ORANGE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%ORANGE% orange text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: orange text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
P -- pencil icon
- Current value: P =
- Related: H, I, ICON, M, N, Q, S, T, U, X, Y
PINK -- start pink colored text
-
PINK
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%PINK% pink text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: pink text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS -- list of plugin descriptions
- Syntax:
%PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS%
- Expands to:
- System.TWikiCompatibilityPlugin (Foswiki-1.0.9, $Rev: 6017 (2010-01-11) $): add TWiki personality to Foswiki
- System.SpreadSheetPlugin (10 Nov 2009, $Rev: 5484 (2009-11-10) $): Add spreadsheet calculations like "$SUM($ABOVE())" to Foswiki tables and other topic text
- System.CommentPlugin (12 Sep 2009, $Rev: 4843 (2009-09-11) $): Quickly post comments to a page without an edit/preview/save cycle
- System.EditTablePlugin (4.34, $Rev: 5854 (2009-12-23) $): Edit tables using edit fields, date pickers and drop down boxes
- System.InterwikiPlugin (20 Sep 2009, $Rev: 5022 (2009-09-20) $): Link ExternalSite:Page text to external sites based on aliases defined in a rules topic
- System.PreferencesPlugin (20 Sep 2009, $Rev: 5037 (2009-09-20) $): Allows editing of preferences using fields predefined in a form
- System.SlideShowPlugin (02 Aug 2008, $Rev: 2742 (2009-02-26) $): Create web based presentations based on topics with headings.
- System.SmiliesPlugin (20 Sep 2009, $Rev: 5046 (2009-09-20) $): Render smilies like as icons
- System.TablePlugin (1.044, $Rev: 5755 (2009-12-08) $): Control attributes of tables and sorting of table columns
- System.TinyMCEPlugin (29 Dec 2009, $Rev: 5860 (2009-12-28) $): Integration of the Tiny MCE WYSIWYG Editor
- System.TwistyPlugin (1.5.3, $Rev: 4751 (2009-09-02) $): Twisty section Javascript library to open/close content dynamically
- System.WysiwygPlugin (17 Jan 2010, $Rev: 6068 (2010-01-17) $): Translator framework for Wysiwyg editors
- Related: ACTIVATEDPLUGINS, FAILEDPLUGINS, PLUGINVERSION
PLUGINVERSION -- the version of a Foswiki Plugin, or the Foswiki Plugins API
- Syntax:
%PLUGINVERSION{"name"}%
to get the version of a specific plugin
- Example:
%PLUGINVERSION{"InterwikiPlugin"}%
expands to $Rev: 5022 (2009-09-20) $
- Syntax:
%PLUGINVERSION%
to get the version of the API
- Expands to:
2.0
- Related: WIKIVERSION, ACTIVATEDPLUGINS, FAILEDPLUGINS, PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS
PUBURL -- the base URL of attachments
PUBURLPATH -- the base URL path of attachments
PURPLE -- start purple colored text
-
PURPLE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%PURPLE% purple text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: purple text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
Q -- question icon
- Current value: Q =
- Related: H, I, ICON, M, N, P, S, T, U, X, Y
QUERYPARAMS -- show paramaters to the query
- Expands the parameters to the query that was used to display the page.
- Syntax:
%QUERYPARAMS{...}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
format="..." | Format string for each entry | $name=$value |
separator="..." | Separator string | separator="$n" (newline) |
encoding="entity" encoding="safe" encoding="html" encoding="quotes" encoding="url" | Control how special characters are encoded. If this parameter is not given, "safe" encoding is performed which HTML entity encodes the characters '"<>% . entity : Encode special characters into HTML entities, like a double quote into " . Does not encode \n or \r . safe : Encode characters '"<>% into HTML entities. (this is the default) html : As type="entity" except it also encodes \n and \r quotes : Escape double quotes with backslashes (\" ), does not change other characters url : Encode special characters for URL parameter use, like a double quote into %22 | type="safe" |
- The following escape sequences are expanded in the format string:
Sequence: |
Expands To: |
$name |
Name of the parameter |
$value |
String value of the parameter. Multi-valued parameters will have a "row" for each value. |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This token gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) (\" also works) |
$percnt |
Percent sign (% ) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
$amp |
Ampersand (& ) |
- Example:
-
%QUERYPARAMS{format="<input type='hidden' name='$name' value='$value' encoding="entity" />"}%
- Security warning!
Using QUERYPARAMS can easily be misused for cross-site scripting unless specific characters are entity encoded. By default QUERYPARAMS encodes the characters '"<>%
into HTML entities (same as encoding="safe") which is relatively safe. The safest is to use encoding="entity". When passing QUERYPARAMS inside another macro always use double quotes ("") combined with using QUERYPARAMS with encoding="quote". For maximum security against cross-site scripting you are adviced to install the Foswiki:Extensions.SafeWikiPlugin.
- See also QUERYSTRING, URLPARAM
QUERYSTRING -- full, unprocessed string of parameters to this URL
- String of all the URL parameters that were on the URL used to get to the current page. For example, if you add ?name=Samantha;age=24;eyes=blue to this URL you can see this in action. This string can be appended to a URL to pass parameter values on to another page.
- URLs built this way are typically restricted in length, typically to 2048 characters. If you need more space than this, you will need to use an HTML form and
%QUERYPARAMS%
.
- Syntax:
%QUERYSTRING%
- Expands to:
sortcol=1;table=53;up=2
- Related: QUERYPARAMS, URLPARAM
RED -- start red colored text
-
RED
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%RED% red text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: red text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
! * Related:
ENDCOLOR,
DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
REMOTE_ADDR -- environment variable
REMOTE_PORT -- environment variable
REMOTE_USER -- environment variable
RENDERLIST -- render bullet lists in a variety of formats
- The
%RENDERLIST%
macro is handled by the RenderListPlugin
- Syntax:
%RENDERLIST%
- Syntax:
%RENDERLIST{ "org" focus="Sales.WestCoastTeam" }%
- Example:
%RENDERLIST{ "org" }%
* [[Eng.WebHome][Engineering]]
* [[Eng.TechPubs][Tech Pubs]]
* [[Sales.WestCoastTeam][Sales]]
* [[Sales.EastCoastTeam][East Coast]]
* [[Sales.WestCoastTeam][West Coast]]
- Related: RenderListPlugin
REVINFO -- revision information of current topic
- Syntax:
- Date format defined as {DefaultDateFormat} in configure
REVINFO{"format"} -- formatted revision information of topic
- Syntax:
%REVINFO%
OR %REVINFO{"format"}%
-
%REVINFO%
is equivalent to %REVINFO{format="r1.$rev - $date - $wikiusername"}%
- Expands to:
r1 - 09 Jan 2009 - 12:00:00 - Main.ProjectContributor
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
"format" | Format of revision information, see supported formatting tokens below | "r1.$rev - $date - $wikiusername" |
web="..." | Name of web | Current web |
topic="..." | Topic name | Current topic |
rev="1.5" | Specific revision number | Latest revision |
- Supported formatting tokens:
Token: | Unit: | Example |
$web | Name of web | Current web |
$topic | Topic name | Current topic |
$rev | Revision number. Prefix r1. to get the usual r1.5 format | 5 |
$username | Login username of revision | jsmith |
$wikiname | WikiName of revision | JohnSmith |
$wikiusername | WikiName with Main web prefix | Main.JohnSmith |
$date | Revision date. Actual date format defined as {DefaultDateFormat} in configure | 21 Sep 2006 |
$time | Revision time | 23:24:25 |
$iso | Revision date in ISO date format | 2006-09-22T06:24:25Z |
$min , $sec , etc. | Same date format qualifiers as GMTIME{"format"} | |
- Example:
%REVINFO{"$date - $wikiusername" rev="1.1"}%
returns revision info of first revision
- Related: GMTIME{"format"}, REVINFO
S -- red star icon
- Current value: S =
- Related: H, I, ICON, M, N, P, Q, T, U, X, Y
SCRIPTNAME -- name of current script
- The name of the current script is shown, including script suffix, if any (for example
viewauth.cgi
)
- Syntax:
%SCRIPTNAME%
- Expands to:
view
- Related: SCRIPTSUFFIX, SCRIPTURL, SCRIPTURLPATH
SCRIPTSUFFIX -- script suffix
- Some Foswiki installations require a file extension for CGI scripts, such as
.pl
or .cgi
- Syntax:
%SCRIPTSUFFIX%
- Expands to:
- Related: SCRIPTNAME, SCRIPTURL, SCRIPTURLPATH
SCRIPTURL{"script"} -- URL of script
- Syntax:
%SCRIPTURL%
OR %SCRIPTURL{"script"}%
-
%SCRIPTURL%
returns the base URL of scripts - expands to http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/bin
- Expands to:
http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/bin/script
- Example: To get the authenticated version of the current topic you can write
%SCRIPTURL{"viewauth"}%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%
which expands to http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/bin/viewauth/System/Macros
- In most cases you should use
%SCRIPTURLPATH{"script"}%
instead, as it works with URL rewriting much better
- The
edit
script should always be used in conjunction with ?t=%GMTIME{"$epoch"}%
to ensure pages about to be edited are not cached in the browser
- Related: PUBURL, SCRIPTNAME, SCRIPTSUFFIX, SCRIPTURLPATH
SCRIPTURLPATH{"script"} -- URL path of script
- As
%SCRIPTURL{"script"}%
, but doesn't include the protocol and host part of the URL
- Syntax:
%SCRIPTURL%
OR %SCRIPTURLPATH{"script"}%
- Expands to:
/wiki/bin/script
- The
edit
script should always be used in conjunction with ?t=%GMTIME{"$epoch"}%
to ensure pages about to be edited are not cached in the browser
- Related: PUBURLPATH, SCRIPTNAME, SCRIPTSUFFIX, SCRIPTURL
SEARCH{"text"} -- search content
- Inline search, shows a search result embedded in a topic
- Syntax:
%SEARCH{"text" ...}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
"text" | Search term. Is a keyword search, literal search, regular expression search, or query, depending on the type parameter. SearchHelp has more | required |
search="text" | (Alternative to above) | N/A |
web="Name" web="Main, Know" web="all" | Comma-separated list of webs to search. You can specifically exclude webs from an all search using a minus sign - for example, web="all,-Secretweb" . The special word all means all webs that do not have the NOSEARCHALL preference set to on in their WebPreferences. Note that AccessControls are respected when searching webs; it is much better to use them than NOSEARCHALL . | Current web |
topic="WebPreferences" topic="*Bug" | Limit search to topics: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. Note this is a list of topic names and must not include web names. | All topics in a web |
excludetopic="Web*" excludetopic="WebHome, WebChanges" | Exclude topics from search: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. Note this is a list of topic names and must not include web names. | None |
scope="topic" scope="text" scope="all" | Search topic name (title); the text (body) of topic; or all (title and body) | "text" |
type="keyword" type="word" type="literal" type="regex" type="query" | Control how the search is performed when scope="text" or scope="all" keyword : use Google-like controls as in soap "web service" -shampoo ; searches word parts: using the example, topics with "soapsuds" will be found as well, but topics with "shampoos" will be excluded word : identical to keyword but searches whole words: topics with "soapsuds" will not be found, and topics with "shampoos" will not be excluded literal : search for the exact string, like web service regex : use a RegularExpression search like soap;web service;!shampoo ; to search on whole words use \bsoap\b query : query search of form fields and other meta-data, like (Firstname='Emma' OR Firstname='John') AND Lastname='Peel' | %SEARCHVAR- DEFAULTTYPE% preferences setting (literal) |
order="topic" order="created" order="modified" order="editby" order= "formfield(name)" | Sort the results of search by the topic names, topic creation time, last modified time, last editor's WikiName, or named field of DataForms. The sorting is done web by web; if you want to sort across webs, create a formatted table and sort it with TablePlugin's initsort. Note that dates are sorted most recent date last (i.e at the bottom of the table). | Sort by topic name |
limit="all" limit="16" | Limit the number of topics from which results will be returned. This is done after sorting if order is specified. Note that this does not limit the number of hits from the same topic when you have multiple="on". | All results |
date="..." | limits the results to those pages with latest edit time in the given time interval. | All results |
reverse="on" | Reverse the direction of the search | Ascending search |
casesensitive="on" | Case sensitive search | Ignore case |
bookview="on" | BookView search, e.g. show complete topic text. Very resource demanding. Use only with small result sets | Show entire topic content. |
nonoise="on" | Shorthand for nosummary="on" nosearch="on" nototal="on" zeroresults="off" noheader="on" noempty="on" | Off |
nosummary="on" | Show topic title only | Show topic summary |
nosearch="on" | Suppress search string | Show search string |
noheader="on" | Suppress default search header Topics: Changed: By: , unless a header is explicitly specified | Show default search header, unless search is inline and a format is specified (Cairo compatibility) |
nototal="on" | Do not show number of topics found | Show number |
zeroresults="off" | Suppress all output if there are no hits | zeroresults="on" , displays: "Number of topics: 0" |
noempty="on" | Suppress results for webs that have no hits. | Show webs with no hits |
header="..." format="..." footer="..." | Custom format results: see FormattedSearch for usage & examples | Results in table |
expandvariables="on" | Expand embedded macros before applying a FormattedSearch on a search hit. Useful to show the expanded text, e.g. to show the result of a SpreadSheetPlugin %CALC{}% instead of the formula | Raw text |
multiple="on" | Multiple hits per topic. Each hit can be formatted. The last token is used in case of a regular expression ";" and search | Only one hit per topic |
nofinalnewline="on" | If on , the search variable does not end in a line by itself. Any text continuing immediately after the SEARCH macro on the same line will be rendered as part of the table generated by the search, if appropriate. | off |
recurse="on" | Recurse into subwebs, if subwebs are enabled. | off |
separator=", " | Line separator between search hits | "$n" (Newline) |
newline="%BR%" | Line separator within a search hit. Useful if you want to put multi-line content into a table cell, for example if the format="" parameter contains a $pattern() that captures more than one line, or contains a $formfield() that returns a multi-line textfield. | "$n" (Newline) |
- Example:
%SEARCH{"wiki" web="Main" scope="topic"}%
- Example with format:
%SEARCH{"FAQ" scope="topic" nosearch="on" nototal="on" header="| *Topic: * | *Summary: * |" format="| $topic | $summary |"}%
(displays results in a table with header - details)
- If the Foswiki:Extensions.TablePlugin is installed, you may put a
%TABLE{}%
macro just before the %SEARCH{}%
to alter the output of a search. Example: %TABLE{ tablewidth="90%" }%
- Related: METASEARCH, TOPICLIST, WEBLIST, FormattedSearch, QuerySearch, SearchHelp, SearchPatternCookbook, RegularExpression
SERVERTIME{"format"} -- formatted server time
- Same format qualifiers as
%GMTIME%
- Syntax:
%SERVERTIME%
OR %SERVERTIME{"format"}%
-
%SERVERTIME%
uses the Date format defined as {DefaultDateFormat} in configure
- Example:
%SERVERTIME{"$hou:$min"}%
expands to 23:54
- Note: When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details.
- Related: GMTIME, SERVERTIME
SESSIONID -- unique ID for this session
SESSIONVAR -- name of CGI and session variable that stores the session ID
SESSION_VARIABLE -- get, set or clear a session variable
- Syntax:
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"name"}%
- Syntax:
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"name" set="value"}%
- Syntax:
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"name" clear=""}%
- The users ID is in the
AUTHUSER
session variable, and is read-only
- Related: UserAuthentication, AUTHREALM, SESSIONID, SESSIONVAR, LOGIN, LOGOUT
SILVER -- start silver colored text
-
SILVER
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%SILVER% silver text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: silver text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
SLIDESHOWEND -- end slideshow
- The
%SLIDESHOWEND%
macro is handled by the SlideShowPlugin
- Syntax:
%SLIDESHOWEND%
- Example: See SLIDESHOWSTART
- Related: SLIDESHOWSTART, SlideShowPlugin
SLIDESHOWSTART -- convert a topic with headings into a slideshow
- The
%SLIDESHOWSTART%
macro is handled by the SlideShowPlugin
- Syntax:
%SLIDESHOWSTART%
- Syntax:
%SLIDESHOWSTART{ template="MyOwnSlideTemplate" }%
- Example:
%SLIDESHOWSTART%
---++ Sample Slide 1
* Bullet 1
* Bullet 2
---++ Sample Slide 2
* Bullet 1
* Bullet 2
%SLIDESHOWEND%
- Related: SLIDESHOWEND, SlideShowPlugin
SPACEDTOPIC -- topic name, spaced and URL-encoded deprecated
- The current topic name with added URL-encoded spaces, for use in regular expressions that search for backlinks to the current topic
- Syntax:
%SPACEDTOPIC%
- Expands to:
Var%20*SPACEDTOPIC
- This is a deprecated macro. It can be duplicated with
%ENCODE{%SPACEOUT{"%TOPIC%" separator=" *"}%}%
- Related: SPACEOUT, TOPIC, ENCODE
SPACEOUT{"string"} -- renders string with spaces inserted in sensible places
- Inserts spaces after lower case letters that are followed by a digit or a capital letter, and after digits that are followed by a capital letter.
- Useful for spacing out WikiWords
- Syntax:
%SPACEOUT{ "%TOPIC%" }%
- Expands to:
Macros
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
separator | The separator to put between words e.g. %SPACEOUT{"DogsCatsBudgies" separator=", "}% -> Dogs, Cats, Budgies | ' ' |
- Spaced out WikiWords are not automatically linked. To SPACEOUT a WikiWord but preserve the link use "double bracket" format. For example,
[[WebHome][%SPACEOUT{"WebHome"}%]]
expands to Web Home
- Related: SPACEDTOPIC, $PROPERSPACE() of SpreadSheetPlugin
STARTINCLUDE -- start position of topic text if included
- If present in included topic, start to include text from this location up to the end, or up to the location of the
%STOPINCLUDE%
macro. A normal view of the topic shows everything exept the %STARTINCLUDE%
macro itself.
- If you want more than one part of the topic included, use
%STARTSECTION{type="include"}%
instead
- Syntax:
%STARTINCLUDE%
- Related: INCLUDE, STARTSECTION, STOPINCLUDE
STARTSECTION -- marks the start of a section within a topic
- Section boundaries are defined with
%STARTSECTION{}%
and %ENDSECTION{}%
.
- Sections may be given a name to help identify them, and/or a type, which changes how they are used.
-
type="section"
- the default, used for a generic section, such as a named section used by INCLUDE.
-
type="include"
- like %STARTINCLUDE%
... %STOPINCLUDE%
except that you can have as many include blocks as you want (%STARTINCLUDE%
is restricted to only one).
-
type="expandvariables"
- all macros inside an "expandvariables" type section gets expanded when a new topic based on the template topic is created. See TemplateTopics for more information.
-
type="templateonly"
- start position of text to be removed when a template topic is used. This is used to embed text that you do not want expanded when a new topic based on the template topic is created. See TemplateTopics for more information.
- Syntax:
%STARTSECTION{"name"}% ................... %ENDSECTION{"name"}%
- Syntax:
%STARTSECTION{type="include"}% ........... %ENDSECTION{type="include"}%
- Syntax:
%STARTSECTION{type="expandvariables"}% ... %ENDSECTION{type="expandvariables"}%
- Syntax:
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}% ...... %ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default |
"name" | Name of the section. Must be unique inside a topic. | Generated name |
type="..." | Type of the section; type "section" , "expandvariables" , "include" or "templateonly" | "section" |
- If a section is not given a name, it will be assigned one. Unnamed sections are assigned names starting with
_SECTION0
for the first unnamed section in the topic, _SECTION1
for the second, etc..
- You can define nested sections. It is not recommended to overlap sections, although it is valid in Foswiki. Use named sections to make sure that the correct START and ENDs are matched. Section markers are not displayed when a topic is viewed.
- Related: ENDSECTION, INCLUDE, NOP, STARTINCLUDE, STOPINCLUDE
STATISTICSTOPIC -- name of statistics topic
STOPINCLUDE -- end position of topic text if included
- If present in included topic, stop to include text at this location and ignore the remaining text. A normal view of the topic shows everyting exept the
%STOPINCLUDE%
macro itself.
- Syntax:
%STOPINCLUDE%
- Related: INCLUDE, STARTINCLUDE
SYSTEMWEB -- name of documentation web
T -- tip icon
- Current value: T =
- Related: H, I, ICON, M, N, P, Q, S, U, X, Y
TABLE{ attributes } -- control attributes of tables and sorting of table columns
- The
%TABLE{}%
macro is handled by the TablePlugin
- Syntax:
%TABLE{ attributes }%
- Supported attributes:
Argument | Comment | Default value | Example |
sort | Set table sorting by clicking headers "on" or "off" . | unspecified | sort="on" |
initsort | Column to sort initially ("1" to number of columns). | unspecified | initsort="2" |
initdirection | Initial sorting direction for initsort , set to "up" (descending) or "down" (ascending). | unspecified | initdirection="up" |
disableallsort | Disable all sorting, both initsort and header sort. This is mainly used by plugins such as the EditTablePlugin to disable sorting in a table while editing the table. | unspecified | disableallsort="on" |
headerbg | Header cell background colour. | "#6b7f93" | headerbg="#999999" |
headerbgsorted | Header cell background colour of a sorted column. | the value of headerbg | headerbgsorted="#32596c" |
headercolor | Header cell text colour. | "#ffffff" | headercolor="#0000cc" |
databg | Data cell background colour, a comma separated list. Specify "none" for no colour, that is to use the colour/background of the page the table is on. | "#edf4f9,#ffffff" | databg="#f2f2f2,#ffffff" |
databgsorted | Data cell background colour of a sorted column; see databg . | the values of databg | databgsorted="#d4e8e4,#e5f5ea" |
datacolor | Data cell text colour, a comma separated list. | unspecified | datacolor="#0000CC, #000000" |
tableborder | Table border width (pixels). | "1" | tableborder="2" |
tableframe | Table frame, set to "void" (no sides), "above" (the top side only), "below" (the bottom side only), "hsides" (the top and bottom sides only), "lhs" (the left-hand side only), "rhs" (the right-hand side only), "vsides" (the right and left sides only), "box" (all four sides), "border" (all four sides). | unspecified | tableframe="hsides" |
tablerules | Table rules, set to "none" (no rules), "groups" (rules will appear between row groups and column groups only), "rows" (rules will appear between rows only), "cols" (rules will appear between columns only), "all" (rules will appear between all rows and columns). | unspecified | tablerules="rows" |
cellpadding | Cell padding (pixels). | "0" | cellpadding="0" |
cellspacing | Cell spacing (pixels). | "0" | cellspacing="3" |
cellborder | Cell border width (pixels). | unspecified | cellborder="0" |
valign | Vertical alignment of cells and headers, set to "top" , "middle" , "bottom" or "baseline" . | unspecified | valign="top" |
headervalign | Vertical alignment of header cells; overrides valign . | unspecified | headervalign="top" |
datavalign | Vertical alignment of data cells; overrides valign . | unspecified | datavalign="top" |
headeralign | Header cell alignment, one value for all columns, or a comma separated list for different alignment of individual columns. Set to "left" , "center" , "right" or "justify" . Overrides individual cell settings. | unspecified | headeralign="left,right" |
dataalign | Data cell alignment, one value for all columns, or a comma separated list for different alignment of individual columns. Set to "left" , "center" , "right" or "justify" . Overrides individual cell settings. | unspecified | dataalign="center" |
tablewidth | Table width: Percentage of window width, or absolute pixel value. | unspecified | tablewidth="100%" |
columnwidths | Column widths: Comma delimited list of column widths, percentage or absolute pixel value. | unspecified | columnwidths="80%,20%" |
headerrows | Number of header rows to exclude from sort. (will be rendered in a HTML thead section) | "1" | headerrows="1" |
footerrows | Number of footer rows to exclude from sort. (will be rendered in a HTML tfoot section) | "0" | footerrows="1" |
id | Unique table identifier string, used for targeting a table with CSS. | tableN (where N is the table order number on the page) | id="userTable" |
summary | Table summary used by screenreaders: A summary of what the table presents. It should provide an orientation for someone who listens to the table. | unspecified | summary="List of subscribed users" |
caption | Table caption: A title that will be displayed just above the table. | unspecified | caption="Users" |
- Example:
%TABLE{ tableborder="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="3" cellborder="0" }%
| *A1* | *B1* |
| A2 | B2 |
- Related: See TablePlugin for more details
TEAL -- start teal colored text
-
TEAL
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%TEAL% teal text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: teal text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
TOC{"Topic"} -- table of contents
- Table of Contents. Shows a TOC that is generated automatically based on headings of a topic. Headings in WikiSyntax (
"---++ text"
) and HTML ("<h2>text</h2>"
) are taken into account. Any heading text after "!!"
is excluded from the TOC; for example, write "---+!! text"
if you do not want to list a header in the TOC
- Syntax:
%TOC%
OR %TOC{"SomeTopic" ...}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
"TopicName" | topic name | Current topic |
web="Name" | Name of web | Current web |
depth="2" | Limit depth of headings shown in TOC | 6 |
title="Some text" | Title to appear at top of TOC | none |
- Example:
%TOC{depth="2"}%
- Example:
%TOC{"CompleteDocumentation" web="System" title="Contents:"}%
- Example: see Foswiki:Sandbox.TestTopicInclude
-
- TOC will add an HTML anchor called
foswikiTOC
just before the table of contents. This enables adding a link from within a topic back to the table of contents to ease navigation. Example [[#foswikiTOC][Back to TOC]]
creates Back to TOC.
- If multiple headers have the exact same text, the anchors for the 2nd, 3rd etc will be suffixed by _AN1, _AN2 etc so the anchors become unique.
TOPIC -- name of current topic
-
%TOPIC%
expands to the name of the topic. If you are looking at the text of an included topic, it is the name of the included topic.
- Syntax:
%TOPIC%
- Expands to:
Macros
, renders as Macros
- Related: BASETOPIC, INCLUDINGTOPIC, TOPICLIST, WEB
TOPICLIST{"format"} -- topic index of a web
- List of all topics in a web. The "format" defines the format of one topic item. It may include formatting tokens: The
$topic
token gets expanded to the topic name, $marker
to marker
parameter where topic matches selection
, and $web
to the name of the web, or any of the standard FormatTokens.
- Syntax:
%TOPICLIST{"format" ...}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
"format" | Format of one line, may include $web (name of web), $topic (name of the topic), $marker (which expands to marker for the item matching selection only) | "$topic" |
format="format" | (Alternative to above) | "$topic" |
separator=", " | line separator | "$n" (new line) |
marker="selected" | Text for $marker if the item matches selection | "selected" |
selection="TopicA, TopicB" | Current value to be selected in list | (none) |
web="Name" | Name of web | Current web |
- Example:
%TOPICLIST{" * $web.$topic"}%
creates a bullet list of all topics
- Example:
%TOPICLIST{separator=", "}%
creates a comma separated list of all topics
- Example:
%TOPICLIST{" <option>$topic</option>"}%
creates an option list (for drop down menus)
- Example:
<select>%TOPICLIST{" <option $marker value='$topic'>$topic</option>" separator=" " selection="%TOPIC%"}%</select>
creates an option list of web topics with the current topic selected
- Related: SEARCH, WEBLIST
TOPICURL -- shortcut to viewing the current topic
TWIKIWEB -- synonym for SYSTEMWEB
- Deprecated. Please use
%SYSTEMWEB%
instead.
U -- "updated" icon
- Current value: U =
- Related: H, I, ICON, M, N, P, Q, S, T, X, Y
URLPARAM{"name"} -- get value of a URL parameter
- Returns the value of a URL parameter.
- Syntax:
%URLPARAM{"name"}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
"name" | The name of a URL parameter | required |
default="..." | Default value in case parameter is empty or missing | empty string |
newline="<br />" | Convert newlines in textarea to other delimiters | no conversion |
encode="off" encode="entity" encode="safe" encode="url" encode="quote" | Control how special characters are encoded off : No encoding. Avoid using this when possible. See the security warning below. entity : Encode special characters into HTML entities. See ENCODE for more details. safe : Encode characters '"<>% into HTML entities. url : Encode special characters for URL parameter use, like a double quote into %22 quote : Escape double quotes with backslashes (\" ), does not change other characters; required when feeding URL parameters into other macros. | "safe" |
multiple="on" multiple="[[$item]]" | If set, gets all selected elements of a <select multiple="multiple"> tag. A format can be specified, with $item indicating the element, e.g. multiple="Option: $item" | first element |
separator=", " | Separator between multiple selections. Only relevant if multiple is specified | "\n" (new line) |
- Example:
%URLPARAM{"skin"}%
returns print
for a .../view/System/Macros?skin=print
URL
- Notes:
- URL parameters passed into HTML form fields must be entity ENCODEd.
- Double quotes in URL parameters must be escaped when passed into other macros.
Example: %SEARCH{ "%URLPARAM{ "search" encode="quote" }%" noheader="on" }%
- When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details.
- Watch out for internal parameters, such as
rev
, skin
, template
, topic
, web
; they have a special meaning in Foswiki. Common parameters and view script specific parameters are documented at CommandAndCGIScripts.
- If you have
%URLPARAM{
in the value of a URL parameter, it will be modified to %<nop>URLPARAM{
. This is to prevent an infinite loop during expansion.
- Security warning! Using URLPARAM can easily be misused for cross-site scripting unless specific characters are entity encoded. By default URLPARAM encodes the characters
'"<>%
into HTML entities (same as encode="safe") which is relatively safe. The safest is to use encode="entity". When passing URLPARAM inside another macro always use double quotes ("") combined with using URLPARAM with encode="quote". For maximum security against cross-site scripting you are adviced to install the Foswiki:Extensions.SafeWikiPlugin.
- Related: ENCODE, SEARCH, FormattedSearch, QUERYSTRING
USERINFO{"name"} -- retrieve details about a user
- Syntax:
%USERINFO%
- Expands to:
guest, Main.WikiGuest,
(comma-separated list of the username, wikiusername, and emails)
- With formatted output, using tokens
$emails
, $username
, $wikiname
, $wikiusername
, $groups
and $admin
($admin returns 'true' or 'false'):
- Example:
%USERINFO{ format="$username is really $wikiname" }%
- Expands to:
guest is really WikiGuest
- Retrieve information about another user:
- Example:
%USERINFO{ "WikiGuest" format="$username is really $wikiname" }%
- Expands to:
guest is really WikiGuest
- The parameter should be the wikiname of a user. You can also pass a login name. You can only get information about another user if the
{AntiSpam}{HideUserDetails}
configuration option is not enabled, or if you are an admin. (User details are hidden in this site)
- Related: USERNAME, WIKINAME, WIKIUSERNAME, UserAuthentication, ChangeEmailAddress
USERNAME -- your login username
- Foswiki makes names available in three formats: USERNAME like
jsmith
, WIKINAME like JohnSmith
and WIKIUSERNAME like Main.JohnSmith
. Un-authenticated users are all Main.WikiGuest.
- Syntax:
%USERNAME%
- Expands to:
guest
- When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details.
- Related: REMOTE_USER, USERINFO, WIKINAME, WIKIUSERNAME, UserAuthentication
USERSWEB -- name of users web
- The web containing individual user topics, Main.WikiGroups, and customised site-wide preferences.
- Syntax:
%USERSWEB%
- Expands to:
Main
- Related: SYSTEMWEB
VAR{"NAME" web="Web"} -- get a preference value from another web
- Syntax:
%VAR{"NAME" web="Web"}%
- Example: To get
%WEBBGCOLOR%
of the Main web write %VAR{"WEBBGCOLOR" web="Main"}%
, which expands to #FFEFA6
- Related: WEBPREFSTOPIC
VBAR -- vertical bar
WEB -- name of current web
-
%WEB%
expands to the name of the web where the topic is located. If you are looking at the text of an included topic, it is the web where the included topic is located.
- Syntax:
%WEB%
- Expands to:
System
- Related: BASEWEB, INCLUDINGWEB, TOPIC
WEBLIST{"format"} -- index of all webs
- List of all webs. Obfusticated webs are excluded, e.g. webs with a
NOSEARCHALL = on
preference setting. The "format"
defines the format of one web item. The $name
gets expanded to the name of the web, $qname
gets expanded to double quoted name, $marker
to marker
where web matches selection
.
- Syntax:
%WEBLIST{"format" ...}%
- Supported parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
"format" | Format of one line, may include $name (the name of the web), $qname (the name of the web in double quotes), $indentedname (the name of the web with parent web names replaced by indents, for use in indented lists), and $marker (which expands to marker for the item matching selection only) | "$name" |
format="format" | (Alternative to above) | "$name" |
separator=", " | Line separator | "$n" (new line) |
web="" | if you specify $web in format, it will be replaced with this | "" |
webs="public" | Comma separated list of webs, public expands to all non-hidden. NOTE: Administrators will see all webs, not just the public ones | "public" |
marker="selected" | Text for $marker if the item matches selection | "selected" |
selection="%WEB%" | Current value to be selected in list | selection="%WEB%" |
subwebs="Sandbox" | show webs that are a sub-web of this one (recursivly) | "" |
- Example:
%WEBLIST{" * [[$name.WebHome]]"}%
- creates a bullet list of all webs.
- Example:
<form><select name="web"> %WEBLIST{"<option $marker value=$qname>$name</option>" webs="Trash, public" selection="%WEB%" separator=" "}% </select></form>
- creates a dropdown of all public webs + Trash web, with the current web highlighted.
- - WEBLIST will not show a web called 'TWiki' even if it exists in the file system unless the
TWikiCompatibilityPlugin
is installed and activated in configure. This is done to ensure that the TWiki compatibility components such as the TWiki web are only visible and active when needed.
- Related: TOPICLIST, SEARCH
WEBPREFSTOPIC -- name of web preferences topic
WHITE -- start white colored text
-
WHITE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%WHITE% white text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: white text (shown with a gray background here)
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
WIKIHOMEURL -- site home URL
- Syntax
%WIKIHOMEURL%
- Expands to
/wiki/bin/view
- Normally by default set to
%SCRIPTURLPATH{"view"}%
- For the top bar logo URL use
%WIKILOGOURL%
defined in WebPreferences instead.
- Related: WIKITOOLNAME
WIKINAME -- your Wiki username
- The WikiName is the same as
%USERNAME%
if not defined in the Main.WikiUsers topic
- Syntax:
%WIKINAME%
- Expands to:
WikiGuest
- When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details.
- Related: REMOTE_USER, USERINFO, USERNAME, WIKIUSERNAME, WIKIUSERSTOPIC
WIKIPREFSTOPIC -- name of site-wide preferences topic
WIKITOOLNAME -- name of your site
WIKIUSERNAME -- your Wiki username with web prefix
- Your %WIKINAME% with Main web prefix, useful to point to your Foswiki home page
- Syntax:
%WIKIUSERNAME%
- Expands to:
Main.WikiGuest
, renders as Main.WikiGuest
- When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details
- Related: REMOTE_USER, USERINFO, USERNAME, WIKINAME
WIKIUSERSTOPIC -- name of topic listing all registers users
- Syntax:
%WIKIUSERSTOPIC%
- Expands to:
WikiUsers
, with Main prefix renders as Main.WikiUsers
- Related: WIKIUSERNAME
WIKIVERSION -- the version of the installed Foswiki engine
X -- warning icon
- Current value: X =
- Related: H, I, ICON, M, N, P, Q, S, T, U, Y
Y -- "yes" icon
- Current value: Y =
- Related: H, I, ICON, M, N, P, Q, S, T, U, X
YELLOW -- start yellow colored text
-
YELLOW
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.
- Syntax:
%YELLOW% yellow text %ENDCOLOR%
- Expands to: yellow text
-
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
- Related: ENDCOLOR, DefaultPreferences, StandardColors
Shortcuts
The following macros are
preference settings and are frequently used in topic content.
-
%BR%
- line break
-
%BULLET%
- bullet sign
-
%BB%
- line break and bullet combined
-
%BB2%
- indented line break and bullet
-
%RED% text %ENDCOLOR%
- colored text (also %YELLOW%
, %ORANGE%
, %PINK%
, %PURPLE%
, %TEAL%
, %NAVY%
, %BLUE%
, %AQUA%
, %LIME%
, %GREEN%
, %OLIVE%
, %MAROON%
, %BROWN%
, %BLACK%
, %GRAY%
, %SILVER%
, %WHITE%
)
-
%H%
- Help icon
-
%I%
- Idea icon
-
%M%
- Moved to icon
-
%N%
- New icon
-
%P%
- Refactor icon
-
%Q%
- Question icon
-
%S%
- Pick icon
-
%T%
- Tip icon
-
%U%
- Updated icon
-
%X%
- Alert icon
-
%Y%
- Done icon
See ShortcutMacros for a full list of predefined shortcuts.
Back to top
Formatted Search
Inline search feature allows flexible formatting of search result
The default output format of a
%SEARCH{...}%
is a table consisting of topic names and topic summaries. Use the
format="..."
parameter to customize the search result. The format parameter typically defines a bullet or a table row containing macros, such as
%SEARCH{ "food" format="| $topic | $summary |" }%
. See
%SEARCH{...}%
for other search parameters, such as
separator=""
.
Syntax
Two parameters can be used to specify a customized search result:
1. header="..."
parameter
Use the header parameter to specify the header of a search result. It should correspond to the format of the format parameter. This parameter is optional.
Example:
header="| *Topic:* | *Summary:* |"
Format tokens that can be used in the header string:
Name: |
Expands To: |
$web |
Name of the web |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This token gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) (\" also works) |
$percnt |
Percent sign (% ) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
$amp |
Ampersand (& ) |
2. footer="..."
parameter
Use the footer parameter to specify the footer of a search result. It should correspond to the format of the format parameter. This parameter is optional.
Example:
footer="| *Topic* | *Summary* |"
Format tokens that can be used in the footer string:
Name: |
Expands To: |
$web |
Name of the web |
$ntopics |
Number of topics found in current web |
$nhits |
Number of hits if multiple="on" . Cumulative across all topics in current web. Identical to $ntopics unless multiple="on" |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This token gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) (\" also works) |
$percnt |
Percent sign (% ) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
$amp |
Ampersand (& ) |
3. format="..."
parameter
Use the format parameter to specify the format of one search hit.
Example:
format="| $topic | $summary |"
Format tokens that can be used in the format string:
Name: |
Expands To: |
$web |
Name of the web |
$topic |
Topic name |
$topic(20) |
Topic name, "- " hyphenated each 20 characters |
$topic(30, -<br />) |
Topic name, hyphenated each 30 characters with separator "-<br />" |
$topic(40, ...) |
Topic name, shortended to 40 characters with "..." indication |
$parent |
Name of parent topic; empty if not set |
$parent(20) |
Name of parent topic, same hyphenation/shortening like $topic() |
$text |
Formatted topic text. In case of a multiple="on" search, it is the line found for each search hit. |
$locked |
LOCKED flag (if any) |
$date |
Time stamp of last topic update, e.g. 31 Oct 2024 - 23:54 |
$isodate |
Time stamp of last topic update, e.g. 2024-10-31T23:54Z |
$rev |
Number of last topic revision, e.g. 4 |
$username |
Login name of last topic update, e.g. jsmith |
$wikiname |
Wiki user name of last topic update, e.g. JohnSmith |
$wikiusername |
Wiki user name of last topic update, like Main.JohnSmith |
$createdate |
Time stamp of topic revision 1 |
$createusername |
Login name of topic revision 1, e.g. jsmith |
$createwikiname |
Wiki user name of topic revision 1, e.g. JohnSmith |
$createwikiusername |
Wiki user name of topic revision 1, e.g. Main.JohnSmith |
$summary |
Topic summary, just the plain text, all formatting and line breaks removed; up to 162 characters |
$summary(50) |
Topic summary, up to 50 characters shown |
$summary(showvarnames) |
Topic summary, with %SOMEMACRO{...}% macros shown as SOMEMACRO{...} |
$summary(noheader) |
Topic summary, with leading ---+ headers removed Note: The tokens can be combined, for example $summary(100, showvarnames, noheader) |
$changes |
Summary of changes between latest rev and previous rev |
$changes(n) |
Summary of changes between latest rev and rev n |
$formname |
The name of the form attached to the topic; empty if none |
$formfield(name) |
The field value of a form field; for example, $formfield(TopicClassification) would get expanded to PublicFAQ . This applies only to topics that have a DataForm |
$formfield(name, 10) |
Form field value, "- " hyphenated each 10 characters |
$formfield(name, 20, -<br />) |
Form field value, hyphenated each 20 characters with separator "-<br />" |
$formfield(name, 30, ...) |
Form field value, shortended to 30 characters with "..." indication |
$pattern(reg-exp) |
A regular expression pattern to extract some text from a topic (does not search meta data; use $formfield instead). In case of a multiple="on" search, the pattern is applied to the line found in each search hit. • Specify a RegularExpression that covers the whole text (topic or line), which typically starts with .* , and must end in .* • Put text you want to keep in parenthesis, like $pattern(.*?(from here.*?to here).*) • Example: $pattern(.*?\*.*?Email\:\s*([^\n\r]+).*) extracts the e-mail address from a bullet of format * Email: ... • This example has non-greedy .*? patterns to scan for the first occurance of the Email bullet; use greedy .* patterns to scan for the last occurance • Limitation: Do not use .*) inside the pattern, e.g. $pattern(.*foo(.*)bar.*) does not work, but $pattern(.*foo(.*?)bar.*) does • Note: Make sure that the integrity of a web page is not compromised; for example, if you include an HTML table make sure to include everything including the table end tag |
$count(reg-exp) |
Count of number of times a regular expression pattern appears in the text of a topic (does not search meta data). Follows guidelines for use and limitations outlined above under $pattern(reg-exp) . Example: $count(.*?(---[+][+][+][+]) .*) counts the number of <H4> headers in a page. |
$ntopics |
Number of topics found in current web. This is the current topic count, not the total number of topics |
$nhits |
Number of hits if multiple="on" . Cumulative across all topics in current web. Identical to $ntopics unless multiple="on" |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This token gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) (\" also works) |
$percnt |
Percent sign (% ) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
$amp |
Ampersand (& ) |
Examples
Here are some samples of formatted searches. The SearchPatternCookbook has other examples, such as
creating a picklist of usernames,
searching for topic children and more.
Bullet list showing topic name and summary
Write this:
%SEARCH{ "VarREMOTE" scope="topic" nosearch="on" nototal="on" header="| *Topic* | *Summary* |" format="| [[$topic]] | $summary |" footer="| *Topics found* | *$ntopics* |" }%
To get this:
Topic |
Summary |
VarREMOTEADDR |
#VarREMOTEADDR REMOTE ADDR environment variable Syntax: % nop REMOTE ADDR% Expands to: Related: ENV, HTTP HOST, REMOTE PORT, REMOTE USER |
VarREMOTEPORT |
#VarREMOTEPORT REMOTE PORT environment variable Syntax: % nop REMOTE PORT% Expands to: Related: ENV, HTTP HOST, REMOTE ADDR, REMOTE USER |
VarREMOTEUSER |
#VarREMOTEUSER REMOTE USER environment variable Syntax: % nop REMOTE USER% Expands to: Related: ENV, HTTP HOST, REMOTE ADDR, REMOTE PORT, USERNAME ... |
Topics found |
3 |
Table showing form field values of topics with a form
In a web where there is a form that contains a
TopicClassification
field, an
OperatingSystem
field and an
OsVersion
field we could write:
| *Topic:* | *OperatingSystem:* | *OsVersion:* |
%SEARCH{ "[T]opicClassification.*?value=\"[P]ublicFAQ\"" scope="text" type="regex" nosearch="on" nototal="on" format="| [[$topic]] | $formfield(OperatingSystem) | $formfield(OsVersion) |" }%
To get this:
Extract some text from a topic using regular expression
Write this:
%SEARCH{ "\*Back to:\* FrequentlyAskedQuestions" scope="text" type="regex" nosearch="on" nototal="on" header="FAQs:" format=" * $pattern(.*?FAQ\:[\n\r]*([^\n\r]+).*) [[$topic][Answer...]]" footer="Found $ntopics FAQ topics" }%
To get this:
FAQs:
- How can I create a simple data form based application? Answer...
- How do I delete or rename a topic? Answer...
- How do I delete or rename a file attachment? Answer...
- I would like to install Foswiki on my server. Can I get the source? Answer...
- Why does the topic revision not increase when I edit a topic? Answer...
- Foswiki has a GPL (GNU General Public License). What is GPL? Answer...
- I've problems with the WebSearch. There is no Search Result on any inquiry. By clicking the Index topic it's the same problem. Answer...
- What happens if two of us try to edit the same topic simultaneously? Answer...
- So what is this WikiWiki thing exactly? Answer...
Found 9 FAQ topics
Nested Search
Search can be nested. For example, search for some topics, then form a new search for each topic found in the first search. The idea is to build the nested search string using a formatted search in the first search.
Here is an example. Let's search for all topics that contain the word "culture" (first search), and let's find out where each topic found is linked from (second search).
- First search:
-
%SEARCH{ "culture" format=" * $topic is referenced by: (list all references)" nosearch="on" nototal="on" }%
- Second search. For each hit we want this search:
-
%SEARCH{ "(topic found in first search)" format="$topic" nosearch="on" nototal="on" separator=", " }%
- Now let's nest the two. We need to escape the second search, e.g. the first search will build a valid second search string. Note that we escape the second search so that it does not get evaluated prematurely by the first search:
- Use
$percnt
to escape the leading percent of the second search
- Use
\"
to escape the double quotes
- Use
$dollar
to escape the $
of $topic
- Use
$nop
to escape the }%
sequence
Write this:
%SEARCH{ "culture" format=" * $topic is referenced by:$n * $percntSEARCH{ \"$topic\" format=\"$dollartopic\" nosearch=\"on\" nototal=\"on\" separator=\", \" }$nop%" nosearch="on" nototal="on" }%
To get this:
- AccessControl is referenced by:
- CommandAndCGIScripts, CompleteDocumentation, DataForms, DefaultPreferences, DevelopingPlugins, FileAttachment, InstallationGuide, Macros, MainFeatures, ManagingTopics, ManagingUsers, ReferenceManual, ReleaseHistory, ReleaseNotes01x00, SitePermissions, SiteTools, TopicsAndWebs, TwentyMinuteTutorial, UserAuthentication, VarSEARCH, WebPreferences, WebPreferencesHelp, WikiWord
- BeginnersStartHere is referenced by:
- MacrosQuickStart, NewUserTemplate, ReleaseNotes01x00, UsersGuide, WebLeftBarExample, WelcomeGuest
- FormattedSearch is referenced by:
- AccessControl, BookView, CommandAndCGIScripts, CompleteDocumentation, DataForms, EditTablePlugin, FormatTokens, MetaData, QuerySearch, ReferenceManual, ReleaseHistory, ReleaseNotes01x00, RenderListPlugin, SearchHelp, SearchPatternCookbook, SiteTools, SpreadSheetPlugin, TwistyPlugin, VarMETA, VarMETASEARCH, VarSEARCH, VarURLPARAM, WebLeftBarExample
- WabiSabi is referenced by:
- WelcomeGuest is referenced by:
- BeginnersStartHere, NewUserTemplate, StartingPoints, UsersGuide, WebHome, WebPreferences, WhatIsWikiWiki, YouAreHere
- WhatIsWikiWiki is referenced by:
- WikiCulture is referenced by:
- AccessControl, BeginnersStartHere, WabiSabi, WelcomeGuest, WhatIsWikiWiki
Note: Nested search can be slow, especially if you nest more then 3 times. Nesting is limited to 16 levels. For each new nesting level you need to "escape the escapes", e.g. write
$dollarpercntSEARCH{
for level three,
$dollardollarpercntSEARCH{
for level four, etc.
Most recently changed pages
Write this:
%SEARCH{ "\.*" scope="topic" type="regex" nosearch="on" nototal="on" order="modified" reverse="on" format="| [[$topic]] | $wikiusername | $date |" limit="7" }%
To get this:
Search with conditional output
A regular expression search is flexible, but there are limitations. For example, you cannot show all topics that are up to exactly one week old, or create a report that shows all records with invalid form fields or fields within a certain range, etc. You need some additional logic to format output based on a condition:
- Specify a search which returns more hits then you need
- For each search hit apply a spreadsheet formula to determine if the hit is needed
- If needed, format and output the result
- Else supress the search hit
This requires the
Foswiki:Extensions.SpreadSheetPlugin. The following example shows all topics that are up to exactly one week old.
Write this:
%CALC{$SET(weekold, $TIMEADD($TIME(), -7, day))}%
%SEARCH{ "." scope="topic" type="regex" nosearch="on" nototal="on" order="modified" reverse="on" format="$percntCALC{$IF($TIME($date) < $GET(weekold), <nop>, | [[$topic]] | $wikiusername | $date | $rev |)}$percnt" limit="100" }%
- The first line sets the
weekold
variable to the serialized date of exactly one week ago
- The SEARCH has a deferred CALC. The
$percnt
makes sure that the CALC gets executed once for each search hit
- The CALC compares the date of the topic with the
weekold
date
- If topic is older, a
<nop>
is returned, which gets removed at the end of the rendering process
- Otherwise, the search hit is formatted and returned
To get this:
Embedding search forms to return a formatted result
Use an HTML form and an embedded formatted search on the same topic. You can link them together with an
%URLPARAM{"..."}%
macro. Example:
Write this:
<form action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{"view"}%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%">
Find Topics:
<input type="text" name="q" size="32" value="%URLPARAM{"q" encode="entity"}%" /> <input type="submit" class="foswikiSubmit" value="Search" />
</form>
Result:
%SEARCH{ search="%URLPARAM{"q" encode="quote"}%" type="keyword" format=" * $web.$topic: %BR% $summary" nosearch="on" }%
To get this:
Result:
Related Topics: UserDocumentationCategory, SearchHelp,
Macros#VarSEARCH, SearchPatternCookbook, RegularExpression
Back to top
File Attachments
Each topic can have one or more files of any type attached to it by using the Attach screen to upload (or download) files from your local PC. Attachments are stored under revision control: uploads are automatically backed up; all previous versions of a modified file can be retrieved.
What are attachments good for?
File Attachments can be used to archive data, or to create powerful customized groupware solutions, like file sharing and document management systems, and quick Web page authoring.
Document management system
You can use Attachments to store and retrieve documents (in any format, with associated graphics, and other media files); attach documents to topics; collaborate on documents with full revision control; distribute documents on a
need-to-know basis using web and topic-level access control; create a central reference library that's easy to share with an user group spread around the world.
File sharing
For file sharing, FileAttachments on a series of topics can be used to quickly create a well-documented, categorized digital download center for all types of files: documents, graphics and other media, drivers and patches, applications; anything you can safely upload!
Web authoring
Through your web browser, you can easily upload graphics (or sound files, or anything else you want to link to on a page) and place them on a single page, or use them across a web, or site-wide.
You can also add graphics - any files - directly, typically by FTP upload. This requires FTP access, and may be more convenient if you have a large number of files to load. FTP-ed files cannot be managed using browser-based attachment controls. You can use your browser to create shortcuts using
Macros, like this %H% =
.
Uploading files
- Click on the
[Attach]
link at the bottom of the page. The Attach
screen lets you browse for a file, add a comment, and upload it. The uploaded file will show up in the file attachment table.
- The topic must already exist. If it does not, it is a two step process: First create the topic, then add the file attachment.
- Any type of file can be uploaded. Some files that might pose a security risk are renamed, for example:
*.php
files are renamed to *.php.txt
so that no one can place code that would be read in a .php file.
- Foswiki can limit the file size. This is defined by the
%ATTACHFILESIZELIMIT%
preference settings, currently set at 10000 kB.
- It is not recommended to upload files greater than a few hundred K through a browser. Large files can be extremely slow-loading, and often time out. Use an FTP site for large file uploads.
- Automatic attachments:
- When enabled, all files in a topic's attachment directory are shown as attachments to the topic - even if they were directly copied to the directory and never attached by using an
[Attach]
link. This is a convenient way to quickly "attach" files to a topic without uploading them one by one; although at the cost of losing audit trail and version control.
- To enable this feature, set the {AutoAttachPubFiles} configuration option.
- The automatic attachment feature can only be used by an administrator who has access to the server's file system.
Downloading files
- There is no access control on individual attachments. If you need control over single files, create a separate topic per file and set topic-level access restrictions for each.
Moving attachment files
An attachment can be moved between topics.
- Click
[Manage]
on the Attachment to be moved.
- On the control screen, select the new web and/or topic.
- Click
[Move]
. The attachment and its version history are moved. The original location is stored as topic meta data.
Deleting attachments
Move unwanted Attachments to web
Trash
, topic
TrashAttachment
.
Linking to attached files
- Once a file is attached it can be referenced in the topic. Example:
-
[Attach]
a file, for example: Sample.txt
-
[Edit]
the topic you attached the file to and enter: %ATTACHURL%/Sample.txt
-
[Preview]
: the %ATTACHURL%/Sample.txt
text appears as: /wiki/pub/System/FileAttachment/Sample.txt, a link to the text file.
- To reference an attachment located in another topic, enter:
-
%PUBURLPATH%/%WEB%/OtherTopic/Sample.txt
(if it's within the same web)
-
%PUBURLPATH%/Otherweb/OtherTopic/Sample.txt
(if it's in a different web)
- Attached HTML files and text files can be inlined in a topic. Example:
-
[Attach]
file: Sample.txt
-
[Edit]
topic and write text: %INCLUDE{"%ATTACHURL%/Sample.txt"}%
- GIF, JPG and PNG images can be attached and shown embedded in a topic. Example:
-
[Attach]
an image file, for example: Smile.gif
-
[Edit]
topic and write text: %ATTACHURL%/Smile.gif
-
[Preview]
: text appears as , an image.
Examples
Following you will find some examples of screens and tables related to this topic and referenced throughout the previous text. The appearance of these tables might vary, depending on what
skin is used on your Foswiki installation.
File attachment table
Files attached to a topic are displayed in a directory table, showing the different file names and attributes. An
h
means the attachment is hidden and not listed when viewing a topic in normal mode.
The file attachment table is normally displayed at the bottom of the page, or optionally, hidden and accessed when you click
[Attach]
.
File attachment controls
Clicking on a
[Manage]
link takes you to a new page that looks a bit like this (depending on what
skin is selected).
Here, you have different options:
- To update an existing file, choose the updated file on your local drive and click
[Update file]
. The filename of the original attachment will preserved; the filename of the local file you chose will not be used.
- To change the comment on an attachment, enter a new comment and then click
[Change comment and properties only]
. Note that the comment listed against the specific version will not change, however the comment displayed when viewing the topic does change.
- To hide/unhide an attachment, enable the
Do not show attachment in table
checkbox, then click [Change comment and properties only]
.
Known Issues
- Unlike topics, attachments are not locked during editing. As a workaround, you can change the comment to indicate an attachment file is being worked on - the comment on the specific version isn't lost, it's there when you list all versions of the attachment.
- Attachments are not secured. Anyone can read them if they know the name of the web, topic and attachment.
Back to top
Data Forms
Data forms allow you to add structured data to topics. The data stored in the form fields can be used to search and filter topics. The combination of structured data and search queries are the base for building database applications.
Overview
By adding form-based input to freeform content, you can structure topics with unlimited, easily searchable categories. A form is enabled for a web and can be added to a topic. The form data is shown in tabular format when the topic is viewed, and can be changed in edit mode using edit fields, radio buttons, check boxes and list boxes. Many different form types can be defined in a web, though a topic can only have one form attached to it at a time.
Typical steps to build an application based on Foswiki forms:
- Define a form definition
- Enable the form for a web
- Build an HTML form to create new topics based on that template topic
- Build a FormattedSearch to list topics that share the same form
For a step by step tutorial, see AnApplicationWithWikiForm.
Defining a form
A form definition specifies the fields in a form. A form definition is simply a page containing a Foswiki table, where each row of the table specifies one form field.
- Create a new topic with your form name:
YourForm
, ExpenseReportForm
, InfoCategoryForm
, RecordReviewForm
, whatever you need.
- Create a TML table, with each column representing one element of an entry field:
Name
, Type
, Size
, Values
, Tooltip message
, and Attributes
(see sample below).
- For each field, fill in a new line; for the type of field, select from the list.
- Save the topic (you can later choose to enable/disable individual forms).
Example:
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | *Values* | *Tooltip message* | *Attributes* |
| TopicClassification | select | 1 | NoDisclosure, PublicSupported, PublicFAQ | blah blah... | |
| OperatingSystem | checkbox | 3 | OsHPUX, OsLinux, OsSolaris, OsWin | blah blah... | |
| OsVersion | text | 16 | | blah blah... | |
See
structure of a form for full details of what types are available and what all the columns mean.
You can also retrieve possible values for
select
,
checkbox
or
radio
types from other topics:
Example:
- In the WebForm topic, define the form:
Leave the Values
field blank.
- Then in the TopicClassification topic, define the possible values:
| *Name* |
| NoDisclosure |
| Public Supported |
| Public FAQ |
Name |
NoDisclosure |
Public Supported |
Public FAQ |
Field values can also be set using the result of expanding other macros. For example,
%SEARCH{"Office$" scope="topic" web="%USERSWEB%" nonoise="on" type="regex" format="$web.$topic" separator=", " }%
When used in the value field of the form definition, this will find all topic names in the Main web which end in "Office" and use them as the legal field values.
Enabling forms by Web
Forms have to be enabled for each individual web. The
WEBFORMS
setting in WebPreferences is optional and defines a list of possible form definitions.
Example:
- Set WEBFORMS = BugForm, FeatureForm, Books.BookLoanForm
- With
WEBFORMS
enabled, an extra button is added to the edit view. If the topic doesn't have a Form, an Add Form button appears at the end of the topic. If a Form is present, a Change button appears in the top row of the Form. The buttons open a screen that enables selection of a form specified in WEBFORMS
, or the No form option.
- You have to list the available form topics explicitly. You cannot use a
SEARCH
to define WEBFORMS
.
Adding a form to a topic
- Edit the topic and follow the "Add form" button to add a Form. This is typically done to a template topic, either to the
WebTopicEditTemplate
topic in a web, or a new topic that serves as an application specific template topic. Initial Form values can be set there.
- Note: Initial values will not be set in the form of a new topic if you only use the formtemplate parameter.
Changing a form
- You can change a form definition, and Foswiki will try to make sure you don't lose any data from the topics that use that form.
- If you change the form definition, the changes will not take affect in a topic that uses that form until you edit and save it.
- If you add a new field to the form, then it will appear next time you edit a topic that uses the form.
- If you delete a field from the form, or change a field name, then the data will not be visible when you edit the topic (the changed form definition will be used). If you save the topic, the old data will be lost (though thanks to revision control, you can always see it in older versions of the topic)
- If two people edit the same topic containing a form at exactly the same time, and both change fields in the form, Foswiki will try to merge the changes so that no data is lost.
Structure of a form definition
A form definition specifies the fields in a form. A form definition is simply a TML table contained in a topic, where each row of the table specifies one form field.
Each
column of the table is one element of an entry field:
Name
,
Type
,
Size
,
Values
,
Tooltip message
, and
Attributes
.
The
Name
,
Type
and
Size
columns are required. Other columns are optional. The form
must have a header row (e.g.
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* |
).
Name
is the name of the form field.
The
Type
,
Size
and
Value
fields describe the legal values for this field, and how to display them.
-
Type
checkbox
specifies one or more checkboxes. The Size
field specifies how many checkboxes will be displayed on each line. The Value
field should be a comma-separated list of item labels.
-
Type
checkbox+buttons
will add Set and Clear buttons to the basic checkbox
type.
-
Type
radio
is like checkbox
except that radio buttons are mutually exclusive; only one can be selected.
-
Type
label
specifies read-only label text. The Value
field should contain the text of the label.
-
Type
select
specifies a select box. The Value
field should contain a comma-separated list of options for the box. The Size
field can specify a fixed size for the box (e.g. 1
, or a range e.g. 3..10
. If you specify a range, then the box will never be smaller than 3 items, never larger than 10, and will be 5 high if there are only 5 options.
- There are two modifiers that can be applied to the
select
type:
-
Type
text
specifies a one-line text field. Size
specifies the text box width in number of characters. Value
is the initial (default) content when a new topic is created with this form definition.
-
Type
textarea
specifies a multi-line text box. The Size
field should specify columns x rows, e.g. 80x6
; default size is 40x5. As for text
, the Value
field specifies the initial text
-
Type
date
specifies a single-line text box and a button next to it; clicking on the button will bring up a calendar from which the user can select a date. The date can also be typed into the text box. Size
specifies the text box width in characters. As for text
, the Value
field specifies the initial text
Tooltip message
is a message that will be displayed when the cursor is hovered over the field in
edit
view.
Attributes
specifies special attributes for the field. Multiple attributes can be entered, separated by spaces.
- An attribute
H
indicates that this field should not be shown in view mode. However, the field is available for editing and storing information.
- An attribute
M
indicates that this field is mandatory. The topic cannot be saved unless a value is provided for this field. If the field is found empty during topic save, an error is raised and the user is redirected to an oops
page. Mandatory fields are indicated by an asterisks next to the field name.
For example, a simple form just supporting entry of a name and a date would look as follows:
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* |
| Name | text | 80 |
| Date | date | 30 |
Field Name Notes:
- Field names have to be unique.
- A very few field names are reserved. If you try to use one of these names, Foswiki will automatically append an underscore to the name when the form is used.
- You can space out the title of the field, and it will still find the topic e.g.
Aeroplane Manufacturers
is equivalent to AeroplaneManufacturers
.
- If a
label
field has no name, it will not be shown when the form is viewed, only when it is edited.
- Field names can in theory include any text, but you should stick to alphanumeric characters. If you want to use a non-wikiname for a
select
, checkbox
or radio
field, and want to get the values from another topic, you can use [[...]]
links. This notation can also be used when referencing another topic to obtain field values, but a name other than the topic name is required as the name of the field.
- Leading and trailing spaces are not significant.
Field Value Notes:
- The field value will be used to initialize a field when a form is created, unless specific values are given by the topic template or query parameters. The first item in the list for a select or radio type is the default item. For
label
, text
, and textarea
fields the value may also contain commas. checkbox
fields cannot be initialized through the form definition.
- Leading and trailing spaces are not significant.
- Field values can also be generated through a System.FormattedSearch, which must yield a suitable table as the result.
- Macros in the initial values of a form definition get expanded when the form definition is loaded.
- If you want to use a
|
character in the initial values field, you have to precede it with a backslash, thus: \|
.
- You can use
<nop>
to prevent macros from being expanded.
- The FormatTokens can be used to prevent expansion of other characters.
General Notes:
- The topic definition is not read when a topic is viewed.
- Form definition topics can be protected in the usual manner, using AccessControl, to limit who can change the form definition and/or individual value lists. Note that view access is required to be able to edit topics that use the form definition, though view access to the form definition is not required to view a topic where the form has been used.
Values in other topics
As described above, you can also retrieve possible values for select, checkbox or radio types from other topics. For example, if you have a rows defined like this:
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* |
| AeroplaneManufacturers | select | |
the Foswiki will look for the topic AeroplaneManufacturers to get the possible values for the
select
.
The AeroplaneManufacturers topic must contain a table, where each row of the table describes a possible value. The table only requires one column,
Name
. Other columns may be present, but are ignored.
For example:
| *Name* |
| Routan |
| Focke-Wulf |
| De Havilland |
Notes:
- The
Values
column must be empty in the referring form definition.
Extending the range of form data types
You can extend the range of data types accepted by forms by using
Plugins. All such extended data types are single-valued (can only have one value) with the following exceptions:
- any type name starting with
checkbox
- any type name with
+multi
anywhere in the name
Types with names like this can both take multiple values.
Hints and tips
Build an HTML form to create new form-based topics
- New topics with a form are created by simple HTML forms asking for a topic name. For example, you can have a
SubmitExpenseReport
topic where you can create new expense reports, a SubmitVacationRequest
topic, and so on. These can specify the required template topic with its associated form. Template topics has more.
A form definition specifies the fields in a form. A form definition is simply a page containing a Foswiki table, where each row of the table specifies one form field.
Searching in form data
The best way to search in form data is using the structured query language in the SEARCH macro. See QuerySearch for more information.
Gotcha!
- Some browsers may strip linefeeds from
text
fields when a topic is saved. If you need linefeeds in a field, make sure it is a textarea
.
Back to top
Template topics
Template topics are topics that define the default text for new topics.
Overview
There are four types of template topics:
Topic Name: |
What it is: |
WebCreateNewTopicTemplate |
Page shown when you click on a Create New Topic link. It provides a form requesting the necessary information to create a new, nonexistent topic. |
TopicDoesNotExistViewTemplate |
Alert page shown when you try to view a nonexistent topic and usually used as a prompt to help you create this new topic. For this reason, the form of the WebCreateNewTopicTemplate is included and therefore shown, too. |
WebTopicEditTemplate |
Default text used in a new topic. |
<MyCustomNamed>Template |
Whenever you create a topic ending in the word "Template", it is automatically added to the list of available template topics in the "Use Template" drop down field on the WebCreateNewTopic page. |
When you create a new topic using the
edit
script, the system locates a template topic according to the following search order:
- A topic name specified by the
templatetopic
CGI parameter
- if no web is specified, the current web is searched first and then the System web
- WebTopicEditTemplate in the current web
- WebTopicEditTemplate in the System web
Macro expansion
When the following macros are used in a template topic, they automatically get expanded when new topic is created based on it:
Macro: |
Description: |
%DATE% |
Signature format date. See VarDATE |
%GMTIME% |
Date/time. See VarGMTIME |
%GMTIME{...}% |
Formatted date/time. See VarGMTIME |
%NOP% |
A no-operation macro that gets removed. Useful to prevent a SEARCH from hitting an edit template topic; also useful to escape a variable, such as %URLPA%NOP%RAM{...}% escaping URLPARAM |
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}% ... %ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}% |
Text that gets removed when a new topic based on the template topic is created. See notes below. |
%SERVERTIME% |
Date/time. See VarSERVERTIME |
%SERVERTIME{...}% |
Formatted date/time. See VarSERVERTIME |
%USERNAME% |
Login name of user who is instantiating the new topic, e.g. guest |
%URLPARAM{"name"}% |
Value of a named URL parameter |
%WIKINAME% |
WikiName of user who is creating the new topic, e.g. WikiGuest |
%WIKIUSERNAME% |
User name of user who is creating the new topic, e.g. Main.WikiGuest |
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
...
%ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
markers are used to embed text that you
do not want expanded when a new topic based on the template topic is created. For example, you might want to write in the template topic:
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
This template topic can only be changed by:
* Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = Main.AdminGroup
%ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
This will restrict who can edit the template topic, but will get removed when a new topic based on that template topic is created.
%NOP%
can be used to prevent expansion of
macros that would otherwise be expanded during topic creation e.g. escape
%SERVERTIME%
with
%SER%NOP%VERTIME%
.
All other macros are unchanged, e.g. are carried over "as is" into the new topic.
Specifying a form
When you create a new topic based on a template topic, you often want the new topic to have a form attached to it. You can attach a form to the template topic, in which case it will automatically be copied into the new topic.
Sometimes this isn't quite what you want, as it copies all the existing data from the template topic into the new topic. To avoid this and use the default values specified in the form definition instead, you can use the
formtemplate
parameter to the
edit
script to specify the name of a form to attach.
See CommandAndCGIScripts for information about this, and all the other parameters to
edit
.
Automatically generated topic names
For some applications it is useful to be able to automatically generate unique topicnames, such as BugID0001, BugID0002, etc. You can add
AUTOINC<n>
to the topic name in the edit and save scripts, and it will be replaced with an auto-incremented number on topic save.
<n>
is a number starting from 0, and may include leading zeros. Leading zeros are used to zero-pad numbers so that auto-incremented topic names can sort properly. Deleted topics are not re-used to ensure uniqueness of topic names. That is, the auto-incremented number is always higher than the existing ones, even if there are gaps in the number sequence.
Examples:
-
BugAUTOINC0
- creates topic names Bug0
, Bug1
, Bug2
, ... (does not sort properly)
-
ItemAUTOINC0000
- creates topic names Item0000
, Item0001
, Item0002
, ... (sorts properly up to 9999)
-
DocIDAUTOINC10001
- start with DocID10001
, DocID10002
, ... (sorts properly up to 99999; auto-links)
Example link to create a new topic:
[[%SCRIPTURLPATH{edit}%/%WEB%/BugIDAUTOINC00001?templatetopic=BugTemplate;topicparent=%TOPIC%;t=%SERVERTIME{"$day$hour$min$sec"}%][Create new item]]
Template topics in action
Here is an example for creating new topics (in the Sandbox web) based on a specific template topic and form:
The above form asks for a topic name. A hidden input tag named
templatetopic
specifies ExampleTopicTemplate as the template topic to use. Here is the HTML source of the form:
<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{edit}%/Sandbox/" method="post">
* New example topic:
<input type="text" name="topic" value="ExampleTopicAUTOINC0001" size="30" />
<input type="hidden" name="templatetopic" value="ExampleTopicTemplate" />
<input type="hidden" name="topicparent" value="%TOPIC%" />
<input type="hidden" name="onlywikiname" value="on" />
<input type="hidden" name="onlynewtopic" value="on" />
<input type="submit" class="foswikiSubmit" value="Create" />
</form>
Note: You can create a topic in one step, without going through the edit screen. To do that, specify the
save
script instead of the
edit
script in the form action. When you specify the save script you must use the "post" method. Example:
<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{save}%/Sandbox/" method="post">
...
</form>
See CommandAndCGIScripts#edit for details of the parameters that the
edit
script understands.
You can use the
%WIKIUSERNAME%
and
%DATE%
macros in your template topics to include the signature of the person creating a new topic. The macros are expanded into fixed text when a new topic is created. The standard signature is:
-- %WIKIUSERNAME% - %DATE%
Using absolute vs relative URLs in templates
When you use
Macros such as %PUBURL% and %PUBURLPATH% in template topics you should be aware that using %PUBURL% instead of %PUBURLPATH% puts absolute URLs in the produced HTML. This means that when a user saves a page in HTML and emails the file to someone outside a company firewall, the receiver has a severe problem viewing it. It is therefore recommended always to use the %PUBURLPATH% to refer to images, CSS, Javascript files etc so links become relative. This way browsers just give up right away and show a usable html file.
Back to top
Skin Templates
Definition of the templates used to render output
Overview
Skin Templates are plain text with embedded
template macros that describe how to compose blocks of text together, to create something new.
Skin templates are used composing the output from all actions, like view, edit, and preview. This allows you to change the look and feel of all pages by editing just a few template files.
Skin templates are usually stored as text files with the extension
.tmpl
, though can also come from topic text in some limited circumstances. They are usually HTML with embedded
template macros. The macros are expanded when we want to generate output, such as a user interface screen.
How Template Directives Work
- Directives are of the form
%TMPL:<key>%
and %TMPL:<key>{"attr"}%
.
- Directives:
-
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"file"}%
: Includes a template file. The file is found as described below.
-
%TMPL:DEF{"block"}%
: Define a block. All text between this and the next %TMPL:END%
directive is removed and saved for later use with %TMPL:P%
.
-
%TMPL:END%
: Ends a block definition.
-
%TMPL:P{"var"}%
: Includes a previously defined block.
-
%{...}%
: is a comment.
- Two-pass processing lets you use a defined block before or after declaring it.
- For example, you can create a skin that overloads only the
foswiki.tmpl
master skin template, like foswiki.print.tmpl
, that redefines the header and footer.
- Use of template macros is optional: templates work without them.
- Most template macros work only for templates: they do not get processed in normal topic text. The one exception is
%TMPL:P
.
TMPL:P also supports simple parameters. For example, given the definition
%TMPL:DEF{"x"}% x%P%z%TMPL:END%
then
%TMPL:P{"x" P="y"}%
will expand to
xyz
.
Note that parameters can simply be ignored; for example,
%TMPL:P{"x"}%
will expand to x%P%z.
Any alphanumeric characters can be used in parameter names.
You are highly recommended to use parameter names that cannot be confused with
macros.
Note that three parameter names,
context
,
then
and
else
are
reserved.
They are used to support a limited form of "if" condition that you can use to select which of two TMPL:DEFs to use, based on a
context identifier:
%TMPL:DEF{"link_inactive"}%<input type="button" disabled value="Link>%TMPL:END%
%TMPL:DEF{"link_active"}%<input type="button" onclick="link()" value="Link" />%TMPL:END%
%TMPL:P{context="inactive" then="inactive_link" else="active_link"}% for %CONTEXT%
When the "inactive" context is set, then this will expand the "link_inactive" TMPL:DEF; otherwise it will expand the "link_active" TMPL:DEF.
See IfStatements for details of supported context identifiers.
Finding Skin Templates
The skin templates shipped with a release are stored in the
templates
directory.
As an example,
templates/view.tmpl
is the default skin template file for the
bin/view
script.
You can save templates in other directories as long as they are listed in the
{TemplatePath}
configuration setting.
The
{TemplatePath}
is defined in the Miscellaneous section of the
configure page.
You can also save skin templates in user topics (
IF there is no possible template match in the
templates
directory).
The
{TemplatePath}
configuration setting defines which topics will be accepted as templates.
Skin templates that are included with an explicit
'.tmpl'
extension are looked for only in the
templates/
directory.
For instance
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"example.tmpl"}%
will only return
templates/example.tmpl
, regardless of
{TemplatePath}
and SKIN settings.
The out-of-the-box setting of
{TemplatePath}
supports the following search order to determine which template file or topic to use for a particular script or
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"script"}%
statement.
The
skin path is set as described in
Skins.
- templates/%DARKGRAY%web/%DARKGRAY%script.%DARKGRAY%skin.tmpl for each %DARKGRAY%skin on the skin path
- this usage is supported for compatibility only and is deprecated. Store web-specific templates in topics instead.
- templates/script.skin.tmpl for each skin on the skin path
- for example templates/view.dragon.tmpl
- templates/%DARKGRAY%web/%DARKGRAY%script.tmpl
- this usage is supported for compatibility only and is deprecated. Store web-specific templates in topics instead.
- templates/script.tmpl
- for example templates/view.tmpl
- The topic aweb.atopic if the template name can be parsed into aweb.atopic
- The topic web.SkinSkinScriptTemplate for each skin on the skin path
- for example DragonSkinViewTemplate in the current Web
- The topic web.ScriptTemplate
- The topic %SYSTEMWEB%.SkinSkinScriptTemplate for each skin on the skin path
- for example System.DragonSkinViewTemplate
- The topic %SYSTEMWEB%.ScriptTemplate
Legend:
- script refers to the script name, e.g
view
, edit
- Script refers to the same, but with the first character capitalized, e.g
View
- skin refers to a skin name, e.g
dragon
, pattern
. All skins are checked at each stage, in the order they appear in the skin path.
- Skin refers to the same, but with the first character capitalized, e.g
Dragon
- web refers to the current web
For example, the
example
template file will be searched for in the following places, when the current web is
Thisweb
and the skin path is
print,pattern
:
-
templates/Thisweb/example.print.tmpl
deprecated; don't rely on it
-
templates/Thisweb/example.pattern.tmpl
deprecated; don't rely on it
-
templates/example.print.tmpl
-
templates/example.pattern.tmpl
-
templates/Thisweb/example.tmpl
deprecated; don't rely on it
-
templates/example.tmpl
-
Thisweb.PrintSkinExampleTemplate
-
Thisweb.PatternSkinExampleTemplate
-
Thisweb.ExampleTemplate
-
System.PrintSkinExampleTemplate
-
System.PatternSkinExampleTemplate
-
System.ExampleTemplate
Template names are usually derived from the name of the currently executing script; however it is also possible to override these settings in the
view
and
edit
scripts, for example when a topic-specific template is required. Two
preference settings can be used to override the skin templates used:
-
VIEW_TEMPLATE
sets the template to be used for viewing a topic.
-
EDIT_TEMPLATE
sets the template for editing a topic.
If these preferences are set locally (using
Local instead of
Set) for a topic, in WebPreferences, in
Main.SitePreferences, or
System.DefaultPreferences (using
Set), the indicated templates will be chosen for
view
and
edit
respectively. The template search order is as specified above.
TMPL:INCLUDE recursion for piecewise customisation, or mixing in new features
If there is recursion in the TMPL:INCLUDE chain (eg view.tmpl contains
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"foswiki"}%
, the templating system will include the next SKIN in the skin path.
For example, to create a customisation of pattern skin, where you
only want to over-ride the breadcrumbs for the view script, you can create only a view.yourlocal.tmpl:
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"view"}%
%TMPL:DEF{"breadcrumb"}% We don't want any crumbs %TMPL:END%
and then set SKIN=yourlocal,pattern
The default
{TemplatePath}
will not give you the desired result if you put these statements in the topic
Thisweb.YourlocalSkinViewTemplate
. The default
{TemplatePath}
will resolve the request to the
template/view.pattern.tmpl
, before it gets to the
Thisweb.YourlocalSkinViewTemplate
resolution. You can make it work by prefixing the
{TemplatePath}
with:
$web.YourlocalSkin$nameTemplate
.
Default master template
foswiki.tmpl
is the default master template. It defines the following sections.
Template directive: |
Defines: |
%TMPL:DEF{"sep"}% |
"|" separator |
%TMPL:DEF{"htmldoctype"}% |
Start of all HTML pages |
%TMPL:DEF{"standardheader"}% |
Standard header (ex: view, index, search) |
%TMPL:DEF{"simpleheader"}% |
Simple header with reduced links (ex: edit, attach, oops) |
%TMPL:DEF{"standardfooter"}% |
Footer, excluding revision and copyright parts |
Related Topics: Skins
Back to top
Foswiki Skins
Skins overlay regular templates to give different looks and feels to Foswiki screens.
Overview
Foswiki uses
skin templates as the basis of all the screens it uses to interact with users. Each screen has an associated template file that contains the basic layout of the screen. This is then filled in by the code to generate what you see in the browser.
Foswiki ships with a default set of template files that give a very basic, CSS-themable, look-and-feel. Foswiki also includes support for skins that can be selected to give different, more sophisticated, look and feel. A default Foswiki installation will usually start up with the PatternSkin already selected. Skins may also be defined by third parties and loaded into a Foswiki installation to give more options. To see how Foswiki looks when
no skin is selected,
view this topic with a non-existant skin.
Topic text is not affected by the choice of skin, though a skin can be defined to use a CSS (Cascading Style Sheet), which can sometimes give a radically different appearance to the text.
Relevant links
See other types of extensions: ContributedAddOns,
Contribs,
Plugins
Changing the default skin
Foswiki by default ships with the skin PatternSkin activated. You can set the skin for the whole site, a single web or topic, or for each user individually, by setting the SKIN setting to the name of a skin. If the skin you select doesn't exist, then Foswiki will pick up the default templates.
Defining Skins
You may want to define your own skin, for example to comply with corporate web guidelines, or because you have a aesthetic vision that you want to share. There are a couple of places you an start doing this.
The
skin templates used for skins are located in the
templates
directory and are named according to the skin:
<scriptname>.<skin>.tmpl
. Skin files may also be defined in Foswiki topics - see SkinTemplates for details.
To start creating a new skin, copy the default skin templates (like
view.tmpl
), or copy an existing skin to use as a base for your own skin. You should only need to copy the files you intend to customise, as Foswiki can be configured to fall back to another skin if a template is not defined in your skin. A custom skin can be as small as one file! Name your files as described above (for example
view.myskin.tmpl
).
If you use PatternSkin as your starting point, and you want to modify the layout, colors or even the templates to suit your own needs, have a look first at the topics PatternSkinCustomization and PatternSkinCssCookbook. These topics also provide practical instructions how to create custom skin template files.
Note: Don't call your skin
text
or
rss
as these two skin names have reserved meanings, see below at
hard-coded meanings.
The following template files are used for Foswiki screens, and are referenced in the Foswiki core code. If a skin doesn't define its own version of a template file, then Foswiki will fall back to the next skin in the skin path, or finally, to the default version of the template file.
(Certain template files are expected to provide certain TMPL:DEFs - these are listed in sub-bullets)
-
addform
- used to select a new form for a topic
-
attachagain
- used when refreshing an existing attachment
-
attachnew
- used when attaching a new file to a topic
-
attachtables
- defines the format of attachments at the bottom of the standard topic view
-
ATTACH:files:footer
, ATTACH:files:header
, ATTACH:files:row
, ATTACH:versions:footer
, ATTACH:versions:header
, ATTACH:versions:row
-
changeform
- used to change the form in a topic
-
changes
- used by the changes
script
-
edit
- used for the edit screen
-
form
-
formtables
- used to defined the format of forms
-
FORM:display:footer
, FORM:display:header
, FORM:display:row
-
login
- used for loggin in when using the TemplateLoginManager
-
LOG_IN
, LOG_IN_BANNER
, LOG_OUT
, LOGGED_IN_BANNER
, NEW_USER_NOTE
, UNRECOGNISED_USER
-
moveattachment
- used when moving an attachment
-
oopsaccessdenied
- used to format Access Denied messages
-
no_such_topic
, no_such_web
, only_group
, topic_access
-
oopsattention
- used to format Attention messages
-
already_exists
, bad_email
, bad_ver_code
, bad_wikiname
, base_web_missing
, confirm
, created_web
, delete_err
, invalid_web_color
, invalid_web_name
, in_a_group
, mandatory_field
, merge_notice
, missing_action
, missing_fields
, move_err
, missing_action
, no_form_def
, no_users_to_reset
, not_a_user
, oversized_upload
, password_changed
, password_mismatch
, problem_adding
, remove_user_done
, rename_err
, rename_not_wikiword
, rename_topic_exists
, rename_web_err
, rename_web_exists
, rename_web_prerequisites
, reset_bad
, reset_ok
, save_error
, send_mail_error
, thanks
, topic_exists
, unrecognized_action
, upload_name_changed
, web_creation_error
, web_exists
, web_missing
, wrong_password
, zero_size_upload
-
oopschangelanguage
- used to prompt for a new language when internationalisation is enabled
-
oopsgeneric
- a basic dialog for user information; provides "ok" button only
-
oopslanguagechanged
- used to confirm a new language when internationalisation is enabled
-
oopsleaseconflict
- used to format lease Conflict messages
-
preview
- used for previewing edited topics before saving
-
rdiff
- used for viewing topic differences
-
registernotify
- used by the user registration system
-
registernotifyadmin
- used by the user registration system
-
rename
- used when renaming a topic
-
renameconfirm
- used when renaming a topic
-
renamedelete
- used when renaming a topic
-
renameweb
- used when renaming a web
-
renamewebconfirm
- used when renaming a web
-
renamewebdelete
- used when renaming a web
-
searchbookview
- used to format inline search results in book view
-
searchformat
- used to format inline search results
-
search
- used by the search
CGI script
-
settings
-
view
- used by the view
CGI script
-
viewprint
- used to create the printable view
foswiki.tmpl
is a master template conventionally used by other templates, but not used directly by code.
Note: Make sure templates do not end with a newline. Any newline will expand to an empty
<p />
in the generated html. It will produce invalid html, and may break the page layout.
Partial customisation, or adding in new features to an existing skin
You can use recusion in the TMPL:INCLUDE chain (eg view.tmpl contains
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"foswiki"}%
, the templating system will include the next SKIN in the skin path.
For example, to create a customisation of pattern skin, where you
only want to remove the edit & WYSIWYG buttons from view page, you create only a
view.yourlocal.tmpl
:
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"view"}%
%TMPL:DEF{"edit_topic_link"}%%TMPL:END%
%TMPL:DEF{"edit_wysiwyg_link"}%%TMPL:END%
and then set
SKIN=yourlocal,pattern
Settings in Skins
You can use
template directives, ordinary
macros, and other predefined settings in your skins. Some commonly used macros in skins:
Macro: |
Expanded to: |
%WEBLOGONAME% |
Filename of web logo |
%WEBLOGOIMG% |
Image URL of web logo |
%WEBLOGOURL% |
Link of web logo |
%WEBLOGOALT% |
Alt text of web logo |
%WIKILOGOURL% |
Link of page logo |
%WIKILOGOIMG% |
Image URL of page logo |
%WIKILOGOALT% |
Alt text of page logo |
%WEBBGCOLOR% |
Web-specific background color, defined in the WebPreferences |
%WIKITOOLNAME% |
The name of your Foswiki site |
%SCRIPTURL% |
The script URL of Foswiki |
%SCRIPTURLPATH% |
The script URL path |
%SCRIPTSUFFIX% |
The script suffix, ex: .pl , .cgi |
%WEB% |
The name of the current web. |
%TOPIC% |
The name of the current topic. |
%WEBTOPICLIST% |
Common links of current web, defined in the WebPreferences. It includes a Go box |
%TEXT% |
The topic text, e.g. the content that can be edited |
%META{"form"}% |
DataForm, if any |
%META{"attachments"}% |
FileAttachment table |
%META{"parent"}% |
The topic parent |
%EDITTOPIC% |
Edit link |
%REVTITLE% |
The revision title, if any, ex: (r1.6) |
%REVINFO% |
Revision info, ex: r1.6 - 24 Dec 2002 - 08:12 GMT - Main.WikiGuest |
%WEBCOPYRIGHT% |
Copyright notice, defined in the WebPreferences |
%BROADCASTMESSAGE% |
Broadcast message at the beginning of your view template, can be used to alert users of scheduled downtimes; can be set in Main.SitePreferences |
Using Cascading Style Sheets
CSS files are gererally attachments to the skin topic that are included in the the skin templates - in the case of PatternSkin in the template
css.pattern.tmpl
.
- General documentation of CSS classes: CascadingStyleSheets
- To see how CSS is used in the default Foswiki skin, see: PatternSkin
- If you write a complete new skin, this is the syntax to use in a template file:
<style type='text/css' media='all'>@import url('%PUBURLPATH%/%SYSTEMWEB%/MySkin/mystyle.css');</style>
Skin parts
The "Go" Box and Navigation Box
The default skins include a
"Go" box, also called "Jump" box, to jump to a topic.
The box also understands URLs, e.g. you can type
http://www.google.com/
to jump to an external web site. The feature is handy if you build a skin that has a select box of frequently used links, like Intranet home, employee database, sales database and such. A little JavaScript gets into action on the
onchange
method of the select tag to fill the selected URL into the "Go" box field, then submits the form.
Here is an example form that has a select box and the "Go" box for illustration purposes. You need to have JavaScript enabled for this to work:
Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in
configure
(Miscellaneous,
{AllowRedirectUrl}
).
FLASHNOTE Notifications
PatternSkin has a notification message display using the variable
FLASHNOTE
. For example:
- Set FLASHNOTE = Skins documentation
See the alert at the top of this topic.
While this feature is not yet used by the system, it might be a good idea to already prepare your skin.
Attachment Tables
Controlling the look and feel of attachment tables is a little bit more complex than for the rest of a skin. By default, the attachment table is a standard Foswiki table, and the look is controlled in the same way as other tables. In a very few cases you may want to change the
content of the table as well.
The format of standard attachment tables is defined through the use of special
template directives which by default, are defined in the
attachtables.tmpl
template using the
%TMPL:DEF
directive syntax described in SkinTemplates. These macros are:
Macro |
Description |
ATTACH:files:header |
Standard title bar |
ATTACH:files:row |
Standard row |
ATTACH:files:footer |
Footer for all screens |
ATTACH:files:header:A |
Title bar for upload screens, with attributes column |
ATTACH:files:row:A |
Row for upload screen |
ATTACH:files:footer:A |
Footer for all screens |
The format of tables of file versions in the Upload screen can also be changed, using the macros:
Macro |
Description |
ATTACH:versions:header |
Header for versions table on upload screen |
ATTACH:versions:row |
Row format for versions table on upload screen |
ATTACH:versions:footer |
Footer for versions table on upload screen |
The
ATTACH:row
macros are expanded for each file in the attachment table, using the following special tags:
Tag |
Description |
%A_URL% |
viewfile URL that will recover the file |
%A_REV% |
Revision of this file |
%A_ICON% |
A file icon suitable for representing the attachment content |
%A_FILE% |
The name of the file. To get the 'pub' url of the file, use %PUBURL%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%/%A_FILE% |
%A_SIZE% |
The size of the file |
%A_DATE% |
The date the file was uploaded |
%A_USER% |
The user who uploaded it |
%A_COMMENT% |
The comment they put in when uploading it |
%A_ATTRS% |
The attributes of the file as seen on the upload screen e.g "h" for a hidden file |
Packaging and Publishing Skins
See
Foswiki:Extensions/SkinPackagingHowTo and
Foswiki:Extensions/SkinDeveloperFAQ
For your own skin you are encouraged to show a small 80x31 pixel
logo at the bottom of your skin:
<a href="http://foswiki.org/"><img src="%PUBURL%/%SYSTEMWEB%/ProjectLogos/foswiki-poweredby.gif" alt="This site is powered by Foswiki" width="80" height="15" title="This site is powered by Forwiki" border="0" /></a>
The standard Foswiki skins show the logo in the
%WEBCOPYRIGHT%
.
Browsing Installed Skins
You can try out all installed skins in the SkinBrowser.
Activating Skins
Foswiki uses a
skin search path, which lets you combine skins additively. The skin path is defined using a combination of
macros and URL parameters.
Foswiki works by asking for a template for a particular function - for example, 'view'. The detail of how templates are searched for is described in SkinTemplates, but in summary, the templates directory is searched for a file called
view.
skin.tmpl
, where
skin is the name of the skin e.g.
pattern
. If no template is found, then the fallback is to use
view.tmpl
. Each skin on the path is searched for in turn. For example, if you have set the skin path to
local,pattern
then
view.local.tmpl
will be searched for first, then
view.pattern.tmpl
and finally
view.tmpl
.
The basic skin is defined by a
SKIN
setting:
-
Set SKIN = catskin, bearskin
You can also add a parameter to the URL, such as
?skin=catskin,bearskin
:
Setting
SKIN
(or the
?skin
parameter in the URL) replaces the existing skin path setting, for the current page only. You can also
extend the existing skin path as well, using
covers.
This pushes a different skin to the front of the skin search path (so for our example above, that final skin path will be
ruskin, catskin, bearskin
). There is also an equivalent
cover
URL parameter. The difference between setting
SKIN
vs.
COVER
is that if the chosen template is not found (e.g., for included templates),
SKIN
will fall back onto the next skin in line, or the default skin, if only one skin was present, while
COVER
will always fall back onto the current skin.
An example would be invoking the printable mode, which is achieved by applying
?cover=print
. The
view.print.tmpl
simply invokes the
viewprint
template for the current skin which then can appropriately include all other used templates for the current skin. Where the printable mode be applied by using
SKIN
, all skins would have the same printable appearance.
The full skin path is built up as follows:
SKIN
setting (or
?skin
if it is set), then
COVER
setting is added, then
?cover
.
Hard-Coded Skins
The
text
skin is reserved for Foswiki internal use.
Skin names starting with
rss
also have a special meaning; if one or more of the skins in the skin path starts with 'rss' then 8-bit characters will be encoded as XML entities in the output, and the
content-type
header will be forced to
text/xml
.
Related Topics: SkinBrowser, AdminDocumentationCategory, DeveloperDocumentationCategory
Back to top
Meta data
Additional topic data, program-generated or from DataForms, is stored embedded in the topic text using META:
tags
Overview
By default, topics are stored in files on disk, in a really simple and obvious directory structure. The big advantage of this approach is that it makes it really easy to manipulate topics from outside, and is also very safe; there are no complex binary indexes to maintain, and moving a topic from one installation to another is as simple as copying a couple of text files.
To keep eveything together in one place, meta-data (program-generated or from DataForms) is embedded directly in topics. It does this using
META:
tags.
META:
data includes program-generated info like FileAttachment, topic movement data and user-defined information from DataForms.
Meta data syntax
- Format is the same as in macros, except all fields have a key.
-
%META:<type>{key1="value1" key2="value2" ...}%
- Order of fields within the meta-data is not defined, except that if there is a field with key
name
, this appears first for easier searching (note the order of the data themselves is defined).
- Each meta-datum is on one line.
- Values in meta-data are URL encoded so that characters such as \n can be stored.
Example of Format
%META:TOPICINFO{version="1.6" date="976762663" author="LastEditorWikiName" format="1.0"}%
text of the topic
%META:TOPICMOVED{from="Codev.OldName" to="Codev.NewName"
by="TopicMoverWikiName" date="976762680"}%
%META:TOPICPARENT{name="NavigationByTopicContext"}%
%META:FILEATTACHMENT{name="Sample.txt" version="1.3" ... }%
%META:FILEATTACHMENT{name="Smile.gif" version="1.1" ... }%
%META:FORM{name="WebFormTemplate"}%
%META:FIELD{name="OperatingSystem" value="OsWin"}%
%META:FIELD{name="TopicClassification" value="PublicFAQ"}%
Meta data specifications
The current version of Meta Data is 1.0, with support for the following syntax.
META:TOPICINFO
Key |
Comment |
version |
Same as SVN version |
date |
integer, unix time, seconds since start 1970 |
author |
last to change topic, is the REMOTE_USER |
format |
Format of this topic, will be used for automatic format conversion |
META:TOPICMOVED
This is optional, exists if topic has ever been moved. If a topic is moved more than once, only the most recent META:TOPICMOVED meta datum exists in the topic, older ones are to be found in the rcs history.
%META:TOPICMOVED{from="Codev.OldName" to="Codev.NewName" by="talintj" date="976762680"}%
Key |
Comment |
from |
Full name, i.e., web.topic |
to |
Full name, i.e., web.topic |
by |
Who did it, is the REMOTE_USER, not WikiName |
date |
integer, unix time, seconds since start 1970 |
Notes:
- at present version number is not supported directly, it can be inferred from the SVN history.
- there is only one META:TOPICMOVED in a topic, older move information can be found in the SVN history.
META:TOPICPARENT
Key |
Comment |
name |
The topic from which this was created, typically when clicking on a ? questionmark link, or by filling out a form. Normally just TopicName , but it can be a full Web.TopicName format if the parent is in a different Web. |
META:FILEATTACHMENT
Key |
Comment |
name |
Name of file, no path. Must be unique within topic |
version |
Same as SVN revision |
path |
Full path file was loaded from |
size |
In bytes |
date |
integer, unix time, seconds since start 1970 |
user |
the REMOTE_USER, not WikiName |
comment |
As supplied when file uploaded |
attr |
h if hidden, optional |
Extra fields that are added if an attachment is moved:
Key |
Comment |
movedfrom |
full topic name - web.topic |
movedby |
the REMOTE_USER, not WikiName |
movedto |
full topic name - web.topic |
moveddate |
integer, unix time, seconds since start 1970 |
META:FORM
Key |
Comment |
name |
A topic name - the topic represents one of the DataForms. Can optionally include the web name (i.e., web.topic), but doesn't normally |
META:FIELD
Should only be present if there is a META:FORM entry. Note that this data is used when viewing a topic; the form definition is not read.
Key |
Name |
name |
Ties to entry in DataForms template, is title with all bar alphanumerics and . removed |
title |
Full text from DataForms template |
value |
Value user has supplied via form |
Recommended sequence
There is no absolute need for Meta data to be listed in a specific order within a topic, but it makes sense to do so for a couple of good reasons:
- form fields remain in the order they are defined
- the
diff
function output appears in a logical order
The recommended sequence is:
-
META:TOPICINFO
-
META:TOPICPARENT
(optional)
- text of topic
-
META:TOPICMOVED
(optional)
-
META:FILEATTACHMENT
(0 or more entries)
-
META:FORM
(optional)
-
META:FIELD
(0 or more entries; FORM required)
Viewing meta data in page source
When viewing a topic the
[View raw text]
link can be clicked to show the text of a topic (i.e., as seen when editing). This is done by adding
raw=on
to URL.
raw=debug
shows the meta data as well as the topic data, ex:
debug view for this topic
Rendering meta data
Meta data is rendered with the %META% macro. This is mostly used in the
view
,
preview
and
edit
scripts.
You can render form fields in topic text by using the FORMFIELD macro. Example:
%FORMFIELD{"TopicClassification"}%
For details, see VarFORMFIELD.
Current support covers:
Macro usage: |
Comment: |
%META{"form"}% |
Show form data, see DataForms. |
%META{"formfield"}% |
Show form field value. Parameter: name="field_name" . Example: %META{ "formfield" name="TopicClassification" }% |
%META{"attachments"}% |
Show attachments, except for hidden ones. Options: all="on" : Show all attachments, including hidden ones. |
%META{"moved"}% |
Details of any topic moves. |
%META{"parent"}% |
Show topic parent. Options: dontrecurse="on" : By default recurses up tree, at some cost. nowebhome="on" : Suppress WebHome. prefix="..." : Prefix for parents, only if there are parents, default "" . suffix="..." : Suffix, only appears if there are parents, default "" . separator="..." : Separator between parents, default is " > " . |
SEARCH can also be used to render meta data, see examples in FormattedSearch and SearchPatternCookbook.
Related Topics: DeveloperDocumentationCategory, UserDocumentationCategory
Back to top
Add-Ons
Add functionality with extensions not based on the Foswiki scripts.
Overview
An add-on runs separately from the Foswiki scripts, e.g. for data import, export to static HTML, etc. Add-Ons normally do not call any Foswiki code directly, though may invoke Foswiki scripts. There are different types of add-ons, they may be stand alone scripts, browser plugins, office tool extensions, or even a set of topics that form a wiki application.
See other types of extensions: Contribs,
Plugins,
Skins
Add-Ons Installed on this site
Number of topics: 0
Installing Add-Ons
Creating new Add-Ons
Back to top
Foswiki Contribs
Extensions that sit close to the core, or provide services for other extensions
Overview
Foswiki contribs extend the functionality of Foswiki, in a lower-level way than plugins and add-ons. They may also provide alternative implementations for sections of the Foswiki core e.g. user management, or when an extension just can't be implemented as a plugin because it requires very close access to Foswiki internals.
An example is the MailerContrib, which implements mail notification of topics changes.
Relevant links on Foswiki.org:
See other types of extensions: ContributedAddOns,
Plugins,
Skins
Foswiki Contribs Installed on this site
Number of topics: 5
Installing Contribs
Creating new Contribs
Back to top
Foswiki Plugins
Add functionality to Foswiki with plugins
Overview
You can add plugins to extend Foswiki functionality without altering the core code. A plug-in approach lets you:
- add virtually unlimited features while keeping the main Foswiki code compact and efficient;
- heavily customize an installation and still do clean updates to new versions of Foswiki;
- rapidly develop new Foswiki functions in Perl using the plugin API.
Everything to do with Foswiki plugins - demos, new releases, downloads, development, general discussion - is available at Foswiki.org, in the
Foswiki:Extensions web.
Foswiki plugins are developed and contributed by interested members of the community. Plugins are provided on an 'as is' basis; they are not a part of Foswiki, but are independently developed and maintained.
Most
TWiki® plugins can also be used with Foswiki if the TWikiCompatibilityPlugin is installed (it is by default).
See other types of extensions: Contribs,
Skins
Installed Plugins
- System.TWikiCompatibilityPlugin (Foswiki-1.0.9, $Rev: 6017 (2010-01-11) $): add TWiki personality to Foswiki
- System.SpreadSheetPlugin (10 Nov 2009, $Rev: 5484 (2009-11-10) $): Add spreadsheet calculations like "$SUM($ABOVE())" to Foswiki tables and other topic text
- System.CommentPlugin (12 Sep 2009, $Rev: 4843 (2009-09-11) $): Quickly post comments to a page without an edit/preview/save cycle
- System.EditTablePlugin (4.34, $Rev: 5854 (2009-12-23) $): Edit tables using edit fields, date pickers and drop down boxes
- System.InterwikiPlugin (20 Sep 2009, $Rev: 5022 (2009-09-20) $): Link ExternalSite:Page text to external sites based on aliases defined in a rules topic
- System.PreferencesPlugin (20 Sep 2009, $Rev: 5037 (2009-09-20) $): Allows editing of preferences using fields predefined in a form
- System.SlideShowPlugin (02 Aug 2008, $Rev: 2742 (2009-02-26) $): Create web based presentations based on topics with headings.
- System.SmiliesPlugin (20 Sep 2009, $Rev: 5046 (2009-09-20) $): Render smilies like as icons
- System.TablePlugin (1.044, $Rev: 5755 (2009-12-08) $): Control attributes of tables and sorting of table columns
- System.TinyMCEPlugin (29 Dec 2009, $Rev: 5860 (2009-12-28) $): Integration of the Tiny MCE WYSIWYG Editor
- System.TwistyPlugin (1.5.3, $Rev: 4751 (2009-09-02) $): Twisty section Javascript library to open/close content dynamically
- System.WysiwygPlugin (17 Jan 2010, $Rev: 6068 (2010-01-17) $): Translator framework for Wysiwyg editors
Failed Plugins
Plugin | Errors |
---|
System.TWikiCompatibilityPlugin | none |
System.SpreadSheetPlugin | none |
System.CommentPlugin | none |
System.EditTablePlugin | none |
System.InterwikiPlugin | none |
System.PreferencesPlugin | none |
System.SlideShowPlugin | none |
System.SmiliesPlugin | none |
System.TablePlugin | none |
System.TinyMCEPlugin | none |
System.TwistyPlugin | none |
System.WysiwygPlugin | none |
Handler | Plugins |
---|
afterEditHandler | WysiwygPlugin |
beforeCommonTagsHandler | EditTablePlugin PreferencesPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
beforeEditHandler | TinyMCEPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
beforeMergeHandler | WysiwygPlugin |
beforeSaveHandler | CommentPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
commonTagsHandler | SpreadSheetPlugin CommentPlugin EditTablePlugin SlideShowPlugin SmiliesPlugin |
earlyInitPlugin | TWikiCompatibilityPlugin |
initPlugin | TWikiCompatibilityPlugin SpreadSheetPlugin CommentPlugin EditTablePlugin InterwikiPlugin PreferencesPlugin SlideShowPlugin SmiliesPlugin TablePlugin TinyMCEPlugin TwistyPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
modifyHeaderHandler | WysiwygPlugin |
postRenderingHandler | EditTablePlugin PreferencesPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
preRenderingHandler | InterwikiPlugin SmiliesPlugin TablePlugin |
startRenderingHandler | WysiwygPlugin This handler is deprecated - please check for updated versions of the plugins that use it! |
12 plugins
Installing Plugins
Each Foswiki plugin comes with its own documentation: step-by-step installation instructions, a detailed description of any special requirements, version details, and a working example for testing. Many plugins have an install script that automates these steps for you.
Special Requirements: Some plugins need certain Perl modules to be preinstalled on the host system. Plugins may also use other resources, like graphics, other modules, applications, and templates. You should be able to find detailed instructions in the plugin's documentation.
Each plugin has a standard release topic, located in the
Foswiki:Extensions web at Foswiki.org. There's usually a number of other related topics, such as a developers page, and an appraisal page.
On-Site Pretesting
The recommended approach to testing new plugins before making them public is to create a second local Foswiki installation, and test the plugin there. You can allow selected users access to the test area. Once you are satisfied that it won't compromise your main installation, you can install it there as well.
The
plugins page shows which plugins are: 1) installed, 2) loading properly, and 3) what plugin handlers they invoke. Any failures are shown in the Errors section. The
%FAILEDPLUGINS%
macro can be used to debug failures. You may also want to check your webserver error log and the various Foswiki log files.
Some Notes on Plugin Performance
The performance of the system depends to some extent on the number of plugins installed and on the plugin implementation. Some plugins impose no measurable performance decrease, some do. For example, a Plugin might use many Perl libraries that need to be initialized with each page view (unless you run mod_perl). You can only really tell the performance impact by installing the plugin and by measuring the performance with and without the new plugin, on real data.
If you need to install an "expensive" plugin, but you only need its functionality only in a subset of your data, you can disable it elsewhere by defining the %DISABLEDPLUGINS% setting.
Define
DISABLEDPLUGINS
to be a comma-separated list of names of plugins to disable. Define it in Main.SitePreferences to disable those plugins everywhere, in the WebPreferences topic to disable them in an individual web, or in a topic to disable them in that topic. For example,
* Set DISABLEDPLUGINS = SpreadSheetPlugin, EditTablePlugin
Managing Installed Plugins
Some plugins require additional settings or offer extra options that you have to select. Also, you may want to make a plugin available only in certain webs, or temporarily disable it. And may want to list all available plugins in certain topics. You can handle all of these management tasks with simple procedures:
Listing Active Plugins
Plugin status macros let you list all active plugins wherever needed.
This site is running Foswiki version
Foswiki-1.0.9, Sun, 17 Jan 2010, build 6075, plugin API version
2.0
-
%ACTIVATEDPLUGINS%
- shows the activated plugins
-
%PLUGINVERSION%
- shows the plugins API version
-
%FAILEDPLUGINS%
- shows what plugins failed, and why
Enabling Plugins
Plugins can be enabled and disabled with the
configure script. An installed plugin needs to be enabled before it can be used.
Plugin Evaluation Order
By default, plugins are executed in alphabetical order on plugin name. It is possible to change the order, for example to evaluate database macros before the spreadsheet CALCs. This can be done with
{PluginsOrder}
in the plugins section of
configure.
Plugin-Specific Settings
Some plugins are configured with plugin
preference settings, newer plugins with
configure
settings.
configure
settings are accessible though the
configure interface.
Plugin
preference settings are defined in the plugin topic and can be overloaded. The SHORTDESCRIPTION setting is always present, it is needed for the automation in the extensions repository. Example preference settings defined in the TablePlugin topic:
-
Set SHORTDESCRIPTION = Control attributes of tables and sorting of table columns
Preference settings of active plugins can be retrieved anywhere in Foswiki with
%<pluginname>_<var>%
, such as
%TABLEPLUGIN_SHORTDESCRIPTION%
. They can also be redefined with the
%<pluginname>_<var>%
setting at a lower level in the
Main.SitePreferences or at the web level. For an easier upgrade it is recommended to customize plugin preference settings in Main.SitePreferences only.
Installing Plugins
Each Foswiki plugin comes with its own documentation: step-by-step installation instructions, a detailed description of any special requirements, version details, and a working example for testing. Many plugins have an install script that automates these steps for you.
Special Requirements: Some plugins need certain Perl modules to be preinstalled on the host system. Plugins may also use other resources, like graphics, other modules, applications, and templates. You should be able to find detailed instructions in the plugin's documentation.
Each plugin has a standard release topic, located in the
Foswiki:Extensions web at Foswiki.org. There's usually a number of other related topics, such as a developers page, and an appraisal page.
On-Site Pretesting
The recommended approach to testing new plugins before making them public is to create a second local Foswiki installation, and test the plugin there. You can allow selected users access to the test area. Once you are satisfied that it won't compromise your main installation, you can install it there as well.
The
plugins page shows which plugins are: 1) installed, 2) loading properly, and 3) what plugin handlers they invoke. Any failures are shown in the Errors section. The
%FAILEDPLUGINS%
macro can be used to debug failures. You may also want to check your webserver error log and the various Foswiki log files.
Some Notes on Plugin Performance
The performance of the system depends to some extent on the number of plugins installed and on the plugin implementation. Some plugins impose no measurable performance decrease, some do. For example, a Plugin might use many Perl libraries that need to be initialized with each page view (unless you run mod_perl). You can only really tell the performance impact by installing the plugin and by measuring the performance with and without the new plugin, on real data.
If you need to install an "expensive" plugin, but you only need its functionality only in a subset of your data, you can disable it elsewhere by defining the %DISABLEDPLUGINS% setting.
Define
DISABLEDPLUGINS
to be a comma-separated list of names of plugins to disable. Define it in Main.SitePreferences to disable those plugins everywhere, in the WebPreferences topic to disable them in an individual web, or in a topic to disable them in that topic. For example,
* Set DISABLEDPLUGINS = SpreadSheetPlugin, EditTablePlugin
The Foswiki Perl Application Programming Interface
Developing plugins provides a simple introduction to hooking into Foswiki code from your own Perl modules.
Foswiki:Development.GettingStarted is the starting point for more comprehensive documentation.
Back to top
Developing Plugins
The usual way Foswiki is extended is by writing a
Plugin. Plugins extend Foswiki by providing functions that 'listen' to events in the Foswiki core, and handling these events. These functions are called "Plugin Handlers" and they are described in depth in
EmptyPlugin (
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/EmptyPlugin.pm
).
APIs available to Extensions
To be robust, extensions must avoid using any unpublished functionality from the Foswiki core. The following perl packages give access to features for extension authors. These APIs are not just for Plugins, they can be used in any type of extension. Click on the name of the package to see the full documentation.
In addition the following global variables may be referred to:
-
$Foswiki::Plugins::VERSION
- plugin handler API version number
-
$Foswiki::Plugins::SESSION
- reference to Foswiki
singleton object
-
$Foswiki::cfg
- reference to configuration hash
-
$Foswiki::regex
- see Standard Regular Expressions, below
Foswiki:Development.GettingStarted is the starting point for more comprehensive documentation on developing for Foswiki.
Note the APIs are available to all extensions, but rely on a
Foswiki
singleton object having been created before the APIs can be used.
This will only be a problem if you are writing an extension that doesn't
use the standard initialisation sequence.
Standard Regular Expressions
A number of standard regular expressions are available for use in extensions, in the
$Foswiki::regex
hash. these regular expressions are precompiled in an
I18N-compatible manner. The
following are guaranteed to be present. Others may exist, but their use
is unsupported and they may be removed in future Foswiki versions.
In the table below, the expression marked type 'String' are intended for
use within character classes (i.e. for use within square brackets inside
a regular expression), for example:
my $isCapitalizedWord =
( $s =~ /[$Foswiki::regex{upperAlpha}][$Foswiki::regex{mixedAlpha}]+/ );
Those expressions marked type 'RE' are precompiled regular expressions that can be used outside square brackets. For example:
my $isWebName = ( $s =~ m/$Foswiki::regex{webNameRegex}/ );
Name |
Matches |
Type |
upperAlpha |
Upper case characters |
String |
upperAlphaNum |
Upper case characters and digits |
String |
lowerAlpha |
Lower case characters |
String |
lowerAlphaNum |
Lower case characters and digits |
String |
numeric |
Digits |
String |
mixedAlpha |
Alphabetic characters |
String |
mixedAlphaNum |
Alphanumeric characters |
String |
wikiWordRegex |
WikiWords |
RE |
webNameRegex |
User web names |
RE |
topicNameRegex |
Topic names |
RE |
anchorRegex |
#AnchorNames |
RE |
abbrevRegex |
Abbreviations/Acronyms e.g. GOV, IRS |
RE |
emailAddrRegex |
email@address.com |
RE |
tagNameRegex |
Standard macro names e.g. %THIS_BIT% (THIS_BIT only) |
RE |
Creating New Plugins
With a reasonable knowledge of the Perl scripting language, you can create new plugins or modify and extend existing ones.
Anatomy of a Plugin
A (very) basic Foswiki plugin consists of two files:
- a Perl module, e.g.
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/MyFirstPlugin.pm
- a documentation topic, e.g.
MyFirstPlugin.txt
The Perl module can invoke other, non-Foswiki, elements, like other Perl modules (including other plugins), graphics, external applications, or just about anything else that Perl can call.
The plugin API handles the details of connecting your Perl module with the Foswiki core.
The Foswiki:Extensions.BuildContrib module provides a lot of support for plugins development, including a plugin creator, automatic publishing support, and automatic installation script writer. If you plan on writing more than one plugin, you probably need it.
Creating the Perl Module
Copy file
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/EmptyPlugin.pm
to
<name>Plugin.pm
. The EmptyPlugin does nothing, but it contains all the information you need to create you own custom plugin.
Writing the Documentation Topic
The plugin documentation topic contains usage instructions and version details. (The doc topic is also included
in the
distribution package.) To create a documentation topic:
- Copy the plugin topic template from EmptyPlugin?
- Customize your plugin topic.
- Important: In case you plan to publish your plugin on Foswiki.org, use Interwiki names for author names and links to Foswiki.org topics, such as Foswiki:Main/WikiGuest. This is important because links should work properly in a plugin topic installed on any Foswiki, not just on Foswiki.org.
- Save your topic, for use in packaging and publishing your plugin.
OUTLINE: Doc Topic Contents
Check the plugins web on Foswiki.org for the latest plugin doc topic template. Here's a quick overview of what's covered:
Syntax Rules: <Describe any special text formatting that will be rendered.>"
Example: <Include an example of the plugin in action. Possibly include a static HTML version of the example to compare if the installation was a success!>"
Plugin Settings: <Description and settings for custom plugin settings, and those required by Foswiki.>"
- Plugins Preferences <If user settings are needed, link to preference settings and explain the role of the plugin name prefix
Plugin Installation Instructions: <Step-by-step set-up guide, user help, whatever it takes to install and run, goes here.>"
Plugin Info: <Version, credits, history, requirements - entered in a form, displayed as a table. Both are automatically generated when you create or edit a page in the Foswiki:Extensions web.>
Packaging for Distribution
The
Foswiki:Extensions.BuildContrib is a powerful build environment that is used by the Foswiki project to build Foswiki itself, as well as many of the plugins. You don't
have to use it, but it is highly recommended!
If you don't want to (or can't) use the BuildContrib, then a minimum plugin release consists of a Perl module with a WikiName that ends in
Plugin
, ex:
MyFirstPlugin.pm
, and a documentation page with the same name(
MyFirstPlugin.txt
).
- Distribute the plugin files in a directory structure that mirrors Foswiki. If your plugin uses additional files, include them all:
-
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/MyFirstPlugin.pm
-
data/Foswiki/MyFirstPlugin.txt
-
pub/Foswiki/MyFirstPlugin/uparrow.gif
[a required graphic]
- Create a zip archive with the plugin name (
MyFirstPlugin.zip
) and add the entire directory structure from Step 1. The archive should look like this:
-
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/MyFirstPlugin.pm
-
data/Foswiki/MyFirstPlugin.txt
-
pub/Foswiki/MyFirstPlugin/uparrow.gif
Publishing for Public Use
You can release your tested, packaged plugin to the Foswiki community through the
Foswiki:Extensions web. All plugins submitted to Foswiki.org are available for public download and further development.
Publish your plugin by following these steps:
- Post the plugin documentation topic to the Foswiki:Extensions web
- Attach the distribution zip file(s) to the topic, eg:
MyFirstPlugin.zip
- Add a user support hub by visiting Foswiki:Support.CreateNewSupportHub
- Optionally, check in the sources to the Foswiki subversion repository (see Foswiki:Development.HowToStartExtensionDevelopmentInSubversion)
Once you have done the above steps once, you can use the BuildContrib to upload updates to your plugin.
Thank you very much for sharing your plugin with the Foswiki community
Hints on Writing Fast Plugins
- Delay initialization as late as possible. For example, if your plugin is a simple syntax processor, you might delay loading extra Perl modules until you actually see the syntax in the text.
- For example, use an
eval
block like this:
eval { require IPC::Run }
return "<font color=\"red\">SamplePlugin: Can't load required modules ($@)</font>" if $@;
- Keep the main plugin package as small as possible; create other packages that are loaded if and only if they are used. For example, create sub-packages of BathPlugin in
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/BathPlugin/
.
- Avoid using preferences in the plugin topic; set
$NO_PREFS_IN_TOPIC
if you possibly can, as that will stop Foswiki from reading the plugin topic for every page. Use Config.spec instead.
- Use registered tag handlers
Security
- Badly written plugins can open security holes in Foswiki. This is especially true if care isn't taken to prevent execution of arbitrary commands on the server.
- Don't allow sensitive configuration data to be edited by users. Use the
%Foswiki::cfg
hash for configuration options. Don't ask installers to edit topics in the System web.
- Make sure that all user input is checked and validated. Be especially careful to filter characters that might be used in perl string interpolation.
- Avoid
eval
, and if you must use it make sure you sanitise parameters
- Always use the Foswiki::sandbox to execute commands. Never use backtick or qx//.
- Use
Foswiki::Func::checkAccessPermission
to check the access rights of the current user.
- Always audit the plugins you install, and make sure you are happy with the level of security provided. While every effort is made to monitor plugin authors activities, at the end of the day they are uncontrolled user contributions.
Recommended Storage of Plugin Specific Data
Plugins sometimes need to store data. This can be plugin internal data such as cache data, or data generated for browser consumption such as images. Plugins should store data using
Foswiki::Func functions that support saving and loading of topics and attachments.
Plugin Internal Data
You can create a plugin "work area" using the
Foswiki::Func::getWorkArea()
function, which gives you a persistent directory where you can store data files. By default they will not be web accessible. The directory is guaranteed to exist, and to be writable by the webserver user. For convenience,
Foswiki::Func::storeFile()
and
Foswiki::Func::readFile()
are provided to persistently store and retrieve simple data in this area.
Web Accessible Data
The internal data area is not normally made web-accessible for security reasons. If yoou want to store web accessible data, for example generated images, then you should use Foswiki's attachment mechanisms.
Topic-specific data such as generated images can be stored in the topic's attachment area, which is web accessible. Use the
Foswiki::Func::saveAttachment()
function to store the data.
Recommendation for file name:
- Prefix the filename with an underscore (the leading underscore avoids a name clash with files attached to the same topic)
- Identify where the attachment originated from, typically by including the plugin name in the file name
- Use only alphanumeric characters, underscores, dashes and periods to avoid platform dependency issues and URL issues
- Example:
_GaugePlugin_img123.gif
Such auto-generated attachments han be hidden from users by setting the 'h' attribute in the attachment attributes.
Web specific data should be stored in the attachment area of a topic in the web that you specify for the purpose, e.g. Web.BathPlugPictures. Use the
Foswiki::Func::saveAttachment()
function to store the data in this topic.
Integrating with configure
Some extensions have setup requirements that are best integrated into
configure
rather than trying to use
preference settings. These extensions use
Config.spec
files to publish their configuration requirements.
Config.spec
files are read during configuration. Once a
Config.spec
has defined a configuration item, it is available for edit through the standard
configure
interface.
Config.spec
files are stored in the 'plugin directory' e.g.
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/BathPlugin/Config.spec
.
Structure of a Config.spec
file
The
Config.spec
file for a plugin starts with the plugin announcing what it is:
# ---+ BathPlugin
# This plugin senses the level of water in your bath, and ensures the plug
# is not removed while the water is still warm.
This is followed by one or more configuration items. Each configuration item has a
type, a
description and a
default. For example:
# **SELECT Plastic,Rubber,Metal**
# Select the plug type
$Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{PlugType} = 'Plastic';
# **NUMBER**
# Enter the chain length in cm
$Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{ChainLength} = '30';
# **BOOLEAN EXPERT**
# Turn this option off to disable the water temperature alarm
$Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{TempSensorEnabled} = '1';
The type (e.g.
**SELECT**
) tells
configure
to how to prompt for the value. It also tells configure how to do some basic checking on the value you actually enter. All the comments between the type and the configuration item are taken as part of the description. The configuration item itself defines the default value for the configuration item. The above spec defines the configuration items
$Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{PlugType}
,
$Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{ChainLength}
, and
$Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{TempSensorEnabled}
for use in your plugin. For example,
if( $Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{TempSensorEnabled} && $curTemperature > 50 ) {
die "The bathwater is too hot for comfort";
}
The
Config.spec
file is read by configure, and
configure
then writes
LocalSite.cfg
with the values chosen by the local site admin.
A range of types are available for use in
Config.spec
files:
BOOLEAN |
A true/false value, represented as a checkbox |
COMMAND length |
A shell command |
LANGUAGE |
A language (selected from {LocalesDir} |
NUMBER |
A number |
OCTAL |
An octal number |
PASSWORD length |
A password (input is hidden) |
PATH length |
A file path |
PERL |
A simplified perl data structure, consisting of arrays, hashes and scalar values |
REGEX length |
A perl regular expression |
SELECT choices |
Pick one of a range of choices |
SELECTCLASS package-specifier |
Select a perl package (class) e.g. SELECTCLASS Foswiki::Plugins::BathPlugin::*Plug lets the user select between all packages with names ending in Plug , Foswiki::Plugins::BathPlugin::RubberPlug , Foswiki::Plugins::BathPlugin::BrassPlug etc. |
STRING length |
A string |
URL length |
A url |
URLPATH length |
A relative URL path |
All types can be followed by a comma-separated list of
attributes.
EXPERT |
means this an expert option |
M |
means the setting is mandatory (may not be empty) |
H |
means the option is not visible in configure |
See
lib/Foswiki.spec
for many more examples.
Config.spec
files are also used for other (non-plugin) extensions. in this case they are stored under the
Contrib
directory instead of the
Plugins
directory.
Maintaining Plugins
Discussions and Feedback on Plugins
Usually published plugins have a support hub in the Support web on Foswiki.org.Support hubs have links to where to discuss feature enhancements and give feedback to the developer and user communities.
Maintaining Compatibility with Earlier Foswiki Versions
The plugin interface (
Foswiki::Func functions and plugin handlers) evolve over time. Foswiki introduces new API functions to address the needs of plugin authors. Plugins using unofficial Foswiki internal functions may no longer work on a Foswiki upgrade.
Organizations typically do not upgrade to the latest Foswiki for many months. However, many administrators still would like to install the latest versions of a plugin on their older Foswiki installation. This need is fulfilled if plugins are maintained in a compatible manner.
Tip: Plugins can be written to be compatible with older and newer Foswiki releases. This can be done also for plugins using unofficial Foswiki internal functions of an earlier release that no longer work on the latest Foswiki codebase.
Here is an example; the
Foswiki:Support.PluginsSupplement has more details.
if( $Foswiki::Plugins::VERSION >= 1.1 ) {
@webs = Foswiki::Func::getListOfWebs( 'user,public' );
} else {
@webs = Foswiki::Func::getPublicWebList( );
}
Handling deprecated functions
From time-to-time, the Foswiki developers will add new functions to the interface (either to
Foswiki::Func, or new handlers). Sometimes these improvements mean that old functions have to be deprecated to keep the code manageable. When this happens, the deprecated functions will be supported in the interface for at least one more Foswiki release, and probably longer, though this cannot be guaranteed.
When a plugin defines deprecated handlers, a warning will be shown in the list generated by %FAILEDPLUGINS%. Admins who see these warnings should check Foswiki.org and if necessary, contact the plugin author, for an updated version of the plugin.
Updated plugins may still need to define deprecated handlers for compatibility with old Foswiki versions. In this case, the plugin package that defines old handlers can suppress the warnings in %FAILEDPLUGINS%.
This is done by defining a map from the handler name to the
Foswiki::Plugins
version
in which the handler was first deprecated. For example, if we need to define the
endRenderingHandler
for compatibility with
Foswiki::Plugins
versions before 1.1, we would add this to the plugin:
package Foswiki::Plugins::SinkPlugin;
use vars qw( %FoswikiCompatibility );
$FoswikiCompatibility{endRenderingHandler} = 1.1;
If the currently-running Foswiki version is 1.1
or later, then the
handler will not be called and
the warning will not be issued. Foswiki with versions of
Foswiki::Plugins
before 1.1 will still call the handler as required.
TWiki® Plugins
Most plugins written for TWiki can also be run in Foswiki, by installing the TWikiCompatibilityPlugin. See
Foswiki:Extensions.TWikiCompatibilityPlugin for more information.
Back to top
CGI and Command Line Scripts
Programs on the server performing actions such as rendering, saving and renaming topics.
These scripts are located in the
bin
and
tools
directories. This topic describes the interfaces to some of those scripts. All scripts in the
bin
directory can be called from the CGI (
Common Gateway Interface) environment or from the command line. The scripts in the
tools
directory can only be called from the command line.
CGI Scripts
Details on CGI scripts located in the
bin
directory.
General Information
CGI environment
In the CGI environment parameters are passed to the scripts via the URL and URL parameters. Environment variables are also used to determine the user performing the action. If the environment is not set up, the default user is used (usually
guest
).
Command-line
You
must be have the
bin
directory on the perl path to run the scripts from the command line. To avoid issues with file permissions, run the scripts as the web server user such as
nobody
or
www
.
Parameters are passed on the command line using '-name' - for example,
$ cd /usr/local/foswiki/bin
$ save -topic MyWeb.MyTopic -user admin -action save -text "New text of the topic"
All parameters require a value, even if that is the empty string.
Common parameters
All the scripts accept a number of common parameters. The first two components of the URL after the script name are taken as the web and the topic, respectively. Standard URL parameters are:
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
topic |
If this is set to a URL, Foswiki will immediately redirect to that URL. Otherwise it overrides the URL and is taken as the topic name (you can pass Web.TopicName) |
|
user |
Command-line only; set the name of the user performing the action. Note: this usage is inherently insecure, as it bypasses webserver login constraints. For this reason only authorised users should be allowed to execute scripts from the command line. |
|
skin |
Overrides the default skin path (see Skins) |
|
cover |
Specifies temporary skin path to prepend to the skin path for this script only (see Skins) |
|
t |
While the t parameter is not actively used by any scripts, it is used throughout the links like edit to ensure that the browser doesn't cache the reply. |
generally set to current time |
logout |
requests the LoginManager to log the current user out. (happens at the begining of the request so will terminate any other operation requested) |
attach
Despite the name, this script doesn't actually attach a file to a topic - for that, use
upload
. This script is part of the transactions sequence executed when a file is uploaded from the browser. it just generates the "new attachment" page for a topic.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
filename |
Name of existing attachment (if provided, this is a "manage attachment" action) |
none (in which case this is a "new attachment" action) |
changes
Shows all the changes in the given web.
The
changes
script can receive one parameter:
The main difference between invoking this script and using WebChanges is that WebChanges is based on a
%SEARCH%
, while this script reads the
changes
file in each web, making it much faster.
NOTE: The result from
changes
script and the topic WebChanges can be different, if the
changes
file is deleted from a web. In particular, in new installations the
changes
script will return no results while the WebChanges topic will.
configure
configure
is the browser script used for inspection of, and changes to, the site configuration. None of the parameters to this script are useable for any purpose except
configure
. See
configure.
edit
The
edit
script understands the following parameters, typically supplied by HTML input fields:
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
action |
Optional. Use the editaction template instead of the standard edit. If action=text, then hide the form. If action=form hide the normal text area and only edit the form. You can change the Edit/Edit Raw buttons to always append the action parameter in skins like Pattern and Classic by setting the topic or preference setting EDITACTION to the value text or form . To edit the topic once the EDITACTION is defined as form simply remove the action=form from the browser URL of the edit script and reload the edit window |
|
onlynewtopic |
If set, error if topic already exists |
|
onlywikiname |
If set, error if topic name is not a WikiWord |
|
templatetopic |
The name of the template topic, copied to get the initial content (new topic only) |
|
text |
Initial text for the topic |
|
topicparent |
The parent topic |
|
formtemplate |
Name of the form to instantiate in the topic. Overrides the form set in the templatetopic if defined. (will remove the form is set to 'none') |
|
contenttype |
Optional parameter that defines the application type to write into the CGI header. Defaults to text/html . May be used to invoke alternative client applications |
|
anyname |
Any parameter can passed to the new topic; if the template topic contains %URLPARAM{"anyname"}% , it will be replaced by its value |
|
breaklock |
If set, any lease conflicts will be ignored, and the edit will proceed even if someone is already editing the topic. |
|
redirectto |
If the user continues from edit to save, and if the save (or cancels the edit) process is successful, save will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL. Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
|
Form field values are passed in parameters named 'field' - for example, if I have a field
Status
the parameter name is
Status
.
- The first sequence of ten or more
X
characters in the topic name will be converted on save to a number such that the resulting topic name is unique in the target web.
NOTE: most skins support the definition of
EDIT_SKIN
, which is used as the value of the
cover
parameter in
edit
URLs. This allows you to override the default edit skin on a web, topic or user basis.
login
Used for logging in with TemplateLoginManager.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
origurl |
URL that was being accessed when an access violation occurred. the login process will redirect to this URL if it is successful |
none |
username |
username of user logging in |
none |
password |
password of user logging in |
none |
logon
Used for logging in when Web Server authentication is being used (e.g. ApacheLoginManager). The script does nothing; it is purely a placeholder for triggering the login process. The webserver will be set up to require a valid user to access this script, thus triggering the webserver login process.
manage
Performs a range of management functions.
Note: The
manage
script can only be called via HTTP POST method. Make sure you specify
method="post"
if you call the
manage
script via a form action. It is not possible to call
manage
from an
<A href
link.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
action |
One of create , createweb , changePassowrd , resetPassword , bulkRegister , deleteUserAccount , editSettings , saveSettings , restoreRevision |
none |
action=create
Alternative entry point for creation, via
edit
, of a new topic, used by screens that support several actions using
manage
.
Other parameters are the same as for
edit
.
action=createweb
Create a new web
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
newweb |
Name of the new web |
'' |
baseweb |
Name of the web to copy to create the new web |
'' |
webbgcolor |
value for WEBBGCOLOR |
'' |
sitemapwhat |
Value for SITEMAPWHAT |
'' |
sitemapuseto |
Value for SITEMAPUSETO |
'' |
nosearchall |
Value for NOSEARCHALL |
'' |
newtopic |
Value of %TOPIC% within the web creation message. Optionally used in some skins to signify a non-default home topic. |
action=editSettings
No parameters
action=saveSettings
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
text |
Text of the topic |
'' |
originalrev |
Revision that the edit started on |
Most recent revision |
redirectto |
If the savesettings process is successful, save will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL. Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
All other parameters may be interpreted as form fields, depending on the current form definition in the topic.
action=bulkRegister
See BulkRegistration.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
OverwriteHomeTopics |
Whether to overwrite existing home topics or not |
false |
EmailUsersWithDetails |
Whether to mail registered users or not |
false |
LogTopic |
Topic to save the log in |
Same as topic name, with 'Result' appended. |
action=changePassword
Change password, email address, or both, of a user.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
username |
god alone knows |
none |
oldpassword |
current password |
none |
password |
new password |
none |
passwordA |
new password confirmation |
none |
email |
new email address |
none |
password, =passwordA
and
email
are optional. If neither or
password
and
passwordA
is set, then the user password is left unchanged. If
email
is unset, their email is left unchanged.
action=resetPassword
Reset the password for a single or multiple users
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
LoginName |
list of usernames to reset |
none - error if not set |
Introduction |
message to be sent alongside the reset, most often used to announce to the user that they have been given an account. |
'' |
This is used by BulkResetPassword and ResetPassword. Only administrators can provide a list of LoginNames, non-admins can only provide a single LoginName.
BulkRegistration provides the means to create multiple accounts but it does not announce those accounts to the users who own them. BulkResetPassword is used to assign the passwords, the Introduction is used to explain why they are receiving the mail.
action=deleteUserAccount
Unregisters (removes) the currently logged-in user.
action=restoreRevision
Alternative entry point for
edit
, used by screens that support several actions using
manage. Parameters are as for =edit
.
oops
This script is mainly used for rendering pages containing error messages, though it is also used for some functional actions such as manage pages (move topic etc).
oops
templates are used with the
oops
script to generate system messages. This is done to make internationalisation or other local customisations simple.
The
oops
script supports the following parameters:
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
template |
Name of the template file to display |
|
def |
Optional, can be set to the name of a single definition within template . This definition will be instantiated in the template wherever %INSTANTIATE% is seen. This lets you use a single template file for many messages. For an example, see oopsmanagebad.tmpl . |
|
paramN |
Where N is an integer from 1 upwards. These values will be substituted into template for %PARAM1% etc. |
|
preview
This script is
deprecated. Its functions are covered by the
save
script.
rdiff
Renders the differences between version of a topic
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
rev1 |
the higher revision |
|
rev2 |
the lower revision |
|
render |
the rendering style {sequential, sidebyside, raw, debug} |
DIFFRENDERSTYLE, sequential |
type |
{history, diff, last} history diff, version to version, last version to previous |
diff |
context |
number of lines of context |
|
TODO:
- add a {word} render style
register
Note: The
register
script can only be called via the HTTP POST method except when the action is
verify
. Make sure you specify
method="post"
if you call the
register
script via a form action. It is not possible to call
register
from an
<A href
link. The
verify
action is an exception as it is used to verify registration by clicking a href link from an email.
rename
Used for renaming webs, topics and attachments.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
action |
renameweb or anything else |
|
skin |
skin(s) to use |
|
confirm |
if defined, requires a second level of confirmation |
|
referring_topics |
(internal use only) list of topics that refer to the web or topic being renamed |
|
redirectto |
If the rename process is successful, rename will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL. Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
|
action="renameweb"
Rename a web.
action=anything else
Rename a topic or an attachment.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
newweb |
new web name |
|
newtopic |
new topic name |
|
attachment |
Attachment to move |
none |
template |
template for error when an attachment doesn't exist, deleteattachment for when deleting an attachment |
|
currentwebonly |
if defined, searches current web only for links to this topic |
|
nonwikiword |
if defined, a non-wikiword is acceptable for the new topic name |
|
Note: The
rename
script can only be called via the HTTP POST method. Make sure you specify
method="post"
if you call the
rename
script via a form action. It is not possible to call
rename
from an
<A href
link.
rest
This REST (
Representational State Transfer) script can be invoked via http in the same way as the other scripts (see
Invocation Examples, below) to execute a function that is associated to a "subject" and a "verb" (see below). These functions are usually registered by plugins using the
Foswiki::Func::registerRESTHandler
method. The
rest
script will print the result directly to the browser unless the
endPoint
parameter is specified, in which case it will output a redirect to the given topic.
The
rest
script supports the following parameters:
username |
If TemplateLogin , or a similar login manager not embedded in the web server, is used, then you need to pass a username and password to the server. The username and password parameters are used for this purpose. |
password |
See username |
topic |
If defined as the full name (including web) of a topic, then when the script starts up plugins will be passed this as the "current" topic. If not defined, then Main.WebHome will be passed to plugins. |
endPoint |
Where to redirect the response once the request is served, in the form "Web.Topic" |
The function is free to use any other query parameters for its own purposes.
The
rest
script should
always require authentication in any site that has logins. Otherwise there is a risk of opening up major security holes. So make sure you add it to the list of authenticated scripts if you are using
ApacheLogin
.
Invocation Examples
The
rest
script assumes that it will be called with URL in the form:
http://my.host/bin/rest/<subject>/<verb>
where
<subject>
must be the WikiWord name of one of the installed
Plugins, and the
<verb>
is the alias for the function registered using the
Foswiki::Func::registerRESTHandler
method. The
<subject>
and
<verb>
are then used to lookup and call the registered function.
<subject>
and
<verb>
are checked for illegal characters exactly in the same way as the web and topic names.
As an example, the EmptyPlugin has registered a function to be used with the
rest
script under the subject
EmptyPlugin and the verb
example. Click below to see the
rest
script in action (run as guest).
Call the Plugin
Note that for Plugins to register REST handlers, they must be enabled in
configure
.
Retrieving passed values
Additional parameters can be recovered via the query object in the
$session
, for example with the url:
http://my.host/bin/rest/MyPlugin/update?web=foo
The url parameters can be processed using:
my $query = $session->{request};
my $web = $query->{param}->{web}[0];
save
The
save
script performs a range of save-related functions, as selected by the
action
parameter.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
action_save=1 |
default; save, return to view, dontnotify is off |
|
action_quietsave=1 |
save, and return to view, dontnotify is on |
|
action_checkpoint |
save and redirect to the edit script, dontnotify is on |
|
action_cancel |
exit without save, return to view |
|
action_preview |
preview edited text |
|
action_addform |
Redirect to the "change form" page. |
|
action_replaceform... |
Redirect to the "change form" page. |
|
action_delRev |
Administrators only delete the most recent revision of the topic - all other parameters are ignored. You have to be an administrator to use this, and not all store implementations will support it. |
|
action_repRev |
Administrators only replace the text of the most recent revision of the topic with the text in the text parameter. text must included embedded meta-data tags. All other parameters are ignored. You have to be an administrator to use this, and not all store implementations will support it. |
|
onlynewtopic |
If set, error if topic already exists |
|
onlywikiname |
If set, error if topic name is not a WikiWord |
|
dontnotify |
if defined, suppress change notification |
|
templatetopic |
Name of a topic to use as a template for the text and form (new topic only) |
|
text |
New text of the topic |
|
forcenewrevision |
if set, forces a revision even if Foswiki thinks one isn't needed |
|
topicparent |
If 'none' remove any current topic parent. If the name of a topic, set the topic parent to this. |
|
formtemplate |
if defined, use the named template for the form (will remove the form is set to 'none') |
|
editaction |
When action is checkpoint , add form or replace form... , this is used as the action parameter to the edit script that is redirected to after the save is complete. |
|
originalrev |
Revision on which the edit started. |
|
edit |
The script to use to edit the topic when action is checkpoint |
edit |
editparams |
The parameter string to use to edit the topic |
|
redirectto |
The save process will redirect to this topic or URL if it is successful. (Typically this would be the URL that was being viewed when edit was invoked). The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL. Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
view topic being edited |
Any errors will cause a redirect to an
oops
page.
The parameters are interpreted in according to the following rules.
- The first sequence of ten or more
X
characters in the topic name will be converted to a number such that the resulting topic name is unique in the target web.
- When the action is
save
, checkpoint
, quietsave
, or preview
:
- The new text is taken from the
text
parameter, if it is defined,
- otherwise it is taken from the
templatetopic
, if it is defined, (new topic only)
- otherwise it is taken from the previous version of the topic, if any,
- The name of the new form is taken from the
formtemplate
, if defined
- otherwise it is taken from the
templatetopic
, if defined, (new topic only)
- otherwise it is taken from the previous version of the topic, if any,
- otherwise no form is attached.
- The value for each field in the form is taken from the query, if it is defined
- otherwise it is taken from the
templatetopic
, if defined, (new topic only)
- otherwise it is taken from the previous version of the topic, if any,
- otherwise it defaults to the empty string.
Merging is only enabled if the topic text comes from
text
and
originalrev
is > 0 and is not the same as the revision number of the most recent revision. If merging is enabled both the topic and the meta-data are merged.
Form field values are passed in parameters named 'field' - for example, if I have a field
Status
the parameter name is
Status
.
Note: The
save
script can only be called via HTTP POST method. Make sure you specify
method="post"
if you call the
save
script via a form action. Example:
<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{save}%/Sandbox/" method="post">
...
</form>
It is not possible to call
save
from an
<A href
link.
search
CGI gateway to the
%SEARCH%
functionality driven by the following CGI parameters:
Parameter: |
Description: |
Default: |
"text" |
Search term. Is a keyword search, literal search or regular expression search, depending on the type parameter. SearchHelp has more |
required |
search="text" |
(Alternative to above) |
N/A |
web="Name" web="Main, Know" web="all" |
Comma-separated list of webs to search. See Macros#VarSEARCH for more details. |
Current web |
topic="WebPreferences" topic="*Bug" |
Limit search to topics: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. |
All topics in a web |
excludetopic="Web*" excludetopic="WebHome, WebChanges" |
Exclude topics from search: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. |
None |
type="keyword" type="literal" type="regex" |
Do a keyword search like soap "web service" -shampoo ; a literal search like web service ; or RegularExpression search like soap;web service;!shampoo |
%SEARCHVAR- DEFAULTTYPE% preferences setting (literal) |
scope="topic" scope="text" scope="all" |
Search topic name (title); the text (body) of topic; or all (both) |
"text" |
order="topic" order="created" order="modified" order="editby" order= "formfield(name)" |
Sort the results of search by the topic names, topic creation time, last modified time, last editor, or named field of DataForms. The sorting is done web by web; in case you want to sort across webs, create a formatted table and sort it with TablePlugin's initsort |
Sort by topic name |
limit="all" limit="16" |
Limit the number of results returned. This is done after sorting if order is specified |
All results |
date="..." |
limits the results to those pages with latest edit time in the given time interval. |
All results |
reverse="on" |
Reverse the direction of the search |
Ascending search |
casesensitive="on" |
Case sensitive search |
Ignore case |
bookview="on" |
BookView search, e.g. show complete topic text. Very resource demanding. Use only with small result sets |
Show entire topic content of found topics |
nonoise="on" |
Shorthand for nosummary="on" nosearch="on" nototal="on" zeroresults="off" noheader="on" noempty="on" |
Off |
nosummary="on" |
Show topic title only |
Show topic summary |
nosearch="on" |
Suppress search string |
Show search string |
noheader="on" |
Suppress search header Topics: Changed: By: |
Show search header |
nototal="on" |
Do not show number of topics found |
Show number |
zeroresults="off" |
Suppress all output if there are no hits |
zeroresults="on" , displays: "Number of topics: 0" |
noempty="on" |
Suppress results for webs that have no hits. |
Show webs with no hits |
header="..." format="..." |
Custom format results: see FormattedSearch for usage & examples |
Results in table |
expandvariables="on" |
Expand embedded macros before applying a FormattedSearch on a search hit. Useful to show the expanded text, e.g. to show the result of a SpreadSheetPlugin %CALC{}% instead of the formula |
Raw text |
multiple="on" |
Multiple hits per topic. Each hit can be formatted. The last token is used in case of a regular expression ";" and search |
Only one hit per topic |
nofinalnewline="on" |
If on , the result of the macro does not end in a line by itself. Any text continuing immediately after the search macro on the same line will be rendered as part of the table generated by the search, if appropriate. |
off |
separator=", " |
Line separator between hits |
Newline "$n" |
statistics
Refresh the WebStatistics topics in range of webs.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
webs |
comma-separated list of webs to run stats on |
all accessible webs |
logdate |
YYYYMM to generate statistics for |
current month |
for example:
- from browser http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/bin/statistics updates all user webs
- from browser http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/bin/statistics?webs=Userweb,Sandbox updates Userweb,Sandbox
- from browser http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/bin/statistics/System updates System
- from command line bin/statistics updates all user webs
- from command line bin/statistics -webs=Userweb,Sandbox updates Userweb,Sandbox
- from command line bin/statistics System.WebHome updates System
see SiteTools#WebStatistics_site_statistics for updating statistics using cron.
upload
Uploads an attachment to a topic. The HTTP request is expected to be in
multipart/form-data
format.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
hidefile |
if defined, will not show file in attachment table |
|
filepath |
local (client) path name of the file being uploaded. This is used to look up the data for the file in the HTTP query. |
|
filename |
deprecated, do not use |
|
filecomment |
Comment to associate with file in attachment table |
|
createlink |
if defined, will create a link to file at end of topic |
|
changeproperties |
if defined, this is a property change operation only - no file will be uploaded. |
null |
redirectto |
URL to redirect to after upload. {AllowRedirectUrl} must be enabled in configure . The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL. Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure , and is ignored if noredirect is specified. Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
noredirect |
Normally it will redirect to 'view' when the upload is complete, but also designed to be useable for REST-style calling using the 'noredirect' parameter. If this parameter is set it will return an appropriate HTTP status code and print a message to STDOUT, starting with 'OK' on success and 'ERROR' on failure. |
Tips
- You can use a tool like
curl
to upload files from the command line using this script.
- You can call upload easily from XmlHttpRequest in Javascript.
Note: The
upload
script can only be called via HTTP POST method. Make sure you specify
method="post"
if you call the
upload
script via a form action. It is not possible to call
upload
from an
<A href
link.
view
Used for viewing topics.
Parameter |
Description |
Default |
raw=on |
Shows the text of the topic in a scrollable textarea |
|
raw=debug |
As raw=on , but also shows the metadata (forms etc) associated with the topic. |
|
raw=text |
Shows only the source of the topic, as plain text (Content-type: text/plain). Only shows the body text, not the form or other meta-data. |
raw=all |
Shows only the source of the topic, as plain text (Content-type: text/plain), with embedded meta-data. This may be useful if you want to extract the source of a topic to a local file on disc. |
|
section |
Allows to view only a part of the topic delimited by a named section (see System.VarSTARTSECTION). If the given section is not present, no topic content is displayed. |
|
contenttype |
Allows you to specify a different Content-Type: (e.g. contenttype=text/plain ) |
|
rev |
Revision to view (e.g. rev=45 ) |
|
template |
Allows you to specify a different skin template, overriding the 'view' template the view script would normally use. The default template is view . For example, you could specify /wiki/bin/view/System/CommandAndCGIScripts?template=edit. This is mainly useful when you have specialised templates for a Wiki Application. |
|
topic |
redirects (at the beging of the cgi script running) to show the spcified Web.Topic, or, redirects to a URL, if allowed by {AllowRedirectUrl} and {PermittedRedirectHostUrls} |
|
For historical reasons, the view script has a special interpretation of the
text
skin. This skin cannot be redefined.
viewfile
Used for viewing attachments. Normally, a site will publish the attachments (
pub
) directory using a URL. However if it contains sensitive information, you will want to protect attachments using
AccessControls. In this case, you can use the
viewfile
script to give access to attachments while still checking access controls.
Instead of using the
filename
parameter, you can append the attachment name
to the end of the URL path (after the topic) e.g.
http://www.wetherby.me/wiki/bin/viewfile/Webname/TopicName/Attachment.gif
Command Line Scripts
Details on command line scripts located in the
tools
directory.
geturl.pl
This is a very simple script to get the content of a web site. It is marked as
deprecated and might be removed (or enhanced) in a future release. Its functions are covered by the standard
wget
and
curl
commands.
- Usage:
geturl.pl <host> <path> [<port> [<header>]]
- Example:
geturl.pl some.domain /some/dir/file.html 80
- Will get:
http://some.domain:80/some/dir/file.html
rewriteshebang.pl
Simple script to rewrite the
#!/usr/bin/perl
shebang lines specific to your local Perl installation. It will rewrite the first line of all your cgi scripts so they use a different shebang line. Use it if your perl is in a non-standard location, or you want to use a different interpreter (such as 'speedy').
tick_foswiki.pl
This script executes a number of non-essential regular administration tasks that will help keep your site healthy and happy, such as removing expired sessions and lease files.
It is intended to be run as a cron job or a scheduled task once a week. Example crontab entry:
0 0 * * 0 cd /usr/local/foswiki/bin && perl ../tools/tick_foswiki.pl
Note: The script has to be run by a user who can write files created by the webserver user.
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory, DeveloperDocumentationCategory
Back to top
Site Tools
Utilities for searching, navigation, and monitoring site activity
Site Tools include utilities for navigating, searching and keeping up with site activity.
In particular, you have two highly configurable, automated site monitoring tools,
WebNotify, to e-mail alerts when topics are edited, and
WebStatistics, to generate detailed activity reports.
WebNotify - recent changes alert
► Notification help▼ Notification help
Web Changes Notification Service
Each Foswiki web has an automatic e-mail notification service that sends you an e-mail with links to all of the topics modified since the last alert.
Users subscribe to email notifications using their
WikiName or an alternative email address, and can specify the webs/topics they wish to track, Whole groups of users can also be subscribed for notification.
The general format of a subscription is:
three spaces *
subscriber [
:
topics ]
Where
subscriber can be a
WikiName, an E-mail address, or a
group name. If
subscriber contains any characters that are not legal in
an email address, then it must be enclosed in 'single' or "double" quotes.
topics is an optional space-separated list of topics:
- ... without a Web. prefix
- ...that exist in this web.
Users may further customize the specific content they will receive using the following controls:
- Using wild-card character in topic names - You can use
*
in a topic name, where it is treated as a wildcard character. A *
will match zero or more other characters - so, for example, Fred*
will match all topic names starting with Fred
, *Fred
will match all topic names ending with Fred
, and *
will match all topic names.
- Unsubscribing to specific topics - Each topic may optionally be preceded by a '+' or '-' sign. The '+' sign means "subscribe to this topic". The '-' sign means "unsubscribe" or "don't send notifications regarding this particular topic". This allows users to elect to filter out certain topics. Topic filters ('-') take precedence over topic includes ('+') i.e. if you unsubscribe from a topic it will cancel out any subscriptions to that topic.
- Including child-topics in subscription - Each topic may optionally be followed by an integer in parentheses, indicating the depth of the tree of children below that topic. Changes in all these children will be detected and reported along with changes to the topic itself. Note This uses the Foswiki "Topic parent" feature.
- Subscribing to entire topic ("news mode") - Each topic may optionally be immediately followed by an exclamation mark ! and/or a question mark ? with no intervening spaces, indicating that the topic (and children if there is a tree depth specifier as well) should be mailed out as complete topics instead of change summaries. ! causes the full topic to be mailed every time even if there have been no changes, and ? will mail the full topic only if there have been changes. One can limit the content of the subscribed topic to send out by inserting %STARTPUBLISH% and %STOPPUBLISH% markers within the topic. Note that the script mailnotify can be run with the options -nochanges or -nonews so that you can run the two mode on different schedules (see details).
Examples:
Subscribe Daisy to all changes to topics in this web.
* daisy.cutter@flowers.com
Subscribe Daisy to all changes to topics that start with
Web
.
* daisy.cutter@flowers.com : Web*
Subscribe Daisy to changes to topics starting with
Petal
, and their immediate children, WeedKillers and children to a depth of 3, and all topics that match start with
Pretty
and end with
Flowers
e.g.
PrettyPinkFlowers
* DaisyCutter: Petal* (1) WeedKillers (3) Pretty*Flowers
Subscribe StarTrekFan to changes to all topics that start with
Star
except those that end in
Wars
,
sInTheirEyes
or
shipTroopers
.
* StarTrekFan: Star* - *Wars - *sInTheirEyes - *shipTroopers
Subscribe Daisy to the full content of NewsLetter whenever it has changed
* daisy@flowers.com: NewsLetter?
Subscribe buttercup to NewsLetter and its immediate children, even if it hasn't changed.
* buttercup@flowers.com: NewsLetter! (1)
Subscribe GardenGroup (which includes Petunia) to all changed topics under AllnewsLetters to a depth of 3. Then unsubscribe Petunia from the ManureNewsLetter, which she would normally get as a member of GardenGroup:
* GardenGroup: AllNewsLetters? (3)
* petunia@flowers.com: - ManureNewsLetter
Subscribe
IT:admins
(a non-Foswiki group defined by an alternate user mapping) to all changes to Web* topics.
* 'IT:admins' : Web*
A user may be listed many times in the WebNotify topic. Where a user has several lines in WebNotify that all match the same topic, they will only be notified about
changes that topic
once (though they will still receive individual mails for news topics).
If a
group is listed for notification, the group will be recursively expanded to the e-mail addresses of all members.
__
Warning: Because an email address is not linked to a user name, there is no way for Foswiki to check access controls for subscribers identified by email addresses. A subscriber identified by an email address alone will only be sent change notifications if the topic they are subscribed to is readable by guest users. You can limit what email addresses can be used in %NOTIFYTOPIC%, or even block use of emails altogther, using the
{MailerContrib}{EmailFilterIn} setting in =configure
.
Tip: List names in alphabetical order to make it easier to find the names.
Note for System Administrators: Notification is supported by an add-on to the Foswiki kernel called the MailerContrib. See the
MailerContrib topic for details of how to set up this service.
Note: If you prefer a news feed, point your reader to
WebRss (for RSS 1.0 feeds) or
WebAtom (for ATOM 1.0 feeds). Learn more at
WebRssBase and
WebAtomBase, respectively.
Related topics: WebChangesAlert,
Main.WikiUsers,
UserRegistration
WebSearch - search the site
WebSearch is a flexible search facility, part of the core feature set. WebSearchAdvanced offers more options, including:
- topic title or full-text search
- regular expressions
- query search over form data
- search within web or site-wide
- index-style A-Z alphabetical listing sorted topic title
- many more
See also: SearchHelp for help;
Macros and FormattedSearch for including hard-coded searches in text.
WebChanges - what's new
To check for the most recently edited topics while on-site, use the WebChanges link, usually located in the toolbar. It lists the most recently modified topics, newest first, along with the first couple of lines of the page content.
This is simply a preset
SEARCH
. The number of topics listed by the
limit
parameter.:
%SEARCH{ ".*" web="System" type="regex" nosearch="on" order="modified"
reverse="on"
limit="50" }%
WebRss and WebAtom - news feeds on recent changes
You can point your news reader at WebRss and WebAtom to find out what is new in a web. WebRssBase and WebAtomBase have the details. Like WebChanges, this is based on a
%SEARCH{}%
.
WebIndex - list of topics
WebIndex lists all web topics in alphabetical order, with the first couple of lines of text. This is simply a preset
SEARCH
:
%SEARCH{ "\.*" scope="topic" type="regex" nosearch="on" }%
WebStatistics - site statistics
You can generate a listing manually, or on an automated schedule, of visits to individual pages, on a per web basis. Compiled as a running total on a monthly basis. Includes totals for Topic Views, Topic Saves, Attachment Uploads, Most Popular Topics with number of views, and Top Contributors showing total of saves and attachment uploads. Previous months are saved.
- You can create a WebStatistics link using
%STATISTICSTOPIC%
Configuring for automatic operation
- You can automatically generate usage statistics for all webs. To enable this:
- Make sure configure settings {Log}{view}, {Log}{save} and *{Log}{upload} in are set in configure. This will generate log file entries (see below).
- The WebStatistics topic must be present in all webs where you want to have statistics. You can use the topic in the Main web as a template.
- Call the
bin/statistics
script from a cron job, once a day is recommended. This will update the WebStatistics topics in all webs.
- Attention: The script must run as the same user as the CGI scripts are running, which is user
nobody
on many systems. Example crontab entry:
0 0 * * * (cd /path/to/bin; ./statistics >/dev/null 2>&1)
- There is a workaround in case you can't run the script as user
nobody
: Run the utility tools/geturl.pl
in your cron job and specify the URL of the bin/statistics
script as a parameter. Example:
0 0 * * * (cd /path/to/tools; ./geturl.pl mydomain.com /urlpath/to/bin/statistics >/dev/null 2>&1)
- NOTE:
geturl.pl
will do a CGI request as the WikiGuest user, so if you use this workaround, the WebStatistics topics you are updating will have to be writable by WikiGuest.
When running from the command line or a cron job, you can pass parameters to the script like this:
./statistics -logdate 200605 -webs Userweb,Sandbox
Generating statistics manually by URL
- The
bin/statistics
script can also be executed as a CGI script, just enter the URL in your browser. Examples:
- Update current month for all webs you have access to:
/wiki/bin/statistics
- Update current month for Main web only:
/wiki/bin/statistics/Main
- Update Oct 2024 for Main web:
/wiki/bin/statistics/Main?logdate=202410
- Update Oct 2024 for the ProjectX, ProjectY and ProjectZ webs:
/wiki/bin/statistics?logdate=202410;webs=ProjectX,ProjectY,ProjectZ
Log Files
Foswiki generates monthly log files which are used by the statistics script
- The log file is defined by the {LogFileName} setting in configure
- The file name is
log<year><month>.txt
- Example path name:
logs/log202410.txt
- Each access gets logged as:
| <time> | <wikiusername> | <action> | <web>.<topic> | <extra info> | <IP address> |
- Example log entry:
| 31 Oct 2024 - 23:54 | Main.WikiGuest | view | System.WebRss | | 66.124.232.02 |
- Actions are logged if enabled in configure by the {Log}{action} flags
- Logged actions:
Script | Action name | Extra info |
attach | attach | when viewing attach screen of previous uploaded attachment: filename |
changes | changes | |
edit | edit | when editing non-existing topic: (not exist) |
rdiff | rdiff | higher and lower revision numbers: 4 3 |
register | regstart | WikiUserName, e-Mail address, LoginName: user attempts to register |
register | register | E-mail address: user successfully registers |
register | bulkregister | WikiUserName of new, e-mail address, admin ID |
manage | rename | when moving topic: moved to Newweb.NewTopic |
manage | move | when moving attachment: Attachment filename moved to Newweb.NewTopic |
manage | renameweb | when renaming a web: oldweb moved to newweb |
save | save | when replacing existing revision: repRev 3 when user checks the minor changes box: dontNotify when user changes attributes to an exising attachment: filename.ext |
save | cmd | special admin parameter used when saving |
search | search | search string |
upload | upload | filename |
view | view | when viewing non-existing topic: (not exist) when viewing previous topic revision: r3 |
E-mail
Configuring outgoing mail
Outgoing mail is required for UserRegistration and for
recent changes alert.
Foswiki will use the
Net::SMTP
module if it is installed on your system. Set this with the
SMTPMAILHOST
preference setting.
The notify e-mail uses the default
changes.tmpl
template, or a skin if activated by a
preference setting.
mailnotify also relies on two hidden files in each
data/Web
directory:
.changes
and
.mailnotify.
Make sure both are writable by your web server process.
.changes
contains a list of changes; go ahead and make this empty.
.mailnotify
contains a timestamp of the last time notification was done.
You can use an external mail program, such as
sendmail
, if the
Net::SMTP
module is not installed. Set the program path in
{MailProgram}
in
configure.
! *
Net::SMTP can be easily disabled (if there is an installation error) by setting the
SMTPMAILHOST
preference setting to an empty value.
- You can set a separate
SMTPSENDERHOST
preference setting to define the mail sender host (some SMTP installations require this).
Setting the automatic e-mail schedule
For Unix platforms: Edit the
cron
table so that
mailnotify
is called in an interval of your choice. Please consult
man crontab
of how to modify the table that schedules program execution at certain intervals. Example:
% crontab -e
0 1 * * * (cd /path/to/bin; ./mailnotify -q)
The above line will run mailnotify nightly at 01:00. The
-q
switch suppresses all normal output.
For ISP installations: Many ISPs don't allow hosted accounts direct cron access, as it's often used for things that can heavily load the server. Workaround scripts are available.
On Windows: You can use a scheduled task if you have administrative privileges.
Site Permissions
- AccessControl describes how to restrict read and write access to topics and webs, by users and groups
- SitePermissions lists the permissions settings of the webs on this site
Help with crontab
The crontab command is used to schedule commands to be executed periodically.
- Wikipedia.org:Crontab - crontab documentation
- pycron - crontab for Windows
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory, AdminToolsCategory
Back to top
Managing Topics
Browser-based rename, move, and delete for individual topics
Overview
You can use browser-based controls to change a name of a topic, move it to another web or delete it to a hidden
Trash
web.
How to rename, move or delete a topic
- Select the
[More actions]
link (normally located in an action toolbar at the top or bottom of page) on the topic to be changed. Then, in the new screen, click [Rename, move or delete this topic]
. You can now rename and/or move/delete in one operation:
- Move/Delete: Select the target web if other than the current web - choose
Trash
to delete a topic.
- Rename: Enter the new topic name - default is current name
You'll be warned if any of the topics to be affected are locked (being edited), or if there is a name conflict.
- Prevent updates by unchecking individual items on the list of referring links - these topics will NOT to be updated with the new name (by default, only links in the same web will be updated).
- Click on
[Rename]
: the topic will be renamed and links to the topic updated as requested.
- If any of the referring pages are locked then they will be listed: you can correct these later by again pressing
[Rename]
.
- There is a Put back feature that allows you to undo a
rename/move/delete
action - an instruction line and an undo link will appear at the bottom of the modified topic. This allows you to revert from the last modification only.
How to copy a topic
- Select the
[More actions]
link (normally located in an action toolbar at the top or bottom of page) on the topic to be changed.
- On the "More actions" page, scroll down to the "Copy topic" section. In the "Name of copy" text box, enter in the new topic name. To copy the topic to another web, fully qualify the topic name with the web name, separating the two with a period (for example,
Web.TopicName
).
- Select the
[Copy topic]
button. You will be directed to an edit page for the newly-created topic. You can save the new copy immediately, or make some changes and then save it.
Deleted topics: How to clear the trash
Deleted topics are moved to a special
Trash
web - they are NOT physically erased from the server. All webs share the same
Trash
- in case of a name conflict with a topic already existing in the
Trash
web, the user is alerted and asked to choose a new name.
The
Trash
web should be be cleared periodically, by archiving (saving) the text and RCS files if required (recommended), then deleting them from the
Trash
directory.
- This can only be done from on the server, not through the browser.
- Since simple FTP access to the
Trash
directory is all that is required for maintenance, it is possible to grant Trash
admin privileges to multiple users, while strictly limiting server access.
Redirecting from an old topic
You can use MetaData to place a command in the System.TopicDoesNotExistViewTemplate that will indicate that a topic has been moved by searching for the tag %META:TOPICMOVED{...}%. Customize something like this:
%<nop>METASEARCH{type="topicmoved" web="%WEB%" topic="%TOPIC%"
title="This topic used to exist and was moved to: "}%
How rename/move works
- %SEARCH%, with a special template, finds and displays all occurrences of the topic name in other topics, either web- or site-wide. These referring links are by default automatically changed to the new topic and/or web name. This includes relevant MetaData definitions.
- User can omit one or more topics from the update list by unchecking them.
-
<pre>
and <verbatim>
are honoured - no changes are made to text within these areas.
- The topic is moved (if locks allow).
- References are changed (locks and permissions permitting).
- Any referring topics that cannot be changed due to locks are listed - user can take note and change them at another time.
How referring topics are found
First, matching topics in the current web are listed - matches are to
topic
. Next, all webs (including the current one) are listed that match
web.topic
.
All webs will be searched during rename, even if
NOSEARCHALL
is defined on a web, though access permissions will of course be honoured.
Changed references are kept as short as possible, ex:
topic
is used in preference to
web.topic
.
Effect of user access settings
User permissions affect the 'rename' functions in various ways. To rename a topic, you need all of
VIEW
,
CHANGE
and
RENAME
access to that topic. To alter referring topics, you need
CHANGE
access. See AccessControl for information on setting up access permissions.
Special considerations
Consider carefully whether to make browser-based
rename/move/delete widely available, or to restrict it to an administrator/moderator group. Allowing all users to easily manipulate topics can be extremely useful in refactoring a busy web or site. However, there are at least two significant potential drawbacks to take into account:
- When referring links are updated, the modified topics appear in WebChanges, creating the impression that editorial changes were made. This can undermine the usefulness of WebChanges.
- Due to current limitations, fairly heavy use of rename/move/delete functions can lead to an accumulation of minor technical problems (ex: broken links) and usability issues (ex: user confusion). If rename... is used heavily, these negatives will obviously increase, in number and effect.
Ultimately, the size, objectives, and policies of your site, the real-world behavior of your user group, and most importantly, the initial Foswiki site management leadership, will determine the most effective implementation of this feature, and the success of the site overall.
Known issues
Rename/move is fairly complicated due to the dynamic generation of links. Ideally, it would be possible to run the required part of rendering in a way that would allow identification of the text to be changed. Unfortunately, these hooks don't exist at present. Instead, %SEARCH% is used with a special template to show the text to be changed, and the selected topics are then altered. One drawback is that
search
can show matches that will not be updated due to case differences. Other mismatches with actual rendered output are also possible as the approaches are so different.
The following shows some limitations of square bracket processing.
[[Old Topic]] => [[NewTopic][Old Topic]]
[[old topic]] => [[NewTopic][old topic]]
[[old t opic]] => not changed
[[OldTopic]] => [[NewTopic]]
Related Topics: UserDocumentationCategory, AdminDocumentationCategory
Back to top
Managing Webs
What are Webs?
A Foswiki site is divided into "Webs", or groups or topics - each one represents one subject, one area of collaboration. Administrators can add, rename or delete webs.
At file level, a Web is a directory located inside the
data
directory, with text files as topics.
A number of Webs are fixed:
System
for documentation,
Main
to store user pages and site-wide preferences,
Trash
for the topic recycle bin.
Other webs can be created as needed.
Webs on this site
This table is updated automatically based on WebPreferences settings of the individual webs. Topic home:
System.SiteMap.
Legend:
Go to the home of the web
See recent changes in the web
Search the web
Subscribe to get notified of changes by e-mail
Create a new web
To use this form you must be administrator.
Before you begin: consider that less webs are better than more webs. Cross-linking topics is easier, and searches are faster, if there are only a few larger webs.
In-depth info on Webs
Subweb preferences are inherited
The
preference settings of a subweb are inherited from the parent web and overridden locally. Preferences are ultimately inherited from the
System.DefaultPreferences topic.
Example Preference Inheritance for Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.SubWebTopic
topic:
-
System.DefaultPreferences
default settings
-
Main.SitePreferences
site-wide settings inherits from and overrides settings in System.DefaultPreferences
-
Sandbox.WebPreferences
inherits from and overrides settings in Main.SitePreferences
-
Sandbox/TestWeb.WebPreferences
inherits from and overrides settings in Sandbox.WebPreferences
-
Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.WebPreferences
inherits from and overrides settings in Sandbox/TestWeb.WebPreferences
-
Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.SubWebTopic
inherits from and overrides settings in Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.WebPreferences
Subweb navigation
The Pattern skin (default) indicates Subwebs by indenting them in the sidebar relative to their level in the hierarchy.
Renaming or Deleting a Web
Rename a web via the Tools section in each WebPreferences topic. You may delete a web by moving it into a Trash web.
Permissions
You may only rename a web if you have the following permissions
- You must be allowed to rename and changes topics in the web you want to rename
- You must be allowed to rename topics in the parent web of the web you want to rename
- If the web is a root web (i.e. it has no parent web) then you must have permission to both create and rename root webs. These permissions are controlled by the ALLOWROOTCHANGE preference, which can be set in Main.SitePreferences.
- If you move the web to another parent web you must be allowed to create and change topics in the new parent web. When you rename a web Foswiki will try and update all links that refer to the old web. You should note that links only get updated in topics that you are allowed to edit. If you use access rights in the Foswiki installation it is generally best to let an administrator rename webs to avoid too many broken links.
Renaming the webs in the distribution
It is possible, though not recommended, to change the names of the webs in the distribution. If you plan to rename the Main web, remember that Foswiki stores user topics in this web. That means that every WikiName signature -
Main.SomeUserName
- points to it and would need updating (unless the macro style
%USERSWEB%.SomeUserName
, is used throughout). This potentially large change can be performed automatically if you rename the web from the Tools section of WebPreferences, as described above.
If you want to rename the System or Main webs, remember they are referred to in the Foswiki configuration. You will need to change the
{SystemWebName}
,
{UsersWebName}
and/or
{LocalSitePreferences}
settings in the configuration using the
configure interface.
Renaming the webs in the distribution is not recommended because it makes upgrades much more complicated.
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory, AdminToolsCategory
Back to top
Manage Users
Register users on your Foswiki site; change/reset/install passwords; remove user accounts
Some of the features below may be disabled, depending on your Foswiki
configuration.
Authentication and Access Control
- UserAuthentication describes your options for user authentication
- AccessControl describes how to define groups and how to restrict access to content
Register User
You don't have to have user home pages in Foswiki for Authentication to
work - see UserAuthentication for details.
- UserRegistration is used when you want new users to individually register with Foswiki by filling out a form
- You can create a custom versions of System.NewUserTemplate and System.UserForm
- BulkRegistration is used by administrators to register multiple users at the same time
Change, Reset and Install Passwords
Note that the below features are only relevant when you use an internal password manager where Foswiki can set and reset passwords.
- ChangePassword is for users who can remember their password and want to change it
- ResetPassword is for users who cannot remember their password; a system generated password is e-mailed to them
- BulkResetPassword is for administrators who want to reset many passwords at once
- ChangeEmailAddress changes the hidden email address stored in the password file
Changing User Account Names
To change the user's WikiName:
- Rename the user's Foswiki homepage in the Main web, such as from
JaneSmith
to JaneMiller
.
- Fix backlinks in the Main web only
- Make sure the group topics are updated (if any.)
- Edit the Main.WikiUsers topic and move the user's entry so that the list is in proper alphabetical order.
- Recreate the old topic with a pointer to the new topic, so that links in other webs work properly. Example content:
%M% Jane Smith is now known as JaneMiller
If external authentication is used and you want to change the login name:
- The login name needs to be changed in the authentication server (e.g. Active Directory)
- In Foswiki's Main.WikiUsers topic, fix the mapping from login name to WikiName:
* JaneSmith - jsmith - 13 Sep 2006
to:
* JaneMiller - jmiller - 13 Sep 2006
Removing User Accounts
To remove a user account (FredQuimby, who logs in as "fred"):
- If you are using a
.htpasswd
file, edit the .htpasswd
file to delete the line starting fred:
- Warning: Do not use the Apache
htpasswd
program with .htpasswd
files generated by Foswiki! htpasswd
wipes out email addresses that Foswiki plants in the info fields of this file.
- Remove the
FredQuimby - fred
line from the Main.WikiUsers topic
- Remove
FredQuimby
from all groups and from all the ALLOWWEB/ALLOWTOPIC...
declarations, if any.
Note: If you fail to do this you risk creating a security hole, as the next user to register with the wikiname FredQuimby will inherit the old FredQuimby's permissions.
- [optional] Delete their user topic Main.FredQuimby (including attachments, if any.)
Note: Consider leaving the user topic file in place so their past signatures and revision author entries don't end up looking like AnUncreatedTopic.
If you want to make it clear the user is no longer around, replace the topic content with a note to that effect.
The existence of the UserName topic should also prevent that user name from being re-used, sealing the potential security hole regarding inherited permissions..
Customizing registration Emails.
Foswiki's Registration can send 3 emails who's output is governed by templates:
- User registration confirmation -
templates/registerconfirm.tmpl
- User registration notification -
templates/registernotify.tmpl
- Email to notify the Wiki admin of registration -
templates/registernotifyadmin.tmpl
As these are SkinTemplates, they can be customized and selected using the SKIN path setting.
Because there are default tmpl files in the
templates
dir, this cannot use Template topics.
These template files have a specific format that matches the raw format of emails sent via SMTP,
so be careful and test your changes. It is easiest to start by copying the default templates:
cd templates
cp registernotify.tmpl registernotify.myskin.tmpl
cp registerconfirm.tmpl registerconfirm.myskin.tmpl
cp registernotifyadmin.tmpl registernotifyadmin.myskin.tmpl
then add
myskin
to the beginning of the
SKIN
setting in Main.SitePreferences.
From this point on, your myskin templates will be used for the registration emails.
To make it possible for WikiUsers to modify the email contents, you could use a parameterized
%INCLUDE%
statement in your customized version. eg:
From: %WIKIWEBMASTERNAME% <%WIKIWEBMASTER%>
To: %FIRSTLASTNAME% <%EMAILADDRESS%>
Subject: %MAKETEXT{"[_1] - Registration for [_2] ([_3])" args="%WIKITOOLNAME%, %WIKINAME%, %EMAILADDRESS%"}%
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=%CHARSET%
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
%INCLUDE{
"%USERSWEB%.RegisterNotifyEmail"
WIKINAME="%WIKINAME%"
FIRSTLASTNAME="%FIRSTLASTNAME%"
EMAILADDRESS="%EMAILADDRESS%"
}%
- note the use of %WIKINAME%, %FIRSTLASTNAME%, %EMAILADDRESS% passed in from the INCLUDE so that the topic below is similar to the original template
and then create a topic Main.RegisterNotifyEmail:
Welcome to %WIKITOOLNAME%.
%MAKETEXT{"Your personal [_1] topic is located at [_2]. You can customize it as you like:" args="%WIKITOOLNAME%, %SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%USERSWEB%/%WIKINAME%"}%
* %MAKETEXT{"Some people turn it into a personal portal with favorite links, what they work on, what help they'd like, etc."}%
* %MAKETEXT{"Some add schedule information and vacation notice."}%
Regards
%WIKIWEBMASTERNAME%
Your Wiki Admin
%MAKETEXT{"Note:"}%
2 %MAKETEXT{"You can change your password at via [_1]" args="%SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%SYSTEMWEB%/ChangePassword"}%
3 %MAKETEXT{"If you haven't set a password yet or you want to reset it, go to: [_1]" args="%SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%SYSTEMWEB%/ResetPassword"}%
%MAKETEXT{"Submitted content:"}%
%FORMDATA%
- remember to secure the topic appropriately to prevent attackers from getting emailed sensitive passwords.
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory
Back to top
Appendix A: Foswiki Development Time-line
Foswiki Release 1.0.9 - 17 Jan 2010
Foswiki 1.0.9 was built 17 Jan 2010. It is a patch release with more than 320 bug fixes relative to 1.0.0 and several enhancements. This release fixes many bugs in the Wysiwyg editor, bugs related to more advanced wiki applications and bugs in the Plugin API. It contains several bug fixes and enhancements related to security and spam fighting.
Foswiki Release 1.0.8 - 29 Nov 2009
Foswiki 1.0.8 was built 29 Nov 2009. It is a patch release with more than 280 bug fixes relative to 1.0.0 and some enhancements. This release fixes a short list of quite annoying old bugs incl a bug that prevented efficient use of MailerContrib for producing newsletters. The Wysiwyg editor has been upgraded with the latest Tiny MCE editor release 3.2.7.
Foswiki Release 1.0.7 - 20 Sep 2009
More than 30 new bug fixes and some enhancements.
The Wysiwyg editor has been upgraded to using Tiny MCE editor version 3.2.2 which solves many editor related bugs. The pickaxe icon has been replaced by a "Wiki Text" button as the pickaxe was hard to guess the function of.
Several bugs fixed related to the Cross-Site Request Forgery feature.
TablePlugin sorts numbers and dates better
EditTablePlugin handles SpreadSheetPlugin in footer rows correctly
Fixed a problem where Windows installations of Foswiki would create new users with non-working passwords
"Managing webs" feature redesigned for better usability
Foswiki Release 1.0.6 - 21 Jun 2009
More than 40 bugs fixed and several small enhancements.
Major security enhancement against Cross-Site Request Forgery
A central translation framework got introduced. Foswiki is already available in 20 major languages and dialects. The new translation framework will ease the translation process by allowing contributions from users.
Foswiki Release 1.0.5 - 25 Apr 2009
Additional 20 bugs fixed.
Some few minor enhancements
New security features added
Upgrade package for 1.0.5 is relative to 1.0.0.
Foswiki Release 1.0.4 - 19 Mar 2009
Small update of 1.0.3 with 33 more bugs fixed incl some severe bugs in EditTablePlugin.
Upgrade package for 1.0.4 is relative to 1.0.0.
The number of bugfixes in 1.0.4 relative to 1.0.0 is more than 100 + some bugs that were introduced and fixed in the not published 1.0.1-1.0.3. There are 5 minor enhancements.
Foswiki Release 1.0.3 - 28 Feb 2009
Both 1.0.1 ,1.0.2, and 1.0.3 were not published because they did not pass the final quality control. Another handful of bugs were fixed.
Upgrade package for 1.0.3 is relative to 1.0.0.
Foswiki Release 1.0.2 - 26 Feb 2009
Same as 1.0.1 but with a handful of additional bug fixes.
Upgrade package for 1.0.2 is relative to 1.0.0 since 1.0.1 was never published on the Foswiki website.
Foswiki Release 1.0.1 - 24 Feb 2009
Patch release containing more than 70 bug fixes and some user interface improvements of configure. Due to a bug (Item1126) the development team decide not to publish this release but instead release 1.0.2 a few days later
Bug fix highlights:
- Fixed some bugs related to expired sessions and date in session cookies.
- Fixed a number of bugs in configure related to installation of extensions
- Fixed a bug that prevented proper operation with https
- Fixed a bug related to VIEW_TEMPLATE and preview
- Enhanced the user interface of configure
Foswiki Release 1.0.0 - 09 Jan 2009
Foswiki is the old TWiki project under a new name. Restrictions on the use of the TWiki brand resulted in many of its developers continuing the project under the new Foswiki name. Foswiki is backwards compatible with all content from older TWiki installations. Foswiki 1.0.0 ships with a TWikiCompatibilityPlugin installed and activated by default, thus enabling most extensions made for TWiki to work under Foswiki.
New features and enhancements
- Foswiki 1.0.0 is built on a new platform called Foswiki Stand Alone which adds support for FastCGI and enables more optimized functionality in mod_perl and other similar runtime environments. Foswiki Stand Alone also enables future features such as running Foswiki by itself without a separate web server (for example, from a stand alone memory key). You can ensure your applications and plugins will work properly on the new platform (and thus with any future capabilities dependent on the new architecture) by testing them out now with Foswiki 1.0.0.
- A TWikiCompatibilityPlugin has been created that enables most extensions made for TWiki to work under Foswiki, and to support seamless migrations from TWiki to Foswiki.
- The PatternSkin has been given a facelift: The PatternSkin topic offers a choice of multiple themes, the sidebar can be placed either on the left or right, a frame can be added around the main content area, and a TWiki theme is available to make it easier for those upgrading from TWiki (dimensions such as the top bar size match the dimensions in the TWiki PatternSkin).
- The "Advanced Search" page now supports a query-based search.
- A new section type, "expandvariables", adds better control over macro expansion in topic templates. You can now create template topics with sections where all macros contained within the sections are expanded.
- A "Copy topic" feature is now present in the "More topic actions" tools.
- IF conditions has been expanded with an "isempty" test condition.
-
viewfile
script can be used as a webserver ErrorDocument enabling both more secure attachments and user focused error dialogs.
Security Updates
Foswiki is much more secure than TWiki 4.2.4.
- Foswiki 1.0.0 has secured by default the powerful but also vulnerable URLPARAM macro against cross site scripting (XSS) attacks. URLPARAM now by default encodes a short list of unsafe characters
'"<>%
which eliminates most XSS possibilities encountered with URLPARAM. This protects all topics using the URLPARAM macro without requiring any changes to them.
- Functions QUERYPARAMS, ORIGURL (skin macro) are secured against XSS attacks. QUERYPARAMS, like URLPARAM, is now encoded with the new, safe encoding.
- The print preview link is no longer vulnerable to XSS attacks.
- Additional security fixes have been made, based on security audits performed by the Foswiki team. Sensitive data from the topic text and web client requests are validated for safety.
Terminology changes in Foswiki
As part of the first Foswiki product release, various topics and terms were changed to avoid using the TWiki brand name and to more accurately reflect their purpose, including the following:
- The TWiki web is now called System, as it contains configuration information for the entire Foswiki installation. The TWikiCompatibilityPlugin provides backwards compatible support for references to the TWiki web, in order to facilitate migrations from TWiki to Foswiki.
- The %TWIKIWEB% and %MAINWEB% variables are now called %SYSTEMWEB% and %USERSWEB%
- Topics in the Foswiki distribution have been renamed to eliminate the TWiki word and to make the titles more readable (for example, Plugins, Skins, and so forth).
- All templates, CSS and Javascript names have been changed from twikiXxxxx to foswikiXxxxx
- Key terminology changes:
TWiki term |
Foswiki term |
TWiki variable |
Macro |
preference(s) variable |
preference setting, or macro when referring to expansion of same |
TWiki form |
Data form |
TWiki Plugin |
Plugin |
TWiki Template |
Skin Template |
Topic Template |
Template Topic |
TWiki Markup Language (TML) |
Topic Markup Language (TML) |
TWiki Application |
Wiki Application |
Foswiki Hall of Fame
The proud, free, independent Foswiki community.
Highlights:
- Top 5 core contributors on SVN: Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, Foswiki:Main.OlivierRaginel
- Top contributors in general on SVN: Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, Foswiki:Main.OlivierRaginel, Foswiki:Main.EugenMayer, Foswiki:Main.KoenMartens, Foswiki:Main.MichaelDaum, Foswiki:Main.GilmarSantosJr, Foswiki:Main.SebastianKlus, Foswiki:Main.WillNorris, Foswiki:Main.SeanMcCarthy, Foswiki:Main.MartinCleaver, Foswiki:Main.RobManson
- Development Infrastructure: Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit, Foswiki:Main.EugenMayer, Foswiki:Main.KoenMartens, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.KwangErnLiew, Foswiki:Main.OliverKrueger, Foswiki:Main.OlivierRaginel, Foswiki:Main.WillNorris, Foswiki:Main.ColasNahaboo, Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen
TWiki Release 4.2.1 (Freetown) released 2010-01-17T14:13:06Z
Patch release following the 4.2.0 released 22 Jan 2008
New Features and Enhancements of TWiki Release 4.2
- Easier Installation and Upgrade
- New Internal Admin Login feature
- The Main.WikiUsers topic is no longer distributed as a default topic in Main web
- A new directory
working
which per default is located in the TWiki root which contains registration_approvals, tmp, and work_areas
- Configure can now authenticate when connecting to local plugins repository.
- Usability Enhancements
- New WYSIWYG editor based on TinyMCE replaces the Kupu based editor
- New "Restore topic" feature has been added to the More Topic Actions menu to easily restore an older version of a topic
- Application Platform Enhancements
- Enhancements to IF: allows, ingroup, istopic, and isweb
- Search Enhancements
- New
query
search mode supports SQL-style queries over form fields and other meta-data
- Skins and Templates Enhancements
- The PatternSkin which is the default skin for TWiki has got a face lift
- The default templates have been heavily refactored to make it easier to create skins reusing the default skin.
- Miscellaneous Feature Enhancements
- Many new functions in the API for plugin developers
- Table of Content (TOC) feature enhanced
- re-architected Pluggable user mapping (between login name and WikiName) to integrate with alternative authentication and Management schemes
- Topic based User management has been extracted into a separately update-able package (WikiUsersContrib)
- Enhancements of Pre-installed Plugins
- CommentPlugin: New
templatetopic
parameter to point to custom comment template topic
- EditTablePlugin: Move and delete rows
- MailerContrib: Allow Exclusion Of Webs
- SpreadSheetPlugin: 6 new math formulas; formula to format time diff
- Bug Fixes
- More than 300 bugs fixes since 4.1.2
Hall of Fame of TWiki Release 4.2
Many people have been involved in creating TWiki 4.2. Special thanks go to the most active contributors in the following areas:
Many thanks also to the contributors in the following areas:
- Sponsor and facilitator: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Testing and bug fixing: Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit, Foswiki:Main.SteffenPoulsen, Foswiki:Main.MichaelDaum, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin
- Spec and code: Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie (2323), Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens (566), Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit (507), TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny (83), Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen (73), Foswiki:Main.SteffenPoulsen (72), TWiki:Main.AntonioTerceiro (63) - ( 3857 changes by 20 authors )
- Templates and skins: Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens (587), Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie (130), Foswiki:Main.AndreUlrich (73), Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit (44) - ( 869 changes by 12 authors )
- Documentation: Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens (460), Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie (377), TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny (233), Foswiki:Main.AndreUlrich (157), Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit (118), Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen (68) - ( 1450 changes by 14 authors )
- Release package builds: Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit
- Usability: Foswiki:Main.CarloSchulz, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens
- Translations: Coordinated by TWiki:Main.AntonioTerceiro
- Marketing: TWiki:Main.RodBeckstrom, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.MichaelCorbett, Foswiki:Main.KoenMartens
- Public relations: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.MichaelCorbett
- Meetups: TWiki:Main.AmirShobeiri
- TWiki.org wiki champions: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen, Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit, Foswiki:Main.MichaelDaum, Foswiki:Main.CarloSchulz, Foswiki:Main.StephaneLenclud, TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin, Foswiki:Main.KoenMartens
- Customer support: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit, TWiki:Main.HaraldJoerg
- System administration: Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie
If you find an omission please fix it at
TWiki:System.ReleaseHistory. For the full list of contributors see ProjectContributor.
Note: Order of contributors under "Spec and code", "Templates and skins" and "Documentation" is based on number of SVN file changes for core and default extensions from March 2007 (svn rev:13046) to Jan 2008 (svn rev:16210). (Details at
TWikibug:TWiki420SvnLog). Order of contributors under "Testing and bug fixing" is based on Bugs web statistics from 2007-03 to 2007-12. Order of contributors under "TWiki.org wiki champions" and "Customer support" is based on TWiki.org web statistics from 2007-02 to 2007-12.
TWiki Release 4.1 (Edinburgh), 16 Jan 2007
New Features and Enhancements of TWiki Release 4.1
- Easier Installation and Upgrade
- Plugins can now be installed from the configure script.
- The loading of plugin preferences settings has been moved earlier in the preferences evaluation order so that plugin settings can be redefined in Main.SitePreferences, WebPreferences and in topics. To make TWiki upgrades easier, it is recommended to set the plugin settings in Main.SitePreferences, and not to customize the settings in the plugin topic. For example, to change the TEMPLATES setting of the CommentPlugin, create a new COMMENTPLUGIN_TEMPLATES setting in Main.SitePreferences.
- Plugin settings can now be defined in configure instead of in the plugin topic (requires that the individual plugin has implemented this). TWiki performs slightly better by not looking for preferences settings in plugin topics.
- Configure no longer shows many unnecessary errors when run first time.
- The webmaster email address is now defined in configure instead of TWikiPreferences.
- Default file access rights in the distribution package have been changed to be more universally defined and in line with the default access rights for new topics.
- Usability Enhancements
- Redesigned result page when typing incomplete topic name into the Jump box, so that it is possible to quickly navigate to a topic, also in a very large TWiki installation. For example, "I know there is a topic about Ajax somewhere in the Eng web. OK, let my type
Eng.ajax
into the Jump box... Here we go, the third link is the AjaxCookbook I was looking for."
- Many user documentation improvements.
- URL parameters maintained in Table of Contents links so you can stay in a temporary skin (e.g. print) and keep URLPARAM values when you click the TOC links
- Attachment tables now sorted alphabetically.
- Better printing of tables and verbatim text in PatternSkin.
- Application Platform Enhancements
- Auto-incremented topic name on save with AUTOINC<n> in topic name; used by TWiki applications to create topic based database records.
- The edit and save scripts support a
redirectto
parameter to redirect to a topic or a URL; for security, redirect to URL needs to be enabled with a {AllowRedirectUrl}
configure flag.
- CommentPlugin supports the
redirectto
parameter to redirect to a URL or link to TWiki topic after submitting comment.
- The
topic
URL parameter also respects the {AllowRedirectUrl}
configure flag so redirects to URLs can be disabled which could be abused for phishing attacks.
- The view script supports a
section
URL parameter to view just a named section within a topic. Useful for simple AJAX type applications.
- New plugin handler for content move.
- Enhancements for Ajax based applications with Foswiki:Extensions/YahooUserInterfaceContrib and Foswiki:Extensions.TWikiAjaxContrib (available at twiki.org).
- Search Enhancements
- METASEARCH handles a format parameter like SEARCH.
- Topic not found / WebTopicViewTemplate search now case insensitive.
- FormattedSearch header supporting
$nop
, $quot
, $percnt
, $dollar
.
- Add search by createdate option to SEARCH.
- New newline option for SEARCH to protect e.g. formfields from being altered during rendering in SEARCH.
- Skins and Templates Enhancements
- Support for templates to have text rendering affecting aspect outside of textarea.
- Pattern skin dependence on TwistyPlugin instead of TwistyContrib (performance improvement.)
- Don't strip newlines from the front of TMPL:DEFs.
- Miscellaneous Feature Enhancements
- Change in WikiWord definition: Numbers are treated as lower case letters, e.g. Y2K is now a WikiWord.
- Configurable template load path. Advanced feature for those that work with customized templates.
- Added %VBAR% to TWikiPreferences for vertical bar symbol.
- On topic creation, force initial letter of topic name to be upper case.
- Allow date format in form fields.
- Enhance REVINFO{} variable with same date qualifiers as GMTIME{}.
- WebTopicCreator - adding ability to select a template from any topic name ending in ...Template
- Functionality of Foswiki:Extensions.DateFieldPlugin merged into core
- Enhancements of Pre-installed Plugins
- CommentPlugin: Supports removal of comment prompt after a comment is made.
- EditTablePlugin: Default date format based on JSCalendarContrib instead of plugin topic.
- InterwikiPlugin: Supports custom link formats.
- SlideShowPlugin: Preserves URL parameters in slideshow
- SpreadSheetPlugin: New functions
$LISTRAND()
, $LISTSHUFFLE()
, $LISTTRUNCATE()
.
- TablePlugin: New attribute
cellborder
.
- TablePlugin: Highlight the sorted column with custom colors; includes also a general cosmetic update of default colors.
- TablePlugin: Support for initsort on more than one table. A table with the initsort option is initsorted UNLESS it is sorted by clicking on a column header. If you click on a header of another table all other tables goes back to the default sort defined by initsort or not sorted if no initsort, and the new table is sorted based on the user clicking on a table header.
- Bugfixes
- More than 200 bugs fixed since 4.0.5
Hall of Fame of TWiki Release 4.1
Although many more people have been involved in creating TWiki-4.1, special thanks go to the most active contributors in the following areas:
- Sponsor and facilitator: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Process improvement: Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.SteffenPoulsen, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie
- Release management: Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen
- Spec, code, testing: Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, Foswiki:Main.SteffenPoulsen, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, TWiki:Main.ThomasWeigert, Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen, Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit, TWiki:Main.HaraldJoerg, Foswiki:Main.MichaelDaum, TWiki:Main.MeredithLesly, Foswiki:Main.WillNorris, TWiki:Main.RafaelAlvarez, TWiki:Main.AntonioTerceiro
- Templates and skins: Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, Foswiki:Main.MichaelDaum, Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit
- Documentation: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, Foswiki:Main.SteffenPoulsen, Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen
- Translations: Coordinated by TWiki:Main.AntonioTerceiro
- Public relations: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, TWiki:Main.TomTansy
- TWiki.org wiki champions: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.KennethLavrsen, Foswiki:Main.SteffenPoulsen, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, TWiki:Main.ThomasWeigert, Foswiki:Main.MichaelDaum
- Customer support: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens, Foswiki:Main.SteffenPoulsen, TWiki:Main.SteveStark, Foswiki:Main.MichaelDaum
- System administration: Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie
If you find an omission please fix it at
TWiki:System.ReleaseHistory. For the full list of contributors see ProjectContributor.
Note: Sequence of contributors under "Spec, code, testing", "Templates and skins" and "Documentation" is based on number of SVN check-ins for core and default extensions from 2006-02 to 2006-12. Sequence of contributors under "TWiki.org wiki champions" and "Customer support" is based on TWiki.org web statistics from 2006-02 to 2006-12.
See more details on the TWiki 4.1 release at TWikiReleaseNotes04x01.
TWiki Release 4.0.0 (Dakar), 01 Feb 2006
Major New Features
- Much simpler install and configuration
- Integrated session support
- Webserver-independent login/logout
- Security sandbox blocking exploits for remote command execution on the server
- Edit conflict resolution with automatic merge
- Multilingual UI
- E-mail confirmations for registration
- WYSIWYG editor (beta)
- Hierarchical sub-webs (beta)
Many, many people worked on TWiki-4.0.0. The credits in the table below only list the people who worked on individual enhancements. If you find an omission please fix it at
TWiki:System.ReleaseHistory. There were many other contributors; for a full list, visit ProjectContributor.
Most of the redesign, refactoring and new documentation work in Dakar release was done by
Crawford Currie.
Michael Sparks provided ideas and proof of concept for several improvements. Other people who gave
large amounts of their time and patience to less sexy aspects of the work, such as testing, infrastructure and documentation, are
AntonAylward,
KennethLavrsen,
LynnwoodBrown,
MichaelDaum,
Peter Thoeny,
SteffenPoulsen,
Sven Dowideit,
WillNorris.
Installation & configuration |
Contributor |
Much simpler install and configuration |
Crawford Currie, LynnwoodBrown, ArthurClemens |
mod_perl safe code for better performance |
Crawford Currie |
Security |
Security sandbox blocking exploits for remote command execution on the server |
Florian Weimer, Crawford Currie, Sven Dowideit |
Reworked access permission model |
Crawford Currie |
Internationalization & localization |
User Interface Internationalisation |
AntonioTerceiro |
Chinese translation |
CheDong |
Danish translation |
SteffenPoulsen |
Dutch translation |
ArthurClemens |
French translation |
BenVoui |
German translation |
AndreUlrich |
Italian translation |
MassimoMancini |
Polish translation |
ZbigniewKulesza |
Portuguese translation |
AntonioTerceiro, CarlinhosCecconi |
Spanish translation |
WillNorris, MiguelABayona |
Swedish translation |
Erik �man |
New features for users |
Edit conflict resolution with automatic merge |
Crawford Currie |
Fine grained change notification on page level and parent/child relationship |
Crawford Currie |
WYSIWYG editor |
Crawford Currie, ColasNahaboo, DamienMandrioli, RomainRaugi |
Integrated session support |
GregAbbas, Crawford Currie |
Webserver-independent login/logout |
Crawford Currie |
Registration process with e-mail confirmation |
MartinCleaver |
Tip of the Day box in TWiki Home |
PaulineCheung, Peter Thoeny, AntonAylward |
ATOM feeds |
Peter Thoeny |
"Force New Revision" check box for topic save |
WillNorris |
New features for Wiki administrators and wiki application developers |
Improved preferences handling |
ThomasWeigert, Crawford Currie |
Named include sections |
RafaelAlvarez |
Create topic names with consecutive numbers |
Sven Dowideit |
Parameterized includes |
Crawford Currie |
Dynamic form option definitions of DataForms with FormattedSearch |
MartinCleaver |
SEARCH enhancements with new parameters excludeweb , newline , noempty , nofinalnewline , nonoise , recurse , zeroresults |
Crawford Currie, ArthurClemens, Peter Thoeny, ThomasWeigert |
FormattedSearch enhancements with $changes , $count , $formfield(name, 30, ...) , $summary(expandvar) , $summary(noheaders) , $summary(showvarnames) |
ColasNahaboo, Crawford Currie, Peter Thoeny, Sven Dowideit |
New TWikiVariables ACTIVATEDPLUGINS?, ALLVARIABLES?, AUTHREALM?, EMAILS?, FAILEDPLUGINS?, HTTP?, HTTPS?, ICONURL?, ICONURLPATH?, IF?, LANGUAGES?, LOCALSITEPREFS?, LOGIN?, LOGOUT?, MAKETEXT?, META?, PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS?, QUERYSTRING?, STARTSECTION?/ENDSECTION?, SESSION_VARIABLE?, SESSIONID?, SESSIONVAR?, SPACEOUT?, USERLANGUAGE?, WIKIHOMEURL? |
ArthurClemens, AntonioTerceiro, Crawford Currie, GregAbbas, Peter Thoeny, Sven Dowideit, WillNorris and many more |
TWiki form with hidden type and other form enhancements |
LynnwoodBrown, ThomasWeigert |
Support topic-specific templates for TWiki applications |
ThomasWeigert |
Direct save feature for one-click template-based topic creation |
LynnwoodBrown, Crawford Currie, ThomasWeigert |
Automatic Attachments showing all files in the attachment directory |
MartinCleaver |
Rename, move or delete webs |
PeterNixon |
Hierarchical subwebs (beta) |
PeterNixon |
New features for Plugin developers |
REST (representational state transfer) interface for Plugins |
RafaelAlvarez, TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver, Sven Dowideit |
New and improved Plugins APIs |
Crawford Currie, ThomasWeigert |
Improvements in the TWiki engine room |
Major OO redesign and refactoring of codebase |
Crawford Currie |
Automatic build system |
Crawford Currie |
Extensive test suite, unit tests and testcases |
Crawford Currie |
TWiki:Codev.DevelopBranch , DEVELOP branch Bugs system |
Sven Dowideit |
Documentation, logo artwork, skins: |
Documentation |
Crawford Currie, LynnwoodBrown, Peter Thoeny, Sven Dowideit and others |
Design of TWikiLogos with big "T" in a speech bubble |
ArthurClemens, Peter Thoeny |
Improved templates and PatternSkin |
ArthurClemens |
See more details at TWikiReleaseNotes04x00
01-Sep-2004 Release (Cairo)
Major New Features
- Automatic upgrade script, and easier first-time installation
- Attractive new skins, using a standard set of CSS classes, and a skin browser to help you choose
- New easier-to-use save options
- Many improvements to SEARCH
- Improved support for internationalisation
- Better topic management screens
- More pre-installed Plugins: CommentPlugin, EditTablePlugin, RenderListPlugin, SlideShowPlugin, SmiliesPlugin, SpreadSheetPlugin, TablePlugin
- Improved Plugins API and more Plugin callbacks
- Better support for different authentication methods
- Many user interface and usability improvements
- And many, many more enhancements
Details of New Features and Enhancements of 01-Sep-2004 Release |
Developer, Sponsor |
Install: Ship with an automatic upgrade script to facilitate TWiki upgrades. Details |
TWiki:Main.MartinGregory Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: New testenv function to change the locks in the TWiki database to the web server user id (automates installation step). Details |
TWiki:Main.MattWilkie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: The shipped .htaccess.txt now needs to be edited before it is valid, to help reduce chances of error. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: Configurable password file handling for different types of encryption. Details |
TWiki:Main.PavelGoran Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: Remove office locations from registration. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Install: Changes to support shorter URLs with Apache Rewrite rules. Details |
TWiki:Main.AntonioBellezza TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Install: Remove the Know web from the distribution. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Internationalization: Support use of UTF-8 URLs for I18N characters in TWiki page and attachment names. Details |
TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Authentication: Authenticate users when creating new topic in view restricted web. Details |
TWiki:Main.JonathanGraehl Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Preferences: TWiki Preferences need to be secured properly. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Preferences: Use TWiki Forms to set user preferences. Details |
TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Skins: New pre-installed skins PatternSkin and DragonSkin. Details |
Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Skins: New skin browser to choose from installed skins. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Skins: Documented set of CSS classes that are used in standard skins. Details |
Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Skins: Added CSS class names to Diff output. Details |
Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Skins: Templates can now be read from user topics, as well as from files in the templates diretcory. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Skins: Ensure that the default template gets overridden by a template passed in. Details |
TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Skin: Convey an important broadcast message to all users, e.g. scheduled server downtime. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Skin: Balanced pastel colors for TWiki webs. Details |
Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Rendering: Use exclamation point prefix to escape TWiki markup rendering. Details |
Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Rendering: Ordered lists with uppercase & lowercase letters, uppercase & lowercase Roman numerals. Details |
TWiki:Main.DanBoitnott TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Allow custom styles for the "?" of uncreated topics. Details |
Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Rendering: Render IRC and NNTP as a URL. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Make acronym linking more strict by requiring a trailing boundary, e.g. excluding TLAfoobar. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Rendering: TWiki Form with Label type. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Web names can now be WikiWords. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: New syntax for definition list with dollar sign and colon. Details |
TWiki:Main.AdamTheo TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Table with multi-span rows, functionality provided by Table Plugin. Details |
TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Variables: New title parameter for TOC variable. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Variables: New REVINFO variable in templates supports flexible display of revision information. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Variables: Set times to be displayed as gmtime or servertime. Details |
TWiki:Main.SueBlake Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Variables: Properly encode parameters for form fields with ENCODE variable. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: Expand USERNAME and WIKINAME in Template Topics. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: Expand same variables in new user template as in template topics. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: Optionally warn when included topic does not exist; with the option to create the included topic. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: In topic text show file-types of attached files as icons. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: New variable FORMFIELD returns the value of a field in the form attached to a topic.. Details |
TWiki:Main.DavidSachitano Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Variables: Meta data rendering for form fields with META{"formfield"}. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: New PLUGINVERSION variable. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: URLPARAM now has a default="..." argument, for when no value has been given. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: URLPARAM variable with newline parameter. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: URLPARAM variable with new multiple=on parameter. Details |
TWiki:Main.PaulineCheung TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New switch for search to perform an AND NOT search. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Keyword search to search with implicit AND. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Multiple searches in same topic with new multiple="on" paramter. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Remove limitation on number of topics to search in a web. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Exclude topics from search with an excludetopic parameter. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Expand Variables on Formatted Search with expandvariables Flag. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Formatted Search with Web Form variable to retrieve the name of the form attached to a topic. Details |
TWiki:Main.FrankSmith TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Formatted Search with Conditional Output. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Formatted Search with $parent token to get the parent topic. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New separator parameter to SEARCH supports better SEARCH embedding. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Improved search performance when sorting result by topic name. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New scope=all search parameter to search in topic name and topic text at the same time. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New topic parameter for AND search on topic text and topic name. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search modules uses Perl-style keyword parameters (code cleanup). Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New $wikiname variable in format parameter of formatted search. Details |
Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Search: Sort search by topic creation date. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Topic creation date and user in Formatted Search. Details |
TWiki:Main.CoreyFruitman Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Search: Increase levels of nested search from 2 to 16. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New pre-installed Plugins CommentPlugin, EditTablePlugin, RenderListPlugin, SlideShowPlugin, SmiliesPlugin, SpreadSheetPlugin, TablePlugin. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New callback afterSaveHandler , called after a topic is saved. Details |
TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New callbacks beforeAttachmentSaveHandler and afterAttachmentSaveHandler , used to intervene on attachment save event. Details |
TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New callbacks beforeCommonTagsHandler and afterCommonTagsHandler . Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New callback renderFormFieldForEditHandler to render form field for edit. Details |
TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Plugins: New callback renderWikiWordHandler to custom render links. Details |
TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::formatTime to format time into a string. Details |
Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::getRegularExpression to get predefined regular expressions. Details |
TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Plugins: New functions TWiki::Func::getPluginPreferences* to get Plugin preferences. Details |
TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::extractParameters to extract all parameters from a variable string. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::checkDependencies to check for module dependency. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Plugins: A recommendation for where a Plugin can store its data. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Show tool-tip topic info on WikiWord links. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Save topic and continue edit feature. Details |
TWiki:Main.ColasNahaboo |
UI: Change topic with direct save (without edit/preview/save cycle) and checkpoint save. Details |
TWiki:Main.MattWilkie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: In attachment table, change 'action' to 'manage'. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Smaller usability enhancements on the file attachment table. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Removes anchor links from header content and places them before the text to fix 'header becomes link'. Details |
Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Improved functionality of the More screen. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Quick reference chart of most used markup is now listed on the edit screen. Details |
Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Flag for edit script to avoid overwrite of existing topic text and form data. Details |
TWiki:Main.NielsKoldso TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Disable Escape key in IE textarea to prevent it cancelling work. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Improved warning message on unsaved topic. Details |
TWiki:Main.MartinGregory Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Reverse order of words in page title for better multi-window/tab navigation. Details |
Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Provides a framework to create and modify a topic without going through edit->preview->save sequence. Details |
Foswiki:Main.AndreUlrich Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Set the topic parent to none in More screen, e.g. remove the current topic parent. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Use templates to define how file attachments are displayed. Was previously hard-coded. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Topic diff shows unified diff with unchanged context. Details |
Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Diff feature shows TWiki form changes in nice tables. Details |
Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Code refactoring: The log entry for a save now has a dontNotify flag in the extra field if the user checked the minor changes flag. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Server-side include of attachments accelerates INCLUDE. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Move functionality out of bin scripts and into included modules. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Code refactoring: Move bin script functionality into TWiki::UI modules. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Optimize preferences handling for better performance. Details |
TWiki:Main.PavelGoran TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Code refactoring: Refactor variable expansion for edit and register. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Move savemulti script into TWiki::UI::Save. Details |
TWiki:Main.MattWilkie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Code refactoring: Topic search is done natively in Perl, it does not depend anymore on system calls with pipes. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Fix logical error in upload script which prevented MIME filename from being used. Details |
TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
01-Feb-2003 Release (Beijing)
- 18 Jan 2003 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Support for
/bin/view/Web.TopicName
topic view URL (besides the default /bin/view/Web/TopicName
URL); useful for InterwikiPlugin links like TWiki:Codev.ReadmeFirst
- 31 Dec 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Enhanced Plugin API to manipulate topic data with new functions in Func.pm:
readTopicText
, saveTopicText
, setTopicEditLock
, checkTopicEditLock
- 31 Dec 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
%NOAUTOLINK%
setting in the DefaultPreferences to disable the auto-linking of WikiWords
- 29 Dec 2002 - TWiki:Main.AndreaSterbini, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin, Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit
- New Plugin hooks
registrationHandler
, beforeEditHandler
, afterEditHandler
, beforeSaveHandler
, writeHeaderHandler
, redirectCgiQueryHandler
, getSessionValueHandler
, setSessionValueHandler
- 30 Nov 2002 - TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin
- Internationalization ('I18N') support for international characters in WikiWords, such as ISO-8859-15, KOI8-R - also supports Chinese, Japanese, etc.
- 25 Nov 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Include previous topic revision with
%INCLUDE{ "OtherTopic" rev="1.2" }%
- 15 Nov 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- The Go box understands also URLs, useful for special TWikiSkins handling
- 08 Nov 2002 - TWiki:Main.ColasNahaboo, TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin
- In WebNotify, if only the WikiName is specified, the e-mail is taken from the user's home page; if the WikiName is a group name, a notification is sent to all members of the group
- 30 Oct 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
%NOP{}%
variable in TWikiTemplates topic gets removed at topic creation time; useful to write protect template topics
- 28 Sep 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- The
%URLPARAM{}%
variable in TWikiTemplates topic gets expanded at topic creation time; useful for dynamic content creation
- 28 Sep 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
$logDir
introduced in TWiki.cfg to set the log directory
- 13 Sep 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Renamed the Test web to Sandbox
- 03 Aug 2002 - TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin
- New
setlib.cfg
file in the bin directory to set the TWiki library path
- 02 Aug 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, TWiki:Main.RyanFreebern
- Support for outbound HTTP proxy when including URLs based on new
%PROXYHOST
and %PROXYPORT%
settings in the DefaultPreferences
- 12 Jul 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- The page logo is configurable with new
%WIKILOGOIMG%
, %TWIKILOGOURL%
and %WIKILOGOALT%
variables in DefaultPreferences; replacing $wikiHomeUrl
in TWiki.cfg
- 12 Jun 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
%WIKITOOLNAME%
variable in DefaultPreferences; replacing $wikiToolName
in TWiki.cfg
- 31 May 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
%EDITBOXSTYLE%
preferences setting which sets the edit box width automatically to the window width
- 17 May 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
%URLENCODE{}%
variable to encodes a string for using in a URL parameter, e.g. %URLENCODE{"spaced name"}%
returns spaced%20name
- 17 May 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- FormattedSearch can be nested
- 05 May 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New user home pages are now based on the NewUserTemplate, replacing the
/twiki/templates/register.tmpl
template file
- 26 Apr 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New markup to exclude heading from a
%TOC%
table of content, e.g. ---+!! This heading
is not shown in a TOC
- 13 Apr 2002 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Form and script to create new webs, see ManagingWebs
- 01 Apr 2002 - TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre
- New data storage framework that lets you use external RCS commands for revision control, or a new native Perl implementation that does not depend on the external RCS commands
- 28 Mar 2002 - TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin
- Fixed IE5/IE6-specific problem whereby going back from preview sometimes removes all edit changes
- 23 Mar 2002 - TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre
- New AND search; with regular expression enabled, use the semicolon ";" as the AND operator in
%SEARCH{}%
variable, FormattedSearch and WebSearch
- 21 Mar 2002 - TWiki:Main.ColasNahaboo, TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin
- Fixed cache issue where the edit page showed outdated content
- 06 Mar 2002 - TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin
- Improved statistics script which uses less memory to process large log files
- 09 Jan 2002 - TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre
- Variables inside
<verbatim>
tags are no longer expanded
01-Dec-2001 Release (Athens)
- 25 Oct 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added FormattedSearch to
%SEARCH{}%
variable for database like reporting.
01-Sep-2001 Release
- 30 Aug 2001 - TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre
- Easier install for Windows, including auto detection in
TWiki.cfg
- 30 Aug 2001 - TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre
- Ability to move attachments between topics, see FileAttachments
- 21 Aug 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Convert to XHTML 1.0 function: first step to XHTML-ifying TWiki
- 26 Jun 2001 - TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre
- Category information to forms using the TWikiMetaData format, see TWikiForms
- 07 Jun 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New topic templates as topics instead of templates. Customize by editing the topic. Retired
notedited.tmpl
, notext.tmpl
and nofoswiki.tmpl
templates. More in TWikiTemplates.
- 07 Jun 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
%TOPICLIST{"format"}%
and %WEBLIST{"format"}%
variables to get a formatted topic index and web index, respectively. More in TWikiVariables.
- 01 Jun 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
%URLPARAM{"name"}%
variable to query URL parameters. More in TWikiVariables.
- 01 Jun 2001 - TWiki:Main.AndreaSterbini
- API to extend TWiki, see TWikiPluginAPI?
- 01 Jun 2001 - TWiki:Main.KlausWriessnegger, TWiki:Main.AndreaSterbini
- Forms to change/reset/install passwords, see ChangePassword & ResetPassword
- 01 May 2001 - TWiki:Main.AndreaSterbini
- The Main.AdminGroup (or other group) can be enabled as a SuperAdminGroup. Members have browser edit access to all locked topics.
- 01 May 2001 - TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre
- Meta information format, see TWikiMetaData
- 01 May 2001 - TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre
- Attachment under revision control See FileAttachment
- 01 May 2001 - TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre
- Ability to rename/move topics, ManagingTopics
- 27 Mar 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- The table syntax has been enhanced to (i) render
| *bold* |
cells as table headers, (ii) render space padded cells | center aligned |
and | right aligned |
, (iii) span multiple columns using | empty cells |||
. More in TextFormattingRules.
- 25 Mar 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- 28 Feb 2001 - TWiki:Main.AndreaSterbini, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New Wiki rule for headings, i.e.
---++ My Title
; and new %TOC%
variable to build a table of content from headings in a topic. More in TWikiVariables.
- 28 Feb 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New Wiki rule to specify arbitrary text for external links (i.e.
[[http://TWki.org][TWiki]]
) and internal links (i.e [[WikiSyntax][syntax]]
). More in TWikiVariables.
- 28 Feb 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New Wiki rule for named anchors, e.g. links within a topic. Define a named anchor with
#MyAnchor
at the beginning of a line, and link to it with [[#MyAnchor]]
. More in TWikiVariables.
- 25 Feb 2001 - TWiki:Main.NicholasLee, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Use
Net::SMTP
module instead of sendmail
if installed.
- 01 Feb 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added
<verbatim>
... </verbatim>
tags to show source code "as is". Unlike the <pre>
... </pre>
tags, it also shows <
, >
, &
characters "as is".
- 01 Feb 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- 21 Jan 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added a "Minor change, don't notify" checkbox in preview. More in DontNotify.
- 21 Jan 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added Bold Fixed formatting using double-equal signs, e.g. write
==Bold Fixed==
to get Bold Fixed
.
- 20 Jan 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Format changed of
%GMTIME{"..."}%
and %SERVERTIME{"..."}%
variables. Format is now "$hour:$min"
instead of "hour:min"
. More in TWikiVariables. Attention: Check your existing topics when you upgrade TWiki!
- 18 Jan 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- WebChanges, WebSearch and e-mail notification indicate also the revision number of a topic (i.e. 18 Jan 2001 16:43 r1.5), or NEW for a new topic (i.e. i.e. 18 Jan 2001 16:43 NEW ).
- 16 Jan 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New variable
%STARTINCLUDE%
and %STOPINCLUDE%
variables to control what gets included of a topic. More in TWikiVariables.
- 16 Jan 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- TWiki skins Define a different page layout with a customized header and footer layout, i.e. a
print
skin for a printable view of a topic. More in TWikiSkins and TWiki:Codev/TWikiSkins.
- 07 Jan 2001 - TWiki:Main.StanleyKnutson
- Better error handling when saving a topic.
- 05 Jan 2001 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- 05 Dec 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Improved include handling. Infinite recursion of includes are prevented; new variables
%BASEWEB%
, %INCLUDINGWEB%
, %BASETOPIC%
and %INCLUDINGTOPIC%
to have more control over include handling. More in TWikiVariables and TWiki:Codev/IncludeHandlingImprovements.
- 03 Dec 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
noheader="on"
switch in %SEARCH{...}%
to suppress table header. More in TWikiVariables.
01-Dec-2000 Release
- 03 Nov 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Flag
$doHidePasswdInRegistration
in wikicfg.pm
to hide plain text password in registration e-mail.
- 01 Nov 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New variable
%VAR{"NAME" web="Web"}%
to get web-specific preferences. More in TWikiVariables.
- 01 Nov 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added a "Cancel" link in edit that releases the edit lock.
- 23 Oct 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- 05 Oct 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Remember user by IP address so that
view
"knows" the user once authenticated in edit
. More in TWikiUserAuthentication.
- 26 Sep 2000 - TWiki:Main.AlWilliams, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- 26 Sep 2000 - TWiki:Main.HaroldGottschalk, TWiki:Main.AndreaSterbini, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- 20 Sep 2000 - TWiki:Main.ManpreetSingh
- New -q switch in
mailnotify
to suppress all normal output.
- 19 Sep 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- 18 Sep 2000 - TWiki:Main.ManpreetSingh, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added forced internal links. Write
[[text formatting FAQ]]
to get the link text formatting FAQ? that points to topic TextFormattingFAQ.
- 19 Aug 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Ref-By link searches all webs (not just the current web.)
- 16 Aug 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New TWikiPreferences settings
%HTTP_EQUIV_ON_VIEW%
, %HTTP_EQUIV_ON_EDIT%
and %HTTP_EQUIV_ON_PREVIEW%
that define the <meta http-equiv="...">
meta tags for the TWiki templates. This can be used for example to set a document expiration time.
- 29 Jul 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New variables
%GMTIME{"..."}%
and %SERVERTIME{"..."}%
. More in TWikiVariables.
- 23 Jul 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Changed include syntax from
%INCLUDE{"Web/TopicName.txt"}%
to %INCLUDE{"Web.TopicName"}%
. Legacy syntax still supported.
- 23 Jul 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- BookView search allows you show a set of topics for easy printing.
- 22 Jul 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- More forgiving syntax for
*bold*, italic, __bold italic__
and fixed
, where it is not necessary anymore to have a trailing space before .,;:?!
characters.
- 22 Jul 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Split the TWiki.Main web into TWiki.Main (users, company data) and TWiki.TWiki (TWiki related documentation, registration)
- 07 Jul 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added an "Release edit lock" checkbox in preview to let other people edit the topic immediately without the one hour lock.
- 07 Jul 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Fixed problem of losing carriage returns when editing topics with KDE KFM browser or W3M browser.
- 21 Jun 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Fixed problem that a page redirect on some server environments is not working (host name is needed in URL).
- 21 Jun 2000 - TWiki:Main.CrisBailiff, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Fixed security issue to prevent a server side
%INCLUDE%
of arbitrary files.
- 29 May 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New
%GMTIME%
variable that shows the current GM time.
- 28 May 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Lock warning shows remaining lock time in minutes.
- 15 May 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterFokkinga
- Each topic can have its own template file. TWikiTemplates has more.
- 02 May 2000 - TWiki:Main.KevinKinnell, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Advanced search features like search multiple webs; sort by topic name / modified time / author; limit the number of results returned. More in TWikiVariables.
01-May-2000 Release
- 21 Apr 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New TWikiVariables
%HTTP_HOST%
, %REMOTE_ADDR%
, %REMOTE_PORT%
and %REMOTE_USER%
.
- 21 Apr 2000 - TWiki:Main.JohnAltstadt, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- TWikiRegistration is done separately for Intranet use (depends on remote_user) or Internet use (depends on .htpasswd file).
- 20 Mar 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Uploading a file (topic file attachment) will optionally create a link to the uploaded file at the end of the topic. The preference setting
%ATTACHLINKBOX%
controls the default state of the link check box in the attach file page.
- 11 Mar 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Better security with taint checking (
Perl -T
option )
- 25 Feb 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New preference settings
%EDITBOXWIDTH%
and %EDITBOXHEIGHT%
to specify the edit box size.
- 25 Feb 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Edit preferences topics to set TWiki variables. There are three level of preferences Site-level (TWikiPreferences), web-level (WebPreferences in each web) and user-level preferences (for each of the Main.WikiUsers). With this, discontinue use of server side include of
wikiwebs.inc
, wikiwebtable.inc
, weblist.inc
, webcopyright.inc
and webcolors.inc
files.
- 11 Feb 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New variable
%SCRIPTSUFFIX%
/ $scriptSuffix containing an optional file extension of the TWiki Perl script. Templates have been changed to use this variable. This allows you to rename the Perl script files to have a file extension like for example ".cgi".
- 11 Feb 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New variable
%SCRIPTURLPATH%
/ $scriptUrlPath containing the script URL without the domain name. Templates have been changed to use this variable instead of %SCRIPTURL%
. This is for performance reasons.
- 07 Feb 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Changed the syntax for server side include variable from
%INCLUDE:"filename.ext"%
to %INCLUDE{"filename.ext"}%
. (Previous syntax still supported. Change was done because of inline search syntax)
- 07 Feb 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Inline search. New variable
%SEARCH{"str" ...}%
to show a search result embedded in a topic text. TWikiVariables has more on the syntax. Inline search combined with the category table feature can be used for example to create a simple bug tracking system.
- 04 Feb 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Access statistics. Each web has a WebStatistics topic that shows monthy statistics with number of topic views and changes, most popular topics, and top contributors. (It needs to be enabled, CompleteDocumentation has more.)
- 29 Jan 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Fixed bug where TWiki would not initialize correctly under certain circumstances, i.e. when running it under mod_perl. Sub
initialize
in wiki.pm
did not handle $thePathInfo
correctly.
- 24 Jan 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Fixed bug where an e-mail address starting with a WikiName was rendered as an internal Wiki link instead of an e-mail address, i.e. SomeWikiName@somewhere.test .
- 10 Jan 2000 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- No more escaping for '%' percent characters. (Number of consecutive '%' entered and displayed is identical.)
- 03 Oct 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Limit the number of revisions shown at the bottom of the topic. Example
Topic ReleaseHistory . { ..... Diffs r1.10 > r1.9 > r1.8 > r1.7 >... }
Additional revisions can be selected by pressing the >...
link.
01-Sep-1999 Release
- 31 Aug 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Fixed Y2K bug. (Date in year 2000 had wrong format.)
- 08 Aug 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New text formatting rule for creating tables. Text gets rendered as a table if enclosed in " " vertical bars. Example line as it is written and how it shows up
- 03 Aug 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Online registration of new user using web form in TWikiRegistration. Authentication of users.
- 22 Jul 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Flags
$doLogTopic*
in wikicfg.pm to selectively log topic view, edit, save, rdiff, attach, search and changes to monthly log file.
- 21 Jul 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Flag
$doRemovePortNumber
in wikicfg.pm to optionally remove the port number from the TWiki URL. Example www.some.domain:1234/twiki
gets www.some.domain/twiki
.
- 15 Jul 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Search path for include files in
%INCLUDE:"file.inc"%
variable. Search first in the current web, then in parent data directory. Useful to overload default include text in the data directory by web-specific text, like for example webcopyright.inc
text.
- 07 Jul 1999 - TWiki:Main.ChristopheVermeulen
- Link a plural topic to a singular topic in case the plural topic does not exist. Example
TestVersion
/ TestVersions
, TestPolicy
/ TestPolicies
, TestAddress
/ TestAddresses
, TestBox
/ TestBoxes
.
01-Jul-1999 Release
- 23 Jun 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New TextFormattingRules to write bold italic text by enclosing words with double underline characters.
- 23 Jun 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Separate wiki.pm into configuration (wikicfg.pm) and TWiki core (wiki.pm) . This is to ease the upgrade of TWiki installations, it also allows customized extensions to TWiki without affecting the TWiki core.
- 21 May 1999 - TWiki:Main.DavidWarman
- Externalize copyright text at the bottom of every page into a web-specific
webcopyright.inc
file. This is to easily customize the copyright text.
- 20 May 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added meta tag so that robots index only /view/ of topics, not /edit/, /attach/ e.t.c. Tag <META NAME="ROBOTS" CONTENT="NOINDEX">
- 20 May 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New variables
%WIKIHOMEURL%
(link when pressing the icon on the upper left corner) and %WIKITOOLNAME%
(the name of the wiki tool Foswiki
).
- 15 Apr 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Topic locking Warn user if a topic has been edited by an other person within one hour. This is to prevent contention, e.g. simultaneous topic updates.
- 26 Mar 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- File attachments Upload and download any file as a topic attachment by using the browser. FileAttachment has more.
- 26 Mar 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New variables
%PUBURL%
(Public directory URL) and %ATTACHURL%
(URL of topic file attachment).
- 09 Feb 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- New text formatting rule for creating
fixed font text
. Words get showns in fixed font
by enclosing them in "=" equal signs. Example Writing =fixed font= will show up as fixed font
.
- 09 Feb 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- No new topic revision is created if the same person saves a topic again within one hour.
- 03 Feb 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Possible to view complete revision history of a topic on one page. Access at the linked date in the Changes page, or the Diffs link at the bottom of each topic, e.g.
Topic TWikiHistory . { Edit Ref-By Diffs r1.3 > r1.2 > r1.1 }
Revision r1.3 1998/11/10 01:34 by PeterThoeny
- 04 Jan 1999 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Fixed bug when viewing differences between topic revisions that include HTML table tags like <table>, <tr>, <td>.
1998 Releases
- 08 Dec 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Signature is shown below the text area when editing a topic. Use this to easily copy & paste your signature into the text.
- 07 Dec 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Possible to add a category table to a TWiki topic. This permits storing and searching for more structured information. Editing a topic shows a HTML form with the usual text area and a table with selectors, checkboxes, radio buttons and text fields. CompleteDocumentation has more on setup. The TWiki.Know web uses this category table to set classification, platform and OS version.
- 18 Nov 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Internal log of topic save actions to the file data/logYYYYMM.txt, where YYYYMM the year and month in numeric format is. Intended for auditing only, not accessible from the web.
- 10 Nov 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- The e-mail notification and the Changes topic have now a topic date that is linked. Clicking on the link will show the difference between the two most recent topic revisions.
- 10 Nov 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- View differences between topic revisions. Each topic has a list of revisions (e.g. r1.3) and differences thereof (e.g. >) at the bottom
Topic TWikiHistory . { Edit Ref-By r1.3 > r1.2 > r1.1 }
Revision r1.3 1998/11/10 01:34 by TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- 26 Oct 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added preview of topic changes before saving the topic. This was necessary to prevent unneeded revisions.
- 26 Oct 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added revision control using RCS. Each topic has now a list of revisions at the bottom and a revision info, e.g.
Topic TWikiHistory . { Edit Ref-By r1.3 r1.2 r1.1 }
Revision r1.3 1998/10/26 01:34:00 by TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- 14 Oct 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Refered-By Find out which topics have a link to the current topic. Each topic has a Ref-By link for that. Note Only references from the current web are shown, not references from other webs.
- 13 Oct 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Alphabetical topic index in WebSearch.
- 24 Sep 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Corrected templates for automatic e-mail notification so that MS Outlook can display attachment as an HTML file.
- 13 Aug 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- WikiNotation allows also numbers after the AaA sequence, e.g. AaA1 is a valid TWikiTopics name, but not Aa1.
- 07 Aug 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Automatic e-mail notification when something has changed in a TWiki web. Each web has a topic WebNotify where one can subscribe and unsubscribe.
- 06 Aug 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added server side include of files. Syntax is
%INCLUDE:"filename.ext"%
- 05 Aug 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Signature and date is inserted automatically when creating a new topic.
- 04 Aug 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Separate templates for text of non existing topic and default text of new topic. (template file templates/Web/notedited.tmpl)
- 04 Aug 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Warn user if new topic name is not a valid Wiki name. (template file templates/Web/nofoswiki.tmpl)
- 31 Jul 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Support for quoted text with a '>' at the beginning of the line.
- 28 Jul 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added TWiki variables, enclosed in % signs
%TOPIC%
(Topic name), %WEB%
(web name), %SCRIPTURL%
(script URL), %DATE%
(current date), %WIKIWEBMASTER%
(Wiki webmaster address), %WIKIVERSION%
(Wiki version), %USERNAME%
(user name), %WIKIUSERNAME%
(Wiki user name).
- 28 Jul 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Topic WebChanges shows Wiki username instead of Intranet username, e.g.
PeterThoeny
instead of thoeny
in case the Wiki username exists. Implementation Automatic lookup of Wiki username in topic Main.WikiUsers.
- 28 Jul 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Topic index. (Technically speaking a simple '.*' search on topic names.)
- 28 Jul 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Topic WebSearch allows full text search and and topic search with/without regular expressions.
- 27 Jul 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Added automatic links to topics in other TWiki webs by specifying <web name>.<topic name>, e.g.
Know.WebSeach
.
- 23 Jul 1998 - TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
- Installed initial version, based on the JOS Wiki. See WikiWikiClones for details.
Dev Flow
The typical TWiki development flow...
Back to top
Appendix B: Encode URLs With UTF8
Use internationalised characters within WikiWords and attachment names
Current Status
To simplify use of internationalised characters within WikiWords and attachment names, Foswiki supports UTF-8 URLs, converting on-the-fly to virtually any character set, including ISO-8859-*, KOI8-R, EUC-JP, and so on.
Support for UTF-8 URL encoding avoids having to configure the browser to turn off this encoding in URLs (the default in Internet Explorer, Opera Browser and some Mozilla Browser URLs) and enables support of browsers where only this mode is supported (e.g. Opera Browser for Symbian smartphones). A non-UTF-8 site character set (e.g. ISO-8859-*) is still used within Foswiki, and in fact pages are stored and viewed entirely in the site character set - the browser dynamically converts URLs from the site character set into UTF-8, and Foswiki converts them back again.
System requirements are updated as follows:
- ASCII or ISO-8859-1-only sites do not require any additional CPAN modules to be installed.
- Perl 5.8 sites using any character set do not require additional modules, since CPAN:Encode is installed as part of Perl.
- This feature still works on Perl 5.005_03 as per SystemRequirements, or Perl 5.6, as long as CPAN:Unicode::MapUTF8 is installed.
The following 'non-ASCII-safe' character encodings are now excluded from use as the site character set, since they interfere with Foswiki markup: ISO-2022-*, HZ-*, Shift-JIS, MS-Kanji, GB2312, GBK, GB18030, Johab and UHC. However, many multi-byte character sets work fine, e.g. EUC-JP, EUC-KR, EUC-TW, and EUC-CN. In addition, UTF-8 can already be used, with some limitations, for East Asian languages where EUC character encodings are not acceptable.
It's now possible to override the site character set defined in the
{SiteLocale}
setting in
configure - this enables you to have a slightly different spelling of the character set in the server locale (e.g. 'eucjp') and the HTTP header sent to the browser (e.g. 'euc-jp').
Details of Implementation
URLs are not allowed to contain non-ASCII (8th bit set) characters:
http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/appendix/notes.html#non-ascii-chars
UTF-8 URL translation to virtually any character set is supported, but full UTF-8 support (e.g. pages in UTF-8) is not supported yet.
The code automatically detects whether a URL is UTF-8 or not, taking care to avoid over-long and illegal UTF-8 encodings that could introduce security issues (tested against a comprehensive
UTF-8 test file, which IE 5.5 fails quite dangerously, and Opera Browser passes). Any non-ASCII URLs that are
not valid UTF-8 are then assumed to be directly URL-encoded as a single-byte or multi-byte character set (as now), e.g. EUC-JP.
The main point is that you can use Foswiki with international characters in WikiWords without changing your browser setup from the default, and you can also still use Foswiki using non-UTF-8 URLs. This works on any Perl version from 5.005_03 onwards. You can have different users using different URL formats transparently on the same server.
UTF-8 URLs are automatically converted to the current
{Site}{Charset}, using modules such as
CPAN:Encode if needed.
Foswiki generates the whole page in the site charset, e.g. ISO-8859-1 or EUC-JP, but the browser dynamically UTF-8 encodes the attachment's URL when it's used. Since Apache serves attachment downloads without Foswiki being involved, Foswiki's code can't do its UTF-8 decoding trick, so Foswiki URL-encodes such URLs in ISO-8859-1 or whatever when generating the page, to bypass this URL encoding, ensuring that the URLs and filenames seen by Apache remain in the site charset.
Back to top
Appendix C: CSS
Listing of CSS class names emitted from Foswiki core code and standard extensions.
Who should read this document?
Skin builders and others who want to change the appearance of the default installation or any of the skins can use this document to see what styles can be created for these html elements.
Naming conventions
- All Foswiki class names have the prefix
foswiki
- for example: foswikiAlert
, foswikiToc
. This makes it less likely that our CSS classes will get in conflict with other Style Sheets. Remember that CSS class names are case sensitive - Foswiki CSS uses lowercase foswiki
.
- If you define your own CSS classes, it is preferable that you do not use the foswiki prefix to prevent undesired overriding effects.
A wide range of standard styles are used in the Foswiki core code and topics, and more are used in extensions. The following is an exhaustive list of all styles defined by Foswiki. For the most part, the names are the only documentation of the purpose of the style. For more information on how these styles are used, read the code (sorry!)
CSS class names
Structural elements
.foswikiPage |
The container for the complete page contents, just below the body tag (only used by default templates) |
.foswikiMain |
The container for the main contents, usually including the header (only used by default templates) |
.foswikiTopic |
The container for the topic contents |
.foswikiTable |
Tables, for instance used by TablePlugin |
.foswikiForm |
Container for data form in topic, including header; see also Data Forms below |
.foswikiAttachments |
Container for attachments table, including header |
.foswikiFormSteps |
Container around a form that contains a number of separate 'steps'; each 'step' in a separate row |
.foswikiFormStep |
Form step row |
.foswikiLast |
Last step (always in combination with foswikiFormStep ); sometimes used as last table row |
.foswikiBroadcastMessage |
Site-wide message block; contents set in System.DefaultPreferences; custom set in Main.SitePreferences |
.foswikiNotification |
Temporary alert, for instance after user actions; used as wrapper around %FLASHNOTE% |
.foswikiContentHeader |
Optional container around text placed above topic text |
.foswikiContentFooter |
Optional container around text placed below topic text |
.foswikiFooterNote |
Text below topic text; for instance with parent or "topic moved" message |
#foswikiLogin |
Login box |
#foswikiLogo |
Logo |
.foswikiPreviewArea |
Container around topic preview |
.foswikiTopicActions |
Topic Actions list |
.foswikiTopicInfo |
Topic Info section containing REVINFO |
.foswikiTopicText |
The rendered Topic text |
General appearance
.foswikiLeft |
Left float |
.foswikiRight |
Right float |
.foswikiClear |
Clear float; usually written as <br class="foswikiClear" /> |
.foswikiAlert |
Warnings and alert messages; general red text |
.foswikiHelp |
Help text block |
.foswikiGrayText |
Grayed out text; text of less importance |
.foswikiToc |
Table of Contents block |
.foswikiTocTitle |
Title text of Table of Contents |
.foswikiHidden |
Hidden elements |
.foswikiSmall |
Small text |
.foswikiSmallish |
Somewhat less smaller text; inbetween normal and small |
.foswikiLarge |
Large text, for instance for introduction paragraphs |
.foswikiNoBreak |
Causes whitespace not to create a linebreak; for instance with the dates in the attachment table |
.foswikiMakeVisible |
For elements that should only be visible with JavaScript on: default set to hidden, is made visible by JavaScript; defaults to inline |
.foswikiMakeVisibleInline |
For span elements that should only be visible with JavaScript on: default set to hidden, is made visible by JavaScript |
.foswikiMakeVisibleBlock |
For div elements that should only be visible with JavaScript on: default set to hidden, is made visible by JavaScript |
.foswikiMakeHidden |
For elements that should be hidden with JavaScript on: no default style, is made hidden by JavaScript |
.foswikiImage |
Holder form images; for instance to create a border around an <img> element |
Links
.foswikiCurrentWebHomeLink |
Used by Render.pm if a link points to the web's home topic |
.foswikiCurrentTopicLink |
Used by Render.pm if a link points to the current topic |
.foswikiEmulatedLink |
Used in the preview screen to make fake links appear as links |
.foswikiLinkLabel |
Text part of a link; used if a link contains more than a text label, for instance an icon |
.foswikiUnvisited |
Makes link appear as not visited (ignores the visited link state) |
.foswikiRequiresChangePermission |
To mark links to actions that the user does not have permissions for (for instance to hide action links) |
Tables
.foswikiFirstCol |
Leftmost column |
.foswikiLastCol |
Rightmost column |
.foswikiSortedCol |
Sorted column |
.foswikiSortedAscendingCol |
Sorted column, ascending |
.foswikiSortedDescendingCol |
Sorted column, descending |
.foswikiTopRow |
First row in search results; also used for styling first table rows (td.foswikiTopRow ) |
.foswikiTableEven |
Even numbered rows |
.foswikiTableOdd |
Odd numbered rows |
.foswikiTableCol + column number |
Unique column identifier, for instance: foswikiTableCol0 |
.foswikiTableRow + type + row number |
Unique row identifier, for instance: foswikiTableRowdataBg0 |
.tableSortIcon |
Holder (span ) for the table column sort icon |
Data Forms
.foswikiForm |
Container for data form in topic, including header |
.foswikiFormHolder |
Outer container for the data form in edit; contains the textarea width |
.foswikiFormTable |
Table container for (editable) form elements |
.foswikiFormTableHRow |
Table container for (editable) form elements |
.foswikiFormTableRow |
Table container for form elements |
.foswikiFormTableFooter |
Table container for form elements |
.foswikiEditForm |
Edit state of data form |
.foswikiMandaroty |
Indication of mandatory field |
.foswikiAddFormButton |
"Add form" button on edit screen |
HTML Forms
.foswikiPageForm |
Container for the form on the page |
.foswikiButton |
Normal button |
.foswikiButtonDisabled |
Disabled normal button |
.foswikiSubmit |
Submit button |
.foswikiSubmitDisabled |
Disabled submit button |
.foswikiButtonCancel |
Cancel button |
.foswikiInputField |
Text input field |
.foswikiInputFieldDisabled |
Disabled text input field |
.foswikiInputFieldReadOnly |
Read-only text input field |
.foswikiInputFieldFocus |
Text input field with insert focus; for Internet Explorer that does not recognize the :focus pseudo class selector |
.foswikiInputFieldBeforeFocus |
The color of the input text field when not clicked in the field; usually a grayed text color with a hint, for instance "Search" |
.foswikiFocus |
Behaviour marker so a field can be given input focus |
.foswikiRadioButton |
Radio button |
.foswikiSelect |
Select dropdown menu |
.foswikiSelectDisabled |
Disabled dropdown menu |
.foswikiOption |
Dropdown option element |
.foswikiTextarea |
Textarea |
.foswikiTextareaRawView |
Raw topic view textarea |
Search
table#foswikiSearchTable |
Table with search input form elements; used in WebSearch, WebSearchAdvanced and WebTopicViewTemplate |
.foswikiSummary |
Summary of search results |
.foswikiNew |
Identifier of new topics: topics without a revision history |
.foswikiTopRow |
First row in search results; also used for styling first table rows (td.foswikiTopRow ) |
.foswikiBottomRow |
Last row in search results |
.foswikiSRRev |
Revision number in search results listing |
.foswikiSRAuthor |
Author in search results listing |
.foswikiSearchResultCount |
Search results count |
#foswikiNumberOfResultsContainer |
See Behaviour classes below |
#foswikiWebSearchForm |
See Behaviour classes below |
#foswikiModifySearchContainer |
See Behaviour classes below |
History
.foswikiDiffTable |
Revision table |
.foswikiDiffDeletedMarker |
Demarkation of part that has been deleted |
.foswikiDiffDeletedText |
Demarkation of part that has been deleted |
.foswikiDiffAddedHeader |
Demarkation of part that has been added |
.foswikiDiffAddedMarker |
Demarkation of part that has been added |
.foswikiDiffAddedText |
Demarkation of part that has been added |
.foswikiDiffChangedHeader |
Demarkation of part that has been changed |
.foswikiDiffChangedText |
Demarkation of part that has been changed |
.foswikiDiffUnchangedText |
Demarkation of part that has been unchanged |
.foswikiDiffUnchangedTextContents |
Demarkation of part that has been unchanged |
.foswikiDiffLineNumberHeader |
|
.foswikiDiffDebug |
|
.foswikiDiffDebugRight |
|
.foswikiDiffDebugLeft |
|
Behaviour classes
Markers to invoke behaviour with unobtrusive JavaScript.
.foswikiPopUp |
Behaviour marker so a popup-window can be invoked |
.foswikiFocus |
Behaviour marker so a field can be given input focus |
.foswikiChangeFormButton |
"Replace form" button; clicking calls JavaScript function suppressSaveValidation |
#foswikiNumberOfResultsContainer |
Container identifier to write the number of search results into |
#foswikiWebSearchForm |
Form identifier to place the "Modify search" link before |
#foswikiModifySearchContainer |
Container identifier to write the "Modify search" link into |
Other classes
.foswikiWebIndent |
Used by %WEBLIST% to indent sub-web names |
.foswikiAccessKey |
Access key demarkation |
.foswikiSeparator |
Separator element between sequential elements; usually a pipe character |
.foswikiActionFormStepSign |
Indicator for each form step (see foswikiFormStep ) |
.foswikiEditboxStyleMono |
Gives the edit textarea monospaced font (not used with WYSWIWYG) |
.foswikiEditboxStyleProportional |
Gives the edit textarea proportional font (not used with WYSWIWYG) |
p.foswikiAllowNonWikiWord |
Message "Allow non WikiWord for the new topic name" |
Tips
PatternSkin makes extensive use of CSS in its templates. Read the PatternSkin topic and PatternSkinCss to learn more about creating your own CSS-based skin.
Practical introduction to CSS:
http://www.w3.org/Style/LieBos2e/enter/
Related Topics: Skins, PatternSkin, DeveloperDocumentationCategory, AdminDocumentationCategory
Back to top